Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1 | .. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2 | |
| 3 | ****************** |
| 4 | Variables Glossary |
| 5 | ****************** |
| 6 | |
| 7 | This chapter lists common variables used in the OpenEmbedded build |
| 8 | system and gives an overview of their function and contents. |
| 9 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 10 | :term:`A <ABIEXTENSION>` :term:`B` :term:`C <CACHE>` |
| 11 | :term:`D` :term:`E <EFI_PROVIDER>` :term:`F <FEATURE_PACKAGES>` |
| 12 | :term:`G <GCCPIE>` :term:`H <HOMEPAGE>` :term:`I <ICECC_DISABLED>` |
| 13 | :term:`K <KARCH>` :term:`L <LABELS>` :term:`M <MACHINE>` |
| 14 | :term:`N <NATIVELSBSTRING>` :term:`O <OBJCOPY>` :term:`P` |
| 15 | :term:`R <RANLIB>` :term:`S` :term:`T` |
| 16 | :term:`U <UBOOT_CONFIG>` :term:`V <VOLATILE_LOG_DIR>` |
| 17 | :term:`W <WARN_QA>` :term:`X <XSERVER>` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 18 | |
| 19 | .. glossary:: |
| 20 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 21 | :term:`ABIEXTENSION` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 22 | Extension to the Application Binary Interface (ABI) field of the GNU |
| 23 | canonical architecture name (e.g. "eabi"). |
| 24 | |
| 25 | ABI extensions are set in the machine include files. For example, the |
| 26 | ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc`` file sets the |
| 27 | following extension: |
| 28 | :: |
| 29 | |
| 30 | ABIEXTENSION = "eabi" |
| 31 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 32 | :term:`ALLOW_EMPTY` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 33 | Specifies whether to produce an output package even if it is empty. |
| 34 | By default, BitBake does not produce empty packages. This default |
| 35 | behavior can cause issues when there is an |
| 36 | :term:`RDEPENDS` or some other hard runtime |
| 37 | requirement on the existence of the package. |
| 38 | |
| 39 | Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in |
| 40 | conjunction with a package name override, as in: |
| 41 | :: |
| 42 | |
| 43 | ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN} = "1" |
| 44 | ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN}-dev = "1" |
| 45 | ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN}-staticdev = "1" |
| 46 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 47 | :term:`ALTERNATIVE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 48 | Lists commands in a package that need an alternative binary naming |
| 49 | scheme. Sometimes the same command is provided in multiple packages. |
| 50 | When this occurs, the OpenEmbedded build system needs to use the |
| 51 | alternatives system to create a different binary naming scheme so the |
| 52 | commands can co-exist. |
| 53 | |
| 54 | To use the variable, list out the package's commands that also exist |
| 55 | as part of another package. For example, if the ``busybox`` package |
| 56 | has four commands that also exist as part of another package, you |
| 57 | identify them as follows: |
| 58 | :: |
| 59 | |
| 60 | ALTERNATIVE_busybox = "sh sed test bracket" |
| 61 | |
| 62 | For more information on the alternatives system, see the |
| 63 | ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`" |
| 64 | section. |
| 65 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 66 | :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 67 | Used by the alternatives system to map duplicated commands to actual |
| 68 | locations. For example, if the ``bracket`` command provided by the |
| 69 | ``busybox`` package is duplicated through another package, you must |
| 70 | use the ``ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`` variable to specify the actual |
| 71 | location: |
| 72 | :: |
| 73 | |
| 74 | ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME[bracket] = "/usr/bin/[" |
| 75 | |
| 76 | In this example, the binary for the ``bracket`` command (i.e. ``[``) |
| 77 | from the ``busybox`` package resides in ``/usr/bin/``. |
| 78 | |
| 79 | .. note:: |
| 80 | |
| 81 | If ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME is not defined, it defaults to ${bindir}/ name. |
| 82 | |
| 83 | For more information on the alternatives system, see the |
| 84 | ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`" |
| 85 | section. |
| 86 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 87 | :term:`ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 88 | Used by the alternatives system to create default priorities for |
| 89 | duplicated commands. You can use the variable to create a single |
| 90 | default regardless of the command name or package, a default for |
| 91 | specific duplicated commands regardless of the package, or a default |
| 92 | for specific commands tied to particular packages. Here are the |
| 93 | available syntax forms: |
| 94 | :: |
| 95 | |
| 96 | ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY = "priority" |
| 97 | ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY[name] = "priority" |
| 98 | ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY_pkg[name] = "priority" |
| 99 | |
| 100 | For more information on the alternatives system, see the |
| 101 | ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`" |
| 102 | section. |
| 103 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 104 | :term:`ALTERNATIVE_TARGET` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 105 | Used by the alternatives system to create default link locations for |
| 106 | duplicated commands. You can use the variable to create a single |
| 107 | default location for all duplicated commands regardless of the |
| 108 | command name or package, a default for specific duplicated commands |
| 109 | regardless of the package, or a default for specific commands tied to |
| 110 | particular packages. Here are the available syntax forms: |
| 111 | :: |
| 112 | |
| 113 | ALTERNATIVE_TARGET = "target" |
| 114 | ALTERNATIVE_TARGET[name] = "target" |
| 115 | ALTERNATIVE_TARGET_pkg[name] = "target" |
| 116 | |
| 117 | .. note:: |
| 118 | |
| 119 | If ``ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`` is not defined, it inherits the value |
| 120 | from the :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` variable. |
| 121 | |
| 122 | If ``ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`` and ``ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`` are the |
| 123 | same, the target for ``ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`` has "``.{BPN}``" |
| 124 | appended to it. |
| 125 | |
| 126 | Finally, if the file referenced has not been renamed, the |
| 127 | alternatives system will rename it to avoid the need to rename |
| 128 | alternative files in the :ref:`ref-tasks-install` |
| 129 | task while retaining support for the command if necessary. |
| 130 | |
| 131 | For more information on the alternatives system, see the |
| 132 | ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`" |
| 133 | section. |
| 134 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 135 | :term:`APPEND` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 136 | An override list of append strings for each target specified with |
| 137 | :term:`LABELS`. |
| 138 | |
| 139 | See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more |
| 140 | information on how this variable is used. |
| 141 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 142 | :term:`AR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 143 | The minimal command and arguments used to run ``ar``. |
| 144 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 145 | :term:`ARCHIVER_MODE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 146 | When used with the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class, |
| 147 | determines the type of information used to create a released archive. |
| 148 | You can use this variable to create archives of patched source, |
| 149 | original source, configured source, and so forth by employing the |
| 150 | following variable flags (varflags): |
| 151 | :: |
| 152 | |
| 153 | ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "original" # Uses original (unpacked) source files. |
| 154 | ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "patched" # Uses patched source files. This is the default. |
| 155 | ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "configured" # Uses configured source files. |
| 156 | ARCHIVER_MODE[diff] = "1" # Uses patches between do_unpack and do_patch. |
| 157 | ARCHIVER_MODE[diff-exclude] ?= "file file ..." # Lists files and directories to exclude from diff. |
| 158 | ARCHIVER_MODE[dumpdata] = "1" # Uses environment data. |
| 159 | ARCHIVER_MODE[recipe] = "1" # Uses recipe and include files. |
| 160 | ARCHIVER_MODE[srpm] = "1" # Uses RPM package files. |
| 161 | |
| 162 | For information on how the variable works, see the |
| 163 | ``meta/classes/archiver.bbclass`` file in the :term:`Source Directory`. |
| 164 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 165 | :term:`AS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 166 | Minimal command and arguments needed to run the assembler. |
| 167 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 168 | :term:`ASSUME_PROVIDED` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 169 | Lists recipe names (:term:`PN` values) BitBake does not |
| 170 | attempt to build. Instead, BitBake assumes these recipes have already |
| 171 | been built. |
| 172 | |
| 173 | In OpenEmbedded-Core, ``ASSUME_PROVIDED`` mostly specifies native |
| 174 | tools that should not be built. An example is ``git-native``, which |
| 175 | when specified, allows for the Git binary from the host to be used |
| 176 | rather than building ``git-native``. |
| 177 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 178 | :term:`ASSUME_SHLIBS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 179 | Provides additional ``shlibs`` provider mapping information, which |
| 180 | adds to or overwrites the information provided automatically by the |
| 181 | system. Separate multiple entries using spaces. |
| 182 | |
| 183 | As an example, use the following form to add an ``shlib`` provider of |
| 184 | shlibname in packagename with the optional version: |
| 185 | :: |
| 186 | |
| 187 | shlibname:packagename[_version] |
| 188 | |
| 189 | Here is an example that adds a shared library named ``libEGL.so.1`` |
| 190 | as being provided by the ``libegl-implementation`` package: |
| 191 | :: |
| 192 | |
| 193 | ASSUME_SHLIBS = "libEGL.so.1:libegl-implementation" |
| 194 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 195 | :term:`AUTHOR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 196 | The email address used to contact the original author or authors in |
| 197 | order to send patches and forward bugs. |
| 198 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 199 | :term:`AUTO_LIBNAME_PKGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 200 | When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited, |
| 201 | which is the default behavior, ``AUTO_LIBNAME_PKGS`` specifies which |
| 202 | packages should be checked for libraries and renamed according to |
| 203 | Debian library package naming. |
| 204 | |
| 205 | The default value is "${PACKAGES}", which causes the debian class to |
| 206 | act on all packages that are explicitly generated by the recipe. |
| 207 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 208 | :term:`AUTO_SYSLINUXMENU` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 209 | Enables creating an automatic menu for the syslinux bootloader. You |
| 210 | must set this variable in your recipe. The |
| 211 | :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class checks this variable. |
| 212 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 213 | :term:`AUTOREV` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 214 | When ``SRCREV`` is set to the value of this variable, it specifies to |
| 215 | use the latest source revision in the repository. Here is an example: |
| 216 | :: |
| 217 | |
| 218 | SRCREV = "${AUTOREV}" |
| 219 | |
| 220 | If you use the previous statement to retrieve the latest version of |
| 221 | software, you need to be sure :term:`PV` contains |
| 222 | ``${``\ :term:`SRCPV`\ ``}``. For example, suppose you |
| 223 | have a kernel recipe that inherits the |
| 224 | :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class and you use the previous |
| 225 | statement. In this example, ``${SRCPV}`` does not automatically get |
| 226 | into ``PV``. Consequently, you need to change ``PV`` in your recipe |
| 227 | so that it does contain ``${SRCPV}``. |
| 228 | |
| 229 | For more information see the |
| 230 | ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:automatically incrementing a package version number`" |
| 231 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 232 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 233 | :term:`AVAILABLE_LICENSES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 234 | List of licenses found in the directories specified by |
| 235 | :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR` and |
| 236 | :term:`LICENSE_PATH`. |
| 237 | |
| 238 | .. note:: |
| 239 | |
| 240 | It is assumed that all changes to |
| 241 | COMMON_LICENSE_DIR |
| 242 | and |
| 243 | LICENSE_PATH |
| 244 | have been done before |
| 245 | AVAILABLE_LICENSES |
| 246 | is defined (in |
| 247 | license.bbclass |
| 248 | ). |
| 249 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 250 | :term:`AVAILTUNES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 251 | The list of defined CPU and Application Binary Interface (ABI) |
| 252 | tunings (i.e. "tunes") available for use by the OpenEmbedded build |
| 253 | system. |
| 254 | |
| 255 | The list simply presents the tunes that are available. Not all tunes |
| 256 | may be compatible with a particular machine configuration, or with |
| 257 | each other in a |
| 258 | :ref:`Multilib <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:combining multiple versions of library files into one image>` |
| 259 | configuration. |
| 260 | |
| 261 | To add a tune to the list, be sure to append it with spaces using the |
| 262 | "+=" BitBake operator. Do not simply replace the list by using the |
| 263 | "=" operator. See the |
| 264 | ":ref:`Basic Syntax <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:basic syntax>`" section in the BitBake |
| 265 | User Manual for more information. |
| 266 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 267 | :term:`B` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 268 | The directory within the :term:`Build Directory` in |
| 269 | which the OpenEmbedded build system places generated objects during a |
| 270 | recipe's build process. By default, this directory is the same as the |
| 271 | :term:`S` directory, which is defined as: |
| 272 | :: |
| 273 | |
| 274 | S = "${WORKDIR}/${BP}" |
| 275 | |
| 276 | You can separate the (``S``) directory and the directory pointed to |
| 277 | by the ``B`` variable. Most Autotools-based recipes support |
| 278 | separating these directories. The build system defaults to using |
| 279 | separate directories for ``gcc`` and some kernel recipes. |
| 280 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 281 | :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 282 | Lists "recommended-only" packages to not install. Recommended-only |
| 283 | packages are packages installed only through the |
| 284 | :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable. You can prevent any |
| 285 | of these "recommended" packages from being installed by listing them |
| 286 | with the ``BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`` variable: |
| 287 | :: |
| 288 | |
| 289 | BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS = "package_name package_name package_name ..." |
| 290 | |
| 291 | You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you |
| 292 | can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name |
| 293 | override: |
| 294 | :: |
| 295 | |
| 296 | BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS_pn-target_image = "package_name" |
| 297 | |
| 298 | It is important to realize that if you choose to not install packages |
| 299 | using this variable and some other packages are dependent on them |
| 300 | (i.e. listed in a recipe's :term:`RDEPENDS` |
| 301 | variable), the OpenEmbedded build system ignores your request and |
| 302 | will install the packages to avoid dependency errors. |
| 303 | |
| 304 | Support for this variable exists only when using the IPK and RPM |
| 305 | packaging backend. Support does not exist for DEB. |
| 306 | |
| 307 | See the :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` and the |
| 308 | :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables for related |
| 309 | information. |
| 310 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 311 | :term:`BASE_LIB` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 312 | The library directory name for the CPU or Application Binary |
| 313 | Interface (ABI) tune. The ``BASE_LIB`` applies only in the Multilib |
| 314 | context. See the ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:combining multiple versions of library files into one image`" |
| 315 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information |
| 316 | on Multilib. |
| 317 | |
| 318 | The ``BASE_LIB`` variable is defined in the machine include files in |
| 319 | the :term:`Source Directory`. If Multilib is not |
| 320 | being used, the value defaults to "lib". |
| 321 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 322 | :term:`BASE_WORKDIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 323 | Points to the base of the work directory for all recipes. The default |
| 324 | value is "${TMPDIR}/work". |
| 325 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 326 | :term:`BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 327 | Specifies a space-delimited list of hosts that the fetcher is allowed |
| 328 | to use to obtain the required source code. Following are |
| 329 | considerations surrounding this variable: |
| 330 | |
| 331 | - This host list is only used if ``BB_NO_NETWORK`` is either not set |
| 332 | or set to "0". |
| 333 | |
| 334 | - Limited support for wildcard matching against the beginning of |
| 335 | host names exists. For example, the following setting matches |
| 336 | ``git.gnu.org``, ``ftp.gnu.org``, and ``foo.git.gnu.org``. |
| 337 | :: |
| 338 | |
| 339 | BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS = "*.gnu.org" |
| 340 | |
| 341 | .. note:: |
| 342 | |
| 343 | The use of the "``*``" character only works at the beginning of |
| 344 | a host name and it must be isolated from the remainder of the |
| 345 | host name. You cannot use the wildcard character in any other |
| 346 | location of the name or combined with the front part of the |
| 347 | name. |
| 348 | |
| 349 | For example, ``*.foo.bar`` is supported, while ``*aa.foo.bar`` |
| 350 | is not. |
| 351 | |
| 352 | - Mirrors not in the host list are skipped and logged in debug. |
| 353 | |
| 354 | - Attempts to access networks not in the host list cause a failure. |
| 355 | |
| 356 | Using ``BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS`` in conjunction with |
| 357 | :term:`PREMIRRORS` is very useful. Adding the host |
| 358 | you want to use to ``PREMIRRORS`` results in the source code being |
| 359 | fetched from an allowed location and avoids raising an error when a |
| 360 | host that is not allowed is in a :term:`SRC_URI` |
| 361 | statement. This is because the fetcher does not attempt to use the |
| 362 | host listed in ``SRC_URI`` after a successful fetch from the |
| 363 | ``PREMIRRORS`` occurs. |
| 364 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 365 | :term:`BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 366 | Defines how BitBake handles situations where an append file |
| 367 | (``.bbappend``) has no corresponding recipe file (``.bb``). This |
| 368 | condition often occurs when layers get out of sync (e.g. ``oe-core`` |
| 369 | bumps a recipe version and the old recipe no longer exists and the |
| 370 | other layer has not been updated to the new version of the recipe |
| 371 | yet). |
| 372 | |
| 373 | The default fatal behavior is safest because it is the sane reaction |
| 374 | given something is out of sync. It is important to realize when your |
| 375 | changes are no longer being applied. |
| 376 | |
| 377 | You can change the default behavior by setting this variable to "1", |
| 378 | "yes", or "true" in your ``local.conf`` file, which is located in the |
| 379 | :term:`Build Directory`: Here is an example: |
| 380 | :: |
| 381 | |
| 382 | BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY = "1" |
| 383 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 384 | :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 385 | Monitors disk space and available inodes during the build and allows |
| 386 | you to control the build based on these parameters. |
| 387 | |
| 388 | Disk space monitoring is disabled by default. To enable monitoring, |
| 389 | add the ``BB_DISKMON_DIRS`` variable to your ``conf/local.conf`` file |
| 390 | found in the :term:`Build Directory`. Use the |
| 391 | following form: |
| 392 | :: |
| 393 | |
| 394 | BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "action,dir,threshold [...]" |
| 395 | |
| 396 | where: |
| 397 | |
| 398 | action is: |
| 399 | ABORT: Immediately abort the build when |
| 400 | a threshold is broken. |
| 401 | STOPTASKS: Stop the build after the currently |
| 402 | executing tasks have finished when |
| 403 | a threshold is broken. |
| 404 | WARN: Issue a warning but continue the |
| 405 | build when a threshold is broken. |
| 406 | Subsequent warnings are issued as |
| 407 | defined by the BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL |
| 408 | variable, which must be defined in |
| 409 | the conf/local.conf file. |
| 410 | |
| 411 | dir is: |
| 412 | Any directory you choose. You can specify one or |
| 413 | more directories to monitor by separating the |
| 414 | groupings with a space. If two directories are |
| 415 | on the same device, only the first directory |
| 416 | is monitored. |
| 417 | |
| 418 | threshold is: |
| 419 | Either the minimum available disk space, |
| 420 | the minimum number of free inodes, or |
| 421 | both. You must specify at least one. To |
| 422 | omit one or the other, simply omit the value. |
| 423 | Specify the threshold using G, M, K for Gbytes, |
| 424 | Mbytes, and Kbytes, respectively. If you do |
| 425 | not specify G, M, or K, Kbytes is assumed by |
| 426 | default. Do not use GB, MB, or KB. |
| 427 | |
| 428 | Here are some examples: |
| 429 | :: |
| 430 | |
| 431 | BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},1G,100K WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K" |
| 432 | BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "STOPTASKS,${TMPDIR},1G" |
| 433 | BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},,100K" |
| 434 | |
| 435 | The first example works only if you also provide the |
| 436 | :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL` |
| 437 | variable in the ``conf/local.conf``. This example causes the build |
| 438 | system to immediately abort when either the disk space in |
| 439 | ``${TMPDIR}`` drops below 1 Gbyte or the available free inodes drops |
| 440 | below 100 Kbytes. Because two directories are provided with the |
| 441 | variable, the build system also issue a warning when the disk space |
| 442 | in the ``${SSTATE_DIR}`` directory drops below 1 Gbyte or the number |
| 443 | of free inodes drops below 100 Kbytes. Subsequent warnings are issued |
| 444 | during intervals as defined by the ``BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`` |
| 445 | variable. |
| 446 | |
| 447 | The second example stops the build after all currently executing |
| 448 | tasks complete when the minimum disk space in the ``${TMPDIR}`` |
| 449 | directory drops below 1 Gbyte. No disk monitoring occurs for the free |
| 450 | inodes in this case. |
| 451 | |
| 452 | The final example immediately aborts the build when the number of |
| 453 | free inodes in the ``${TMPDIR}`` directory drops below 100 Kbytes. No |
| 454 | disk space monitoring for the directory itself occurs in this case. |
| 455 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 456 | :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 457 | Defines the disk space and free inode warning intervals. To set these |
| 458 | intervals, define the variable in your ``conf/local.conf`` file in |
| 459 | the :term:`Build Directory`. |
| 460 | |
| 461 | If you are going to use the ``BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`` variable, you |
| 462 | must also use the :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS` |
| 463 | variable and define its action as "WARN". During the build, |
| 464 | subsequent warnings are issued each time disk space or number of free |
| 465 | inodes further reduces by the respective interval. |
| 466 | |
| 467 | If you do not provide a ``BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`` variable and you |
| 468 | do use ``BB_DISKMON_DIRS`` with the "WARN" action, the disk |
| 469 | monitoring interval defaults to the following: |
| 470 | :: |
| 471 | |
| 472 | BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K" |
| 473 | |
| 474 | When specifying the variable in your configuration file, use the |
| 475 | following form: |
| 476 | :: |
| 477 | |
| 478 | BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "disk_space_interval,disk_inode_interval" |
| 479 | |
| 480 | where: |
| 481 | |
| 482 | disk_space_interval is: |
| 483 | An interval of memory expressed in either |
| 484 | G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes, |
| 485 | respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB. |
| 486 | |
| 487 | disk_inode_interval is: |
| 488 | An interval of free inodes expressed in either |
| 489 | G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes, |
| 490 | respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB. |
| 491 | |
| 492 | Here is an example: |
| 493 | :: |
| 494 | |
| 495 | BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K" |
| 496 | BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K" |
| 497 | |
| 498 | These variables cause the |
| 499 | OpenEmbedded build system to issue subsequent warnings each time the |
| 500 | available disk space further reduces by 50 Mbytes or the number of |
| 501 | free inodes further reduces by 5 Kbytes in the ``${SSTATE_DIR}`` |
| 502 | directory. Subsequent warnings based on the interval occur each time |
| 503 | a respective interval is reached beyond the initial warning (i.e. 1 |
| 504 | Gbytes and 100 Kbytes). |
| 505 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 506 | :term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 507 | Causes tarballs of the source control repositories (e.g. Git |
| 508 | repositories), including metadata, to be placed in the |
| 509 | :term:`DL_DIR` directory. |
| 510 | |
| 511 | For performance reasons, creating and placing tarballs of these |
| 512 | repositories is not the default action by the OpenEmbedded build |
| 513 | system. |
| 514 | :: |
| 515 | |
| 516 | BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS = "1" |
| 517 | |
| 518 | Set this variable in your |
| 519 | ``local.conf`` file in the :term:`Build Directory`. |
| 520 | |
| 521 | Once you have the tarballs containing your source files, you can |
| 522 | clean up your ``DL_DIR`` directory by deleting any Git or other |
| 523 | source control work directories. |
| 524 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 525 | :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 526 | The maximum number of tasks BitBake should run in parallel at any one |
| 527 | time. The OpenEmbedded build system automatically configures this |
| 528 | variable to be equal to the number of cores on the build system. For |
| 529 | example, a system with a dual core processor that also uses |
| 530 | hyper-threading causes the ``BB_NUMBER_THREADS`` variable to default |
| 531 | to "4". |
| 532 | |
| 533 | For single socket systems (i.e. one CPU), you should not have to |
| 534 | override this variable to gain optimal parallelism during builds. |
| 535 | However, if you have very large systems that employ multiple physical |
| 536 | CPUs, you might want to make sure the ``BB_NUMBER_THREADS`` variable |
| 537 | is not set higher than "20". |
| 538 | |
| 539 | For more information on speeding up builds, see the |
| 540 | ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:speeding up a build`" |
| 541 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 542 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 543 | :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 544 | Specifies the time (in seconds) after which to unload the BitBake |
| 545 | server due to inactivity. Set ``BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT`` to determine how |
| 546 | long the BitBake server stays resident between invocations. |
| 547 | |
| 548 | For example, the following statement in your ``local.conf`` file |
| 549 | instructs the server to be unloaded after 20 seconds of inactivity: |
| 550 | :: |
| 551 | |
| 552 | BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT = "20" |
| 553 | |
| 554 | If you want the server to never be unloaded, |
| 555 | set ``BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT`` to "-1". |
| 556 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 557 | :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 558 | Allows you to extend a recipe so that it builds variants of the |
| 559 | software. Common variants for recipes exist such as "natives" like |
| 560 | ``quilt-native``, which is a copy of Quilt built to run on the build |
| 561 | system; "crosses" such as ``gcc-cross``, which is a compiler built to |
| 562 | run on the build machine but produces binaries that run on the target |
| 563 | :term:`MACHINE`; "nativesdk", which targets the SDK |
| 564 | machine instead of ``MACHINE``; and "mulitlibs" in the form |
| 565 | "``multilib:``\ multilib_name". |
| 566 | |
| 567 | To build a different variant of the recipe with a minimal amount of |
| 568 | code, it usually is as simple as adding the following to your recipe: |
| 569 | :: |
| 570 | |
| 571 | BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "native nativesdk" |
| 572 | BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "multilib:multilib_name" |
| 573 | |
| 574 | .. note:: |
| 575 | |
| 576 | Internally, the ``BBCLASSEXTEND`` mechanism generates recipe |
| 577 | variants by rewriting variable values and applying overrides such |
| 578 | as ``_class-native``. For example, to generate a native version of |
| 579 | a recipe, a :term:`DEPENDS` on "foo" is rewritten |
| 580 | to a ``DEPENDS`` on "foo-native". |
| 581 | |
| 582 | Even when using ``BBCLASSEXTEND``, the recipe is only parsed once. |
| 583 | Parsing once adds some limitations. For example, it is not |
| 584 | possible to include a different file depending on the variant, |
| 585 | since ``include`` statements are processed when the recipe is |
| 586 | parsed. |
| 587 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 588 | :term:`BBFILE_COLLECTIONS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 589 | Lists the names of configured layers. These names are used to find |
| 590 | the other ``BBFILE_*`` variables. Typically, each layer will append |
| 591 | its name to this variable in its ``conf/layer.conf`` file. |
| 592 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 593 | :term:`BBFILE_PATTERN` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 594 | Variable that expands to match files from |
| 595 | :term:`BBFILES` in a particular layer. This variable |
| 596 | is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be suffixed with the |
| 597 | name of the specific layer (e.g. ``BBFILE_PATTERN_emenlow``). |
| 598 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 599 | :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 600 | Assigns the priority for recipe files in each layer. |
| 601 | |
| 602 | This variable is useful in situations where the same recipe appears |
| 603 | in more than one layer. Setting this variable allows you to |
| 604 | prioritize a layer against other layers that contain the same recipe |
| 605 | - effectively letting you control the precedence for the multiple |
| 606 | layers. The precedence established through this variable stands |
| 607 | regardless of a recipe's version (:term:`PV` variable). For |
| 608 | example, a layer that has a recipe with a higher ``PV`` value but for |
| 609 | which the ``BBFILE_PRIORITY`` is set to have a lower precedence still |
| 610 | has a lower precedence. |
| 611 | |
| 612 | A larger value for the ``BBFILE_PRIORITY`` variable results in a |
| 613 | higher precedence. For example, the value 6 has a higher precedence |
| 614 | than the value 5. If not specified, the ``BBFILE_PRIORITY`` variable |
| 615 | is set based on layer dependencies (see the ``LAYERDEPENDS`` variable |
| 616 | for more information. The default priority, if unspecified for a |
| 617 | layer with no dependencies, is the lowest defined priority + 1 (or 1 |
| 618 | if no priorities are defined). |
| 619 | |
| 620 | .. tip:: |
| 621 | |
| 622 | You can use the command |
| 623 | bitbake-layers show-layers |
| 624 | to list all configured layers along with their priorities. |
| 625 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 626 | :term:`BBFILES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 627 | A space-separated list of recipe files BitBake uses to build |
| 628 | software. |
| 629 | |
| 630 | When specifying recipe files, you can pattern match using Python's |
| 631 | `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`_ syntax. |
| 632 | For details on the syntax, see the documentation by following the |
| 633 | previous link. |
| 634 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 635 | :term:`BBFILES_DYNAMIC` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 636 | Activates content when identified layers are present. You identify |
| 637 | the layers by the collections that the layers define. |
| 638 | |
| 639 | Use the ``BBFILES_DYNAMIC`` variable to avoid ``.bbappend`` files |
| 640 | whose corresponding ``.bb`` file is in a layer that attempts to |
| 641 | modify other layers through ``.bbappend`` but does not want to |
| 642 | introduce a hard dependency on those other layers. |
| 643 | |
| 644 | Use the following form for ``BBFILES_DYNAMIC``: |
| 645 | collection_name:filename_pattern The following example identifies two |
| 646 | collection names and two filename patterns: |
| 647 | :: |
| 648 | |
| 649 | BBFILES_DYNAMIC += " \ |
| 650 | clang-layer:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/meta-clang/*/*/*.bbappend \ |
| 651 | core:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend \ |
| 652 | " |
| 653 | |
| 654 | This next example shows an error message that occurs because invalid |
| 655 | entries are found, which cause parsing to abort: |
| 656 | :: |
| 657 | |
| 658 | ERROR: BBFILES_DYNAMIC entries must be of the form <collection name>:<filename pattern>, not: |
| 659 | /work/my-layer/bbappends/meta-security-isafw/*/*/*.bbappend |
| 660 | /work/my-layer/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend |
| 661 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 662 | :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 663 | Variable that controls how BitBake displays logs on build failure. |
| 664 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 665 | :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 666 | If :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS` is set, specifies the |
| 667 | maximum number of lines from the task log file to print when |
| 668 | reporting a failed task. If you do not set ``BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES``, |
| 669 | the entire log is printed. |
| 670 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 671 | :term:`BBLAYERS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 672 | Lists the layers to enable during the build. This variable is defined |
| 673 | in the ``bblayers.conf`` configuration file in the :term:`Build Directory`. |
| 674 | Here is an example: |
| 675 | :: |
| 676 | |
| 677 | BBLAYERS = " \ |
| 678 | /home/scottrif/poky/meta \ /home/scottrif/poky/meta-poky \ |
| 679 | /home/scottrif/poky/meta-yocto-bsp \ |
| 680 | /home/scottrif/poky/meta-mykernel \ |
| 681 | " |
| 682 | |
| 683 | This example enables four layers, one of which is a custom, |
| 684 | user-defined layer named ``meta-mykernel``. |
| 685 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 686 | :term:`BBMASK` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 687 | Prevents BitBake from processing recipes and recipe append files. |
| 688 | |
| 689 | You can use the ``BBMASK`` variable to "hide" these ``.bb`` and |
| 690 | ``.bbappend`` files. BitBake ignores any recipe or recipe append |
| 691 | files that match any of the expressions. It is as if BitBake does not |
| 692 | see them at all. Consequently, matching files are not parsed or |
| 693 | otherwise used by BitBake. |
| 694 | |
| 695 | The values you provide are passed to Python's regular expression |
| 696 | compiler. Consequently, the syntax follows Python's Regular |
| 697 | Expression (re) syntax. The expressions are compared against the full |
| 698 | paths to the files. For complete syntax information, see Python's |
Andrew Geissler | c3d88e4 | 2020-10-02 09:45:00 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 699 | documentation at https://docs.python.org/3/library/re.html#regular-expression-syntax. |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 700 | |
| 701 | The following example uses a complete regular expression to tell |
| 702 | BitBake to ignore all recipe and recipe append files in the |
| 703 | ``meta-ti/recipes-misc/`` directory: |
| 704 | :: |
| 705 | |
| 706 | BBMASK = "meta-ti/recipes-misc/" |
| 707 | |
| 708 | If you want to mask out multiple directories or recipes, you can |
| 709 | specify multiple regular expression fragments. This next example |
| 710 | masks out multiple directories and individual recipes: :: |
| 711 | |
| 712 | BBMASK += "/meta-ti/recipes-misc/ meta-ti/recipes-ti/packagegroup/" |
| 713 | BBMASK += "/meta-oe/recipes-support/" |
| 714 | BBMASK += "/meta-foo/.*/openldap" |
| 715 | BBMASK += "opencv.*\.bbappend" |
| 716 | BBMASK += "lzma" |
| 717 | |
| 718 | .. note:: |
| 719 | |
| 720 | When specifying a directory name, use the trailing slash character |
| 721 | to ensure you match just that directory name. |
| 722 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 723 | :term:`BBMULTICONFIG` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 724 | Specifies each additional separate configuration when you are |
| 725 | building targets with multiple configurations. Use this variable in |
| 726 | your ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file. Specify a |
| 727 | multiconfigname for each configuration file you are using. For |
| 728 | example, the following line specifies three configuration files: |
| 729 | :: |
| 730 | |
| 731 | BBMULTICONFIG = "configA configB configC" |
| 732 | |
| 733 | Each configuration file you |
| 734 | use must reside in the :term:`Build Directory` |
| 735 | ``conf/multiconfig`` directory (e.g. |
| 736 | build_directory\ ``/conf/multiconfig/configA.conf``). |
| 737 | |
| 738 | For information on how to use ``BBMULTICONFIG`` in an environment |
| 739 | that supports building targets with multiple configurations, see the |
| 740 | ":ref:`dev-building-images-for-multiple-targets-using-multiple-configurations`" |
| 741 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 742 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 743 | :term:`BBPATH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 744 | Used by BitBake to locate ``.bbclass`` and configuration files. This |
| 745 | variable is analogous to the ``PATH`` variable. |
| 746 | |
| 747 | .. note:: |
| 748 | |
| 749 | If you run BitBake from a directory outside of the |
| 750 | Build Directory |
| 751 | , you must be sure to set |
| 752 | BBPATH |
| 753 | to point to the Build Directory. Set the variable as you would any |
| 754 | environment variable and then run BitBake: |
| 755 | :: |
| 756 | |
| 757 | $ BBPATH = "build_directory" |
| 758 | $ export BBPATH |
| 759 | $ bitbake target |
| 760 | |
| 761 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 762 | :term:`BBSERVER` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 763 | If defined in the BitBake environment, ``BBSERVER`` points to the |
| 764 | BitBake remote server. |
| 765 | |
| 766 | Use the following format to export the variable to the BitBake |
| 767 | environment: |
| 768 | :: |
| 769 | |
| 770 | export BBSERVER=localhost:$port |
| 771 | |
| 772 | By default, ``BBSERVER`` also appears in |
| 773 | :term:`bitbake:BB_HASHBASE_WHITELIST`. |
| 774 | Consequently, ``BBSERVER`` is excluded from checksum and dependency |
| 775 | data. |
| 776 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 777 | :term:`BINCONFIG` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 778 | When inheriting the |
| 779 | :ref:`binconfig-disabled <ref-classes-binconfig-disabled>` class, |
| 780 | this variable specifies binary configuration scripts to disable in |
| 781 | favor of using ``pkg-config`` to query the information. The |
| 782 | ``binconfig-disabled`` class will modify the specified scripts to |
| 783 | return an error so that calls to them can be easily found and |
| 784 | replaced. |
| 785 | |
| 786 | To add multiple scripts, separate them by spaces. Here is an example |
| 787 | from the ``libpng`` recipe: |
| 788 | :: |
| 789 | |
| 790 | BINCONFIG = "${bindir}/libpng-config ${bindir}/libpng16-config" |
| 791 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 792 | :term:`BINCONFIG_GLOB` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 793 | When inheriting the :ref:`binconfig <ref-classes-binconfig>` class, |
| 794 | this variable specifies a wildcard for configuration scripts that |
| 795 | need editing. The scripts are edited to correct any paths that have |
| 796 | been set up during compilation so that they are correct for use when |
| 797 | installed into the sysroot and called by the build processes of other |
| 798 | recipes. |
| 799 | |
| 800 | .. note:: |
| 801 | |
| 802 | The |
| 803 | BINCONFIG_GLOB |
| 804 | variable uses |
| 805 | shell globbing |
| 806 | , which is recognition and expansion of wildcards during pattern |
| 807 | matching. Shell globbing is very similar to |
| 808 | fnmatch |
| 809 | and |
| 810 | glob |
| 811 | . |
| 812 | |
| 813 | For more information on how this variable works, see |
| 814 | ``meta/classes/binconfig.bbclass`` in the :term:`Source Directory`. |
| 815 | You can also find general |
| 816 | information on the class in the |
| 817 | ":ref:`binconfig.bbclass <ref-classes-binconfig>`" section. |
| 818 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 819 | :term:`BP` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 820 | The base recipe name and version but without any special recipe name |
| 821 | suffix (i.e. ``-native``, ``lib64-``, and so forth). ``BP`` is |
| 822 | comprised of the following: |
| 823 | :: |
| 824 | |
| 825 | ${BPN}-${PV} |
| 826 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 827 | :term:`BPN` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 828 | This variable is a version of the :term:`PN` variable with |
| 829 | common prefixes and suffixes removed, such as ``nativesdk-``, |
| 830 | ``-cross``, ``-native``, and multilib's ``lib64-`` and ``lib32-``. |
| 831 | The exact lists of prefixes and suffixes removed are specified by the |
| 832 | :term:`MLPREFIX` and |
| 833 | :term:`SPECIAL_PKGSUFFIX` variables, |
| 834 | respectively. |
| 835 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 836 | :term:`BUGTRACKER` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 837 | Specifies a URL for an upstream bug tracking website for a recipe. |
| 838 | The OpenEmbedded build system does not use this variable. Rather, the |
| 839 | variable is a useful pointer in case a bug in the software being |
| 840 | built needs to be manually reported. |
| 841 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 842 | :term:`BUILD_ARCH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 843 | Specifies the architecture of the build host (e.g. ``i686``). The |
| 844 | OpenEmbedded build system sets the value of ``BUILD_ARCH`` from the |
| 845 | machine name reported by the ``uname`` command. |
| 846 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 847 | :term:`BUILD_AS_ARCH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 848 | Specifies the architecture-specific assembler flags for the build |
| 849 | host. By default, the value of ``BUILD_AS_ARCH`` is empty. |
| 850 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 851 | :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 852 | Specifies the architecture-specific C compiler flags for the build |
| 853 | host. By default, the value of ``BUILD_CC_ARCH`` is empty. |
| 854 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 855 | :term:`BUILD_CCLD` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 856 | Specifies the linker command to be used for the build host when the C |
| 857 | compiler is being used as the linker. By default, ``BUILD_CCLD`` |
| 858 | points to GCC and passes as arguments the value of |
| 859 | :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`, assuming |
| 860 | ``BUILD_CC_ARCH`` is set. |
| 861 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 862 | :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 863 | Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the |
| 864 | build host. When building in the ``-native`` context, |
| 865 | :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by |
| 866 | default. |
| 867 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 868 | :term:`BUILD_CPPFLAGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 869 | Specifies the flags to pass to the C preprocessor (i.e. to both the C |
| 870 | and the C++ compilers) when building for the build host. When |
| 871 | building in the ``-native`` context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` |
| 872 | is set to the value of this variable by default. |
| 873 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 874 | :term:`BUILD_CXXFLAGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 875 | Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the |
| 876 | build host. When building in the ``-native`` context, |
| 877 | :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable |
| 878 | by default. |
| 879 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 880 | :term:`BUILD_FC` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 881 | Specifies the Fortran compiler command for the build host. By |
| 882 | default, ``BUILD_FC`` points to Gfortran and passes as arguments the |
| 883 | value of :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`, assuming |
| 884 | ``BUILD_CC_ARCH`` is set. |
| 885 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 886 | :term:`BUILD_LD` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 887 | Specifies the linker command for the build host. By default, |
| 888 | ``BUILD_LD`` points to the GNU linker (ld) and passes as arguments |
| 889 | the value of :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH`, assuming |
| 890 | ``BUILD_LD_ARCH`` is set. |
| 891 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 892 | :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 893 | Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the build host. By |
| 894 | default, the value of ``BUILD_LD_ARCH`` is empty. |
| 895 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 896 | :term:`BUILD_LDFLAGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 897 | Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the build |
| 898 | host. When building in the ``-native`` context, |
| 899 | :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable |
| 900 | by default. |
| 901 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 902 | :term:`BUILD_OPTIMIZATION` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 903 | Specifies the optimization flags passed to the C compiler when |
| 904 | building for the build host or the SDK. The flags are passed through |
| 905 | the :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` and |
| 906 | :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` default values. |
| 907 | |
| 908 | The default value of the ``BUILD_OPTIMIZATION`` variable is "-O2 |
| 909 | -pipe". |
| 910 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 911 | :term:`BUILD_OS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 912 | Specifies the operating system in use on the build host (e.g. |
| 913 | "linux"). The OpenEmbedded build system sets the value of |
| 914 | ``BUILD_OS`` from the OS reported by the ``uname`` command - the |
| 915 | first word, converted to lower-case characters. |
| 916 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 917 | :term:`BUILD_PREFIX` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 918 | The toolchain binary prefix used for native recipes. The OpenEmbedded |
| 919 | build system uses the ``BUILD_PREFIX`` value to set the |
| 920 | :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` when building for |
| 921 | ``native`` recipes. |
| 922 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 923 | :term:`BUILD_STRIP` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 924 | Specifies the command to be used to strip debugging symbols from |
| 925 | binaries produced for the build host. By default, ``BUILD_STRIP`` |
| 926 | points to |
| 927 | ``${``\ :term:`BUILD_PREFIX`\ ``}strip``. |
| 928 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 929 | :term:`BUILD_SYS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 930 | Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating |
| 931 | system, to use when building for the build host (i.e. when building |
| 932 | ``native`` recipes). |
| 933 | |
| 934 | The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based |
| 935 | on :term:`BUILD_ARCH`, |
| 936 | :term:`BUILD_VENDOR`, and |
| 937 | :term:`BUILD_OS`. You do not need to set the |
| 938 | ``BUILD_SYS`` variable yourself. |
| 939 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 940 | :term:`BUILD_VENDOR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 941 | Specifies the vendor name to use when building for the build host. |
| 942 | The default value is an empty string (""). |
| 943 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 944 | :term:`BUILDDIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 945 | Points to the location of the :term:`Build Directory`. |
| 946 | You can define this directory indirectly through the |
| 947 | ````` <#structure-core-script>`__ script by passing in a Build |
| 948 | Directory path when you run the script. If you run the script and do |
| 949 | not provide a Build Directory path, the ``BUILDDIR`` defaults to |
| 950 | ``build`` in the current directory. |
| 951 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 952 | :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 953 | When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` |
| 954 | class, this variable specifies whether or not to commit the build |
| 955 | history output in a local Git repository. If set to "1", this local |
| 956 | repository will be maintained automatically by the ``buildhistory`` |
| 957 | class and a commit will be created on every build for changes to each |
| 958 | top-level subdirectory of the build history output (images, packages, |
| 959 | and sdk). If you want to track changes to build history over time, |
| 960 | you should set this value to "1". |
| 961 | |
| 962 | By default, the ``buildhistory`` class does not commit the build |
| 963 | history output in a local Git repository: |
| 964 | :: |
| 965 | |
| 966 | BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT ?= "0" |
| 967 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 968 | :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 969 | When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` |
| 970 | class, this variable specifies the author to use for each Git commit. |
| 971 | In order for the ``BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR`` variable to work, the |
| 972 | :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` variable must |
| 973 | be set to "1". |
| 974 | |
| 975 | Git requires that the value you provide for the |
| 976 | ``BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR`` variable takes the form of "name |
| 977 | email@host". Providing an email address or host that is not valid |
| 978 | does not produce an error. |
| 979 | |
| 980 | By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the variable as follows: |
| 981 | :: |
| 982 | |
| 983 | BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR ?= "buildhistory <buildhistory@${DISTRO}>" |
| 984 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 985 | :term:`BUILDHISTORY_DIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 986 | When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` |
| 987 | class, this variable specifies the directory in which build history |
| 988 | information is kept. For more information on how the variable works, |
| 989 | see the ``buildhistory.class``. |
| 990 | |
| 991 | By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the directory as follows: |
| 992 | :: |
| 993 | |
| 994 | BUILDHISTORY_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/buildhistory" |
| 995 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 996 | :term:`BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 997 | When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` |
| 998 | class, this variable specifies the build history features to be |
| 999 | enabled. For more information on how build history works, see the |
| 1000 | ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:maintaining build output quality`" |
| 1001 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 1002 | |
| 1003 | You can specify these features in the form of a space-separated list: |
| 1004 | |
| 1005 | - *image:* Analysis of the contents of images, which includes the |
| 1006 | list of installed packages among other things. |
| 1007 | |
| 1008 | - *package:* Analysis of the contents of individual packages. |
| 1009 | |
| 1010 | - *sdk:* Analysis of the contents of the software development kit |
| 1011 | (SDK). |
| 1012 | |
| 1013 | - *task:* Save output file signatures for |
| 1014 | :ref:`shared state <overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:shared state cache>` |
| 1015 | (sstate) tasks. |
| 1016 | This saves one file per task and lists the SHA-256 checksums for |
| 1017 | each file staged (i.e. the output of the task). |
| 1018 | |
| 1019 | By default, the ``buildhistory`` class enables the following |
| 1020 | features: |
| 1021 | :: |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 | BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES ?= "image package sdk" |
| 1024 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1025 | :term:`BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1026 | When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` |
| 1027 | class, this variable specifies a list of paths to files copied from |
| 1028 | the image contents into the build history directory under an |
| 1029 | "image-files" directory in the directory for the image, so that you |
| 1030 | can track the contents of each file. The default is to copy |
| 1031 | ``/etc/passwd`` and ``/etc/group``, which allows you to monitor for |
| 1032 | changes in user and group entries. You can modify the list to include |
| 1033 | any file. Specifying an invalid path does not produce an error. |
| 1034 | Consequently, you can include files that might not always be present. |
| 1035 | |
| 1036 | By default, the ``buildhistory`` class provides paths to the |
| 1037 | following files: |
| 1038 | :: |
| 1039 | |
| 1040 | BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES ?= "/etc/passwd /etc/group" |
| 1041 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1042 | :term:`BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1043 | When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` |
| 1044 | class, this variable optionally specifies a remote repository to |
| 1045 | which build history pushes Git changes. In order for |
| 1046 | ``BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO`` to work, |
| 1047 | :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` must be set to |
| 1048 | "1". |
| 1049 | |
| 1050 | The repository should correspond to a remote address that specifies a |
| 1051 | repository as understood by Git, or alternatively to a remote name |
| 1052 | that you have set up manually using ``git remote`` within the local |
| 1053 | repository. |
| 1054 | |
| 1055 | By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the variable as follows: |
| 1056 | :: |
| 1057 | |
| 1058 | BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO ?= "" |
| 1059 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1060 | :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1061 | Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the |
| 1062 | SDK. When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context, |
| 1063 | :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by |
| 1064 | default. |
| 1065 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1066 | :term:`BUILDSDK_CPPFLAGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1067 | Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the |
| 1068 | C and the C++ compilers) when building for the SDK. When building in |
| 1069 | the ``nativesdk-`` context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` is set |
| 1070 | to the value of this variable by default. |
| 1071 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1072 | :term:`BUILDSDK_CXXFLAGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1073 | Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the |
| 1074 | SDK. When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context, |
| 1075 | :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable |
| 1076 | by default. |
| 1077 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1078 | :term:`BUILDSDK_LDFLAGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1079 | Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the SDK. |
| 1080 | When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context, |
| 1081 | :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable |
| 1082 | by default. |
| 1083 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1084 | :term:`BUILDSTATS_BASE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1085 | Points to the location of the directory that holds build statistics |
| 1086 | when you use and enable the |
| 1087 | :ref:`buildstats <ref-classes-buildstats>` class. The |
| 1088 | ``BUILDSTATS_BASE`` directory defaults to |
| 1089 | ``${``\ :term:`TMPDIR`\ ``}/buildstats/``. |
| 1090 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1091 | :term:`BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1092 | For the BusyBox recipe, specifies whether to split the output |
| 1093 | executable file into two parts: one for features that require |
| 1094 | ``setuid root``, and one for the remaining features (i.e. those that |
| 1095 | do not require ``setuid root``). |
| 1096 | |
| 1097 | The ``BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID`` variable defaults to "1", which results in |
| 1098 | splitting the output executable file. Set the variable to "0" to get |
| 1099 | a single output executable file. |
| 1100 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1101 | :term:`CACHE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1102 | Specifies the directory BitBake uses to store a cache of the |
| 1103 | :term:`Metadata` so it does not need to be parsed every time |
| 1104 | BitBake is started. |
| 1105 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1106 | :term:`CC` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1107 | The minimal command and arguments used to run the C compiler. |
| 1108 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1109 | :term:`CFLAGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1110 | Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler. This variable is |
| 1111 | exported to an environment variable and thus made visible to the |
| 1112 | software being built during the compilation step. |
| 1113 | |
| 1114 | Default initialization for ``CFLAGS`` varies depending on what is |
| 1115 | being built: |
| 1116 | |
| 1117 | - :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` when building for the |
| 1118 | target |
| 1119 | |
| 1120 | - :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` when building for the |
| 1121 | build host (i.e. ``-native``) |
| 1122 | |
| 1123 | - :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` when building for |
| 1124 | an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``) |
| 1125 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1126 | :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1127 | An internal variable specifying the special class override that |
| 1128 | should currently apply (e.g. "class-target", "class-native", and so |
| 1129 | forth). The classes that use this variable (e.g. |
| 1130 | :ref:`native <ref-classes-native>`, |
| 1131 | :ref:`nativesdk <ref-classes-nativesdk>`, and so forth) set the |
| 1132 | variable to appropriate values. |
| 1133 | |
| 1134 | .. note:: |
| 1135 | |
| 1136 | CLASSOVERRIDE |
| 1137 | gets its default "class-target" value from the |
| 1138 | bitbake.conf |
| 1139 | file. |
| 1140 | |
| 1141 | As an example, the following override allows you to install extra |
| 1142 | files, but only when building for the target: |
| 1143 | :: |
| 1144 | |
| 1145 | do_install_append_class-target() { |
| 1146 | install my-extra-file ${D}${sysconfdir} |
| 1147 | } |
| 1148 | |
| 1149 | Here is an example where ``FOO`` is set to |
| 1150 | "native" when building for the build host, and to "other" when not |
| 1151 | building for the build host: |
| 1152 | :: |
| 1153 | |
| 1154 | FOO_class-native = "native" |
| 1155 | FOO = "other" |
| 1156 | |
| 1157 | The underlying mechanism behind ``CLASSOVERRIDE`` is simply |
| 1158 | that it is included in the default value of |
| 1159 | :term:`OVERRIDES`. |
| 1160 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1161 | :term:`CLEANBROKEN` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1162 | If set to "1" within a recipe, ``CLEANBROKEN`` specifies that the |
| 1163 | ``make clean`` command does not work for the software being built. |
| 1164 | Consequently, the OpenEmbedded build system will not try to run |
| 1165 | ``make clean`` during the :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` |
| 1166 | task, which is the default behavior. |
| 1167 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1168 | :term:`COMBINED_FEATURES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1169 | Provides a list of hardware features that are enabled in both |
| 1170 | :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES` and |
| 1171 | :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`. This select list of |
| 1172 | features contains features that make sense to be controlled both at |
| 1173 | the machine and distribution configuration level. For example, the |
| 1174 | "bluetooth" feature requires hardware support but should also be |
| 1175 | optional at the distribution level, in case the hardware supports |
| 1176 | Bluetooth but you do not ever intend to use it. |
| 1177 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1178 | :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1179 | Points to ``meta/files/common-licenses`` in the |
| 1180 | :term:`Source Directory`, which is where generic license |
| 1181 | files reside. |
| 1182 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1183 | :term:`COMPATIBLE_HOST` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1184 | A regular expression that resolves to one or more hosts (when the |
| 1185 | recipe is native) or one or more targets (when the recipe is |
| 1186 | non-native) with which a recipe is compatible. The regular expression |
| 1187 | is matched against :term:`HOST_SYS`. You can use the |
| 1188 | variable to stop recipes from being built for classes of systems with |
| 1189 | which the recipes are not compatible. Stopping these builds is |
| 1190 | particularly useful with kernels. The variable also helps to increase |
| 1191 | parsing speed since the build system skips parsing recipes not |
| 1192 | compatible with the current system. |
| 1193 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1194 | :term:`COMPATIBLE_MACHINE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1195 | A regular expression that resolves to one or more target machines |
| 1196 | with which a recipe is compatible. The regular expression is matched |
| 1197 | against :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`. You can use |
| 1198 | the variable to stop recipes from being built for machines with which |
| 1199 | the recipes are not compatible. Stopping these builds is particularly |
| 1200 | useful with kernels. The variable also helps to increase parsing |
| 1201 | speed since the build system skips parsing recipes not compatible |
| 1202 | with the current machine. |
| 1203 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1204 | :term:`COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1205 | Defines wildcards to match when installing a list of complementary |
| 1206 | packages for all the packages explicitly (or implicitly) installed in |
| 1207 | an image. |
| 1208 | |
| 1209 | .. note:: |
| 1210 | |
| 1211 | The |
| 1212 | COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB |
| 1213 | variable uses Unix filename pattern matching ( |
| 1214 | fnmatch |
| 1215 | ), which is similar to the Unix style pathname pattern expansion ( |
| 1216 | glob |
| 1217 | ). |
| 1218 | |
| 1219 | The resulting list of complementary packages is associated with an |
| 1220 | item that can be added to |
| 1221 | :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. An example usage of |
| 1222 | this is the "dev-pkgs" item that when added to ``IMAGE_FEATURES`` |
| 1223 | will install -dev packages (containing headers and other development |
| 1224 | files) for every package in the image. |
| 1225 | |
| 1226 | To add a new feature item pointing to a wildcard, use a variable flag |
| 1227 | to specify the feature item name and use the value to specify the |
| 1228 | wildcard. Here is an example: |
| 1229 | :: |
| 1230 | |
| 1231 | COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB[dev-pkgs] = '*-dev' |
| 1232 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1233 | :term:`COMPONENTS_DIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1234 | Stores sysroot components for each recipe. The OpenEmbedded build |
| 1235 | system uses ``COMPONENTS_DIR`` when constructing recipe-specific |
| 1236 | sysroots for other recipes. |
| 1237 | |
| 1238 | The default is |
| 1239 | "``${``\ :term:`STAGING_DIR`\ ``}-components``." |
| 1240 | (i.e. |
| 1241 | "``${``\ :term:`TMPDIR`\ ``}/sysroots-components``"). |
| 1242 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1243 | :term:`CONF_VERSION` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1244 | Tracks the version of the local configuration file (i.e. |
| 1245 | ``local.conf``). The value for ``CONF_VERSION`` increments each time |
| 1246 | ``build/conf/`` compatibility changes. |
| 1247 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1248 | :term:`CONFFILES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1249 | Identifies editable or configurable files that are part of a package. |
| 1250 | If the Package Management System (PMS) is being used to update |
| 1251 | packages on the target system, it is possible that configuration |
| 1252 | files you have changed after the original installation and that you |
| 1253 | now want to remain unchanged are overwritten. In other words, |
| 1254 | editable files might exist in the package that you do not want reset |
| 1255 | as part of the package update process. You can use the ``CONFFILES`` |
| 1256 | variable to list the files in the package that you wish to prevent |
| 1257 | the PMS from overwriting during this update process. |
| 1258 | |
| 1259 | To use the ``CONFFILES`` variable, provide a package name override |
| 1260 | that identifies the resulting package. Then, provide a |
| 1261 | space-separated list of files. Here is an example: |
| 1262 | :: |
| 1263 | |
| 1264 | CONFFILES_${PN} += "${sysconfdir}/file1 \ |
| 1265 | ${sysconfdir}/file2 ${sysconfdir}/file3" |
| 1266 | |
| 1267 | A relationship exists between the ``CONFFILES`` and ``FILES`` |
| 1268 | variables. The files listed within ``CONFFILES`` must be a subset of |
| 1269 | the files listed within ``FILES``. Because the configuration files |
| 1270 | you provide with ``CONFFILES`` are simply being identified so that |
| 1271 | the PMS will not overwrite them, it makes sense that the files must |
| 1272 | already be included as part of the package through the ``FILES`` |
| 1273 | variable. |
| 1274 | |
| 1275 | .. note:: |
| 1276 | |
| 1277 | When specifying paths as part of the |
| 1278 | CONFFILES |
| 1279 | variable, it is good practice to use appropriate path variables. |
| 1280 | For example, |
| 1281 | ${sysconfdir} |
| 1282 | rather than |
| 1283 | /etc |
| 1284 | or |
| 1285 | ${bindir} |
| 1286 | rather than |
| 1287 | /usr/bin |
| 1288 | . You can find a list of these variables at the top of the |
| 1289 | meta/conf/bitbake.conf |
| 1290 | file in the |
| 1291 | Source Directory |
| 1292 | . |
| 1293 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1294 | :term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1295 | Identifies the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) source files. The |
| 1296 | OpenEmbedded build system receives and uses this kernel Kconfig |
| 1297 | variable as an environment variable. By default, the variable is set |
| 1298 | to null (""). |
| 1299 | |
| 1300 | The ``CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE`` can be either a single cpio archive |
| 1301 | with a ``.cpio`` suffix or a space-separated list of directories and |
| 1302 | files for building the initramfs image. A cpio archive should contain |
| 1303 | a filesystem archive to be used as an initramfs image. Directories |
| 1304 | should contain a filesystem layout to be included in the initramfs |
| 1305 | image. Files should contain entries according to the format described |
| 1306 | by the ``usr/gen_init_cpio`` program in the kernel tree. |
| 1307 | |
| 1308 | If you specify multiple directories and files, the initramfs image |
| 1309 | will be the aggregate of all of them. |
| 1310 | |
| 1311 | For information on creating an initramfs, see the |
| 1312 | ":ref:`building-an-initramfs-image`" section |
| 1313 | in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 1314 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1315 | :term:`CONFIG_SITE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1316 | A list of files that contains ``autoconf`` test results relevant to |
| 1317 | the current build. This variable is used by the Autotools utilities |
| 1318 | when running ``configure``. |
| 1319 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1320 | :term:`CONFIGURE_FLAGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1321 | The minimal arguments for GNU configure. |
| 1322 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1323 | :term:`CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1324 | When inheriting the |
| 1325 | :ref:`distro_features_check <ref-classes-distro_features_check>` |
| 1326 | class, this variable identifies distribution features that would be |
| 1327 | in conflict should the recipe be built. In other words, if the |
| 1328 | ``CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES`` variable lists a feature that also |
| 1329 | appears in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` within the current configuration, an |
| 1330 | error occurs and the build stops. |
| 1331 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1332 | :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1333 | A space-separated list of licenses to exclude from the source |
| 1334 | archived by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. In |
| 1335 | other words, if a license in a recipe's |
| 1336 | :term:`LICENSE` value is in the value of |
| 1337 | ``COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE``, then its source is not archived by the |
| 1338 | class. |
| 1339 | |
| 1340 | .. note:: |
| 1341 | |
| 1342 | The |
| 1343 | COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE |
| 1344 | variable takes precedence over the |
| 1345 | COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE |
| 1346 | variable. |
| 1347 | |
| 1348 | The default value, which is "CLOSED Proprietary", for |
| 1349 | ``COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`` is set by the |
| 1350 | :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which |
| 1351 | is inherited by the ``archiver`` class. |
| 1352 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1353 | :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1354 | A space-separated list of licenses to include in the source archived |
| 1355 | by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. In other |
| 1356 | words, if a license in a recipe's :term:`LICENSE` |
| 1357 | value is in the value of ``COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE``, then its |
| 1358 | source is archived by the class. |
| 1359 | |
| 1360 | The default value is set by the |
| 1361 | :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which |
| 1362 | is inherited by the ``archiver`` class. The default value includes |
| 1363 | "GPL*", "LGPL*", and "AGPL*". |
| 1364 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1365 | :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1366 | A list of recipes to exclude in the source archived by the |
| 1367 | :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. The |
| 1368 | ``COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE`` variable overrides the license inclusion and |
| 1369 | exclusion caused through the |
| 1370 | :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` and |
| 1371 | :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE` |
| 1372 | variables, respectively. |
| 1373 | |
| 1374 | The default value, which is "" indicating to not explicitly exclude |
| 1375 | any recipes by name, for ``COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE`` is set by the |
| 1376 | :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which |
| 1377 | is inherited by the ``archiver`` class. |
| 1378 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1379 | :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1380 | A list of recipes to include in the source archived by the |
| 1381 | :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. The |
| 1382 | ``COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE`` variable overrides the license inclusion and |
| 1383 | exclusion caused through the |
| 1384 | :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` and |
| 1385 | :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE` |
| 1386 | variables, respectively. |
| 1387 | |
| 1388 | The default value, which is "" indicating to not explicitly include |
| 1389 | any recipes by name, for ``COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE`` is set by the |
| 1390 | :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which |
| 1391 | is inherited by the ``archiver`` class. |
| 1392 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1393 | :term:`COPYLEFT_RECIPE_TYPES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1394 | A space-separated list of recipe types to include in the source |
| 1395 | archived by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. |
| 1396 | Recipe types are ``target``, ``native``, ``nativesdk``, ``cross``, |
| 1397 | ``crosssdk``, and ``cross-canadian``. |
| 1398 | |
| 1399 | The default value, which is "target*", for ``COPYLEFT_RECIPE_TYPES`` |
| 1400 | is set by the :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` |
| 1401 | class, which is inherited by the ``archiver`` class. |
| 1402 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1403 | :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1404 | If set to "1" along with the |
| 1405 | :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` variable, the |
| 1406 | OpenEmbedded build system copies into the image the license files, |
| 1407 | which are located in ``/usr/share/common-licenses``, for each |
| 1408 | package. The license files are placed in directories within the image |
| 1409 | itself during build time. |
| 1410 | |
| 1411 | .. note:: |
| 1412 | |
| 1413 | The |
| 1414 | COPY_LIC_DIRS |
| 1415 | does not offer a path for adding licenses for newly installed |
| 1416 | packages to an image, which might be most suitable for read-only |
| 1417 | filesystems that cannot be upgraded. See the |
| 1418 | LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE |
| 1419 | variable for additional information. You can also reference the " |
| 1420 | Providing License Text |
| 1421 | " section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for |
| 1422 | information on providing license text. |
| 1423 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1424 | :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1425 | If set to "1", the OpenEmbedded build system copies the license |
| 1426 | manifest for the image to |
| 1427 | ``/usr/share/common-licenses/license.manifest`` within the image |
| 1428 | itself during build time. |
| 1429 | |
| 1430 | .. note:: |
| 1431 | |
| 1432 | The |
| 1433 | COPY_LIC_MANIFEST |
| 1434 | does not offer a path for adding licenses for newly installed |
| 1435 | packages to an image, which might be most suitable for read-only |
| 1436 | filesystems that cannot be upgraded. See the |
| 1437 | LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE |
| 1438 | variable for additional information. You can also reference the " |
| 1439 | Providing License Text |
| 1440 | " section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for |
| 1441 | information on providing license text. |
| 1442 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1443 | :term:`CORE_IMAGE_EXTRA_INSTALL` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1444 | Specifies the list of packages to be added to the image. You should |
| 1445 | only set this variable in the ``local.conf`` configuration file found |
| 1446 | in the :term:`Build Directory`. |
| 1447 | |
| 1448 | This variable replaces ``POKY_EXTRA_INSTALL``, which is no longer |
| 1449 | supported. |
| 1450 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1451 | :term:`COREBASE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1452 | Specifies the parent directory of the OpenEmbedded-Core Metadata |
| 1453 | layer (i.e. ``meta``). |
| 1454 | |
| 1455 | It is an important distinction that ``COREBASE`` points to the parent |
| 1456 | of this layer and not the layer itself. Consider an example where you |
| 1457 | have cloned the Poky Git repository and retained the ``poky`` name |
| 1458 | for your local copy of the repository. In this case, ``COREBASE`` |
| 1459 | points to the ``poky`` folder because it is the parent directory of |
| 1460 | the ``poky/meta`` layer. |
| 1461 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1462 | :term:`COREBASE_FILES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1463 | Lists files from the :term:`COREBASE` directory that |
| 1464 | should be copied other than the layers listed in the |
| 1465 | ``bblayers.conf`` file. The ``COREBASE_FILES`` variable exists for |
| 1466 | the purpose of copying metadata from the OpenEmbedded build system |
| 1467 | into the extensible SDK. |
| 1468 | |
| 1469 | Explicitly listing files in ``COREBASE`` is needed because it |
| 1470 | typically contains build directories and other files that should not |
| 1471 | normally be copied into the extensible SDK. Consequently, the value |
| 1472 | of ``COREBASE_FILES`` is used in order to only copy the files that |
| 1473 | are actually needed. |
| 1474 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1475 | :term:`CPP` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1476 | The minimal command and arguments used to run the C preprocessor. |
| 1477 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1478 | :term:`CPPFLAGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1479 | Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the |
| 1480 | C and the C++ compilers). This variable is exported to an environment |
| 1481 | variable and thus made visible to the software being built during the |
| 1482 | compilation step. |
| 1483 | |
| 1484 | Default initialization for ``CPPFLAGS`` varies depending on what is |
| 1485 | being built: |
| 1486 | |
| 1487 | - :term:`TARGET_CPPFLAGS` when building for |
| 1488 | the target |
| 1489 | |
| 1490 | - :term:`BUILD_CPPFLAGS` when building for the |
| 1491 | build host (i.e. ``-native``) |
| 1492 | |
| 1493 | - :term:`BUILDSDK_CPPFLAGS` when building |
| 1494 | for an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``) |
| 1495 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1496 | :term:`CROSS_COMPILE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1497 | The toolchain binary prefix for the target tools. The |
| 1498 | ``CROSS_COMPILE`` variable is the same as the |
| 1499 | :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` variable. |
| 1500 | |
| 1501 | .. note:: |
| 1502 | |
| 1503 | The OpenEmbedded build system sets the |
| 1504 | CROSS_COMPILE |
| 1505 | variable only in certain contexts (e.g. when building for kernel |
| 1506 | and kernel module recipes). |
| 1507 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1508 | :term:`CVSDIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1509 | The directory in which files checked out under the CVS system are |
| 1510 | stored. |
| 1511 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1512 | :term:`CXX` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1513 | The minimal command and arguments used to run the C++ compiler. |
| 1514 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1515 | :term:`CXXFLAGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1516 | Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler. This variable is |
| 1517 | exported to an environment variable and thus made visible to the |
| 1518 | software being built during the compilation step. |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 | Default initialization for ``CXXFLAGS`` varies depending on what is |
| 1521 | being built: |
| 1522 | |
| 1523 | - :term:`TARGET_CXXFLAGS` when building for |
| 1524 | the target |
| 1525 | |
| 1526 | - :term:`BUILD_CXXFLAGS` when building for the |
| 1527 | build host (i.e. ``-native``) |
| 1528 | |
| 1529 | - :term:`BUILDSDK_CXXFLAGS` when building |
| 1530 | for an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``) |
| 1531 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1532 | :term:`D` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1533 | The destination directory. The location in the :term:`Build Directory` |
| 1534 | where components are installed by the |
| 1535 | :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task. This location defaults |
| 1536 | to: |
| 1537 | :: |
| 1538 | |
| 1539 | ${WORKDIR}/image |
| 1540 | |
| 1541 | .. note:: |
| 1542 | |
| 1543 | Tasks that read from or write to this directory should run under |
| 1544 | fakeroot |
| 1545 | . |
| 1546 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1547 | :term:`DATE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1548 | The date the build was started. Dates appear using the year, month, |
| 1549 | and day (YMD) format (e.g. "20150209" for February 9th, 2015). |
| 1550 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1551 | :term:`DATETIME` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1552 | The date and time on which the current build started. The format is |
| 1553 | suitable for timestamps. |
| 1554 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1555 | :term:`DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1556 | When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited, |
| 1557 | which is the default behavior, ``DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME`` specifies a |
| 1558 | particular package should not be renamed according to Debian library |
| 1559 | package naming. You must use the package name as an override when you |
| 1560 | set this variable. Here is an example from the ``fontconfig`` recipe: |
| 1561 | :: |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 | DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME_fontconfig-utils = "1" |
| 1564 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1565 | :term:`DEBIANNAME` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1566 | When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited, |
| 1567 | which is the default behavior, ``DEBIANNAME`` allows you to override |
| 1568 | the library name for an individual package. Overriding the library |
| 1569 | name in these cases is rare. You must use the package name as an |
| 1570 | override when you set this variable. Here is an example from the |
| 1571 | ``dbus`` recipe: |
| 1572 | :: |
| 1573 | |
| 1574 | DEBIANNAME_${PN} = "dbus-1" |
| 1575 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1576 | :term:`DEBUG_BUILD` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1577 | Specifies to build packages with debugging information. This |
| 1578 | influences the value of the ``SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION`` variable. |
| 1579 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1580 | :term:`DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1581 | The options to pass in ``TARGET_CFLAGS`` and ``CFLAGS`` when |
| 1582 | compiling a system for debugging. This variable defaults to "-O |
| 1583 | -fno-omit-frame-pointer ${DEBUG_FLAGS} -pipe". |
| 1584 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1585 | :term:`DEFAULT_PREFERENCE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1586 | Specifies a weak bias for recipe selection priority. |
| 1587 | |
| 1588 | The most common usage of this is variable is to set it to "-1" within |
| 1589 | a recipe for a development version of a piece of software. Using the |
| 1590 | variable in this way causes the stable version of the recipe to build |
| 1591 | by default in the absence of ``PREFERRED_VERSION`` being used to |
| 1592 | build the development version. |
| 1593 | |
| 1594 | .. note:: |
| 1595 | |
| 1596 | The bias provided by |
| 1597 | DEFAULT_PREFERENCE |
| 1598 | is weak and is overridden by |
| 1599 | BBFILE_PRIORITY |
| 1600 | if that variable is different between two layers that contain |
| 1601 | different versions of the same recipe. |
| 1602 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1603 | :term:`DEFAULTTUNE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1604 | The default CPU and Application Binary Interface (ABI) tunings (i.e. |
| 1605 | the "tune") used by the OpenEmbedded build system. The |
| 1606 | ``DEFAULTTUNE`` helps define |
| 1607 | :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. |
| 1608 | |
| 1609 | The default tune is either implicitly or explicitly set by the |
| 1610 | machine (:term:`MACHINE`). However, you can override |
| 1611 | the setting using available tunes as defined with |
| 1612 | :term:`AVAILTUNES`. |
| 1613 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1614 | :term:`DEPENDS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1615 | Lists a recipe's build-time dependencies. These are dependencies on |
| 1616 | other recipes whose contents (e.g. headers and shared libraries) are |
| 1617 | needed by the recipe at build time. |
| 1618 | |
| 1619 | As an example, consider a recipe ``foo`` that contains the following |
| 1620 | assignment: |
| 1621 | :: |
| 1622 | |
| 1623 | DEPENDS = "bar" |
| 1624 | |
| 1625 | The practical effect of the previous |
| 1626 | assignment is that all files installed by bar will be available in |
| 1627 | the appropriate staging sysroot, given by the |
| 1628 | :term:`STAGING_DIR* <STAGING_DIR>` variables, by the time the |
| 1629 | :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task for ``foo`` runs. |
| 1630 | This mechanism is implemented by having ``do_configure`` depend on |
| 1631 | the :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task of |
| 1632 | each recipe listed in ``DEPENDS``, through a |
| 1633 | ``[``\ :ref:`deptask <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:variable flags>`\ ``]`` |
| 1634 | declaration in the :ref:`base <ref-classes-base>` class. |
| 1635 | |
| 1636 | .. note:: |
| 1637 | |
| 1638 | It seldom is necessary to reference, for example, |
| 1639 | STAGING_DIR_HOST |
| 1640 | explicitly. The standard classes and build-related variables are |
| 1641 | configured to automatically use the appropriate staging sysroots. |
| 1642 | |
| 1643 | As another example, ``DEPENDS`` can also be used to add utilities |
| 1644 | that run on the build machine during the build. For example, a recipe |
| 1645 | that makes use of a code generator built by the recipe ``codegen`` |
| 1646 | might have the following: |
| 1647 | :: |
| 1648 | |
| 1649 | DEPENDS = "codegen-native" |
| 1650 | |
| 1651 | For more |
| 1652 | information, see the :ref:`native <ref-classes-native>` class and |
| 1653 | the :term:`EXTRANATIVEPATH` variable. |
| 1654 | |
| 1655 | .. note:: |
| 1656 | |
| 1657 | - ``DEPENDS`` is a list of recipe names. Or, to be more precise, |
| 1658 | it is a list of :term:`PROVIDES` names, which |
| 1659 | usually match recipe names. Putting a package name such as |
| 1660 | "foo-dev" in ``DEPENDS`` does not make sense. Use "foo" |
| 1661 | instead, as this will put files from all the packages that make |
| 1662 | up ``foo``, which includes those from ``foo-dev``, into the |
| 1663 | sysroot. |
| 1664 | |
| 1665 | - One recipe having another recipe in ``DEPENDS`` does not by |
| 1666 | itself add any runtime dependencies between the packages |
| 1667 | produced by the two recipes. However, as explained in the |
| 1668 | ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`" |
| 1669 | section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual, |
| 1670 | runtime dependencies will often be added automatically, meaning |
| 1671 | ``DEPENDS`` alone is sufficient for most recipes. |
| 1672 | |
| 1673 | - Counterintuitively, ``DEPENDS`` is often necessary even for |
| 1674 | recipes that install precompiled components. For example, if |
| 1675 | ``libfoo`` is a precompiled library that links against |
| 1676 | ``libbar``, then linking against ``libfoo`` requires both |
| 1677 | ``libfoo`` and ``libbar`` to be available in the sysroot. |
| 1678 | Without a ``DEPENDS`` from the recipe that installs ``libfoo`` |
| 1679 | to the recipe that installs ``libbar``, other recipes might |
| 1680 | fail to link against ``libfoo``. |
| 1681 | |
| 1682 | For information on runtime dependencies, see the |
| 1683 | :term:`RDEPENDS` variable. You can also see the |
| 1684 | ":ref:`Tasks <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:tasks>`" and |
| 1685 | ":ref:`Dependencies <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:dependencies>`" sections in the |
| 1686 | BitBake User Manual for additional information on tasks and |
| 1687 | dependencies. |
| 1688 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1689 | :term:`DEPLOY_DIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1690 | Points to the general area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to |
| 1691 | place images, packages, SDKs, and other output files that are ready |
| 1692 | to be used outside of the build system. By default, this directory |
| 1693 | resides within the :term:`Build Directory` as |
| 1694 | ``${TMPDIR}/deploy``. |
| 1695 | |
| 1696 | For more information on the structure of the Build Directory, see |
| 1697 | ":ref:`ref-manual/ref-structure:the build directory - \`\`build/\`\``" section. |
| 1698 | For more detail on the contents of the ``deploy`` directory, see the |
| 1699 | ":ref:`Images <images-dev-environment>`", ":ref:`Package |
| 1700 | Feeds <package-feeds-dev-environment>`", and |
| 1701 | ":ref:`sdk-dev-environment`" sections all in the |
| 1702 | Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. |
| 1703 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1704 | :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_DEB` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1705 | Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place |
| 1706 | Debian packages that are ready to be used outside of the build |
| 1707 | system. This variable applies only when |
| 1708 | :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains |
| 1709 | "package_deb". |
| 1710 | |
| 1711 | The BitBake configuration file initially defines the |
| 1712 | ``DEPLOY_DIR_DEB`` variable as a sub-folder of |
| 1713 | :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`: |
| 1714 | :: |
| 1715 | |
| 1716 | DEPLOY_DIR_DEB = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/deb" |
| 1717 | |
| 1718 | The :ref:`package_deb <ref-classes-package_deb>` class uses the |
| 1719 | ``DEPLOY_DIR_DEB`` variable to make sure the |
| 1720 | :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_deb` task |
| 1721 | writes Debian packages into the appropriate folder. For more |
| 1722 | information on how packaging works, see the ":ref:`Package |
| 1723 | Feeds <package-feeds-dev-environment>`" section |
| 1724 | in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. |
| 1725 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1726 | :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1727 | Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place |
| 1728 | images and other associated output files that are ready to be |
| 1729 | deployed onto the target machine. The directory is machine-specific |
| 1730 | as it contains the ``${MACHINE}`` name. By default, this directory |
| 1731 | resides within the :term:`Build Directory` as |
| 1732 | ``${DEPLOY_DIR}/images/${MACHINE}/``. |
| 1733 | |
| 1734 | For more information on the structure of the Build Directory, see |
| 1735 | ":ref:`ref-manual/ref-structure:the build directory - \`\`build/\`\``" section. |
| 1736 | For more detail on the contents of the ``deploy`` directory, see the |
| 1737 | ":ref:`Images <images-dev-environment>`" and |
| 1738 | ":ref:`sdk-dev-environment`" sections both in |
| 1739 | the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. |
| 1740 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1741 | :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IPK` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1742 | Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place |
| 1743 | IPK packages that are ready to be used outside of the build system. |
| 1744 | This variable applies only when |
| 1745 | :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains |
| 1746 | "package_ipk". |
| 1747 | |
| 1748 | The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a |
| 1749 | sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`: |
| 1750 | :: |
| 1751 | |
| 1752 | DEPLOY_DIR_IPK = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/ipk" |
| 1753 | |
| 1754 | The :ref:`package_ipk <ref-classes-package_ipk>` class uses the |
| 1755 | ``DEPLOY_DIR_IPK`` variable to make sure the |
| 1756 | :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_ipk` task |
| 1757 | writes IPK packages into the appropriate folder. For more information |
| 1758 | on how packaging works, see the ":ref:`Package |
| 1759 | Feeds <package-feeds-dev-environment>`" section |
| 1760 | in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. |
| 1761 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1762 | :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_RPM` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1763 | Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place |
| 1764 | RPM packages that are ready to be used outside of the build system. |
| 1765 | This variable applies only when |
| 1766 | :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains |
| 1767 | "package_rpm". |
| 1768 | |
| 1769 | The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a |
| 1770 | sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`: |
| 1771 | :: |
| 1772 | |
| 1773 | DEPLOY_DIR_RPM = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/rpm" |
| 1774 | |
| 1775 | The :ref:`package_rpm <ref-classes-package_rpm>` class uses the |
| 1776 | ``DEPLOY_DIR_RPM`` variable to make sure the |
| 1777 | :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_rpm` task |
| 1778 | writes RPM packages into the appropriate folder. For more information |
| 1779 | on how packaging works, see the ":ref:`Package |
| 1780 | Feeds <package-feeds-dev-environment>`" section |
| 1781 | in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. |
| 1782 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1783 | :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_TAR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1784 | Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place |
| 1785 | tarballs that are ready to be used outside of the build system. This |
| 1786 | variable applies only when |
| 1787 | :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains |
| 1788 | "package_tar". |
| 1789 | |
| 1790 | The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a |
| 1791 | sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`: |
| 1792 | :: |
| 1793 | |
| 1794 | DEPLOY_DIR_TAR = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/tar" |
| 1795 | |
| 1796 | The :ref:`package_tar <ref-classes-package_tar>` class uses the |
| 1797 | ``DEPLOY_DIR_TAR`` variable to make sure the |
| 1798 | :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_tar` task |
| 1799 | writes TAR packages into the appropriate folder. For more information |
| 1800 | on how packaging works, see the ":ref:`Package |
| 1801 | Feeds <package-feeds-dev-environment>`" section |
| 1802 | in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. |
| 1803 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1804 | :term:`DEPLOYDIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1805 | When inheriting the :ref:`deploy <ref-classes-deploy>` class, the |
| 1806 | ``DEPLOYDIR`` points to a temporary work area for deployed files that |
| 1807 | is set in the ``deploy`` class as follows: |
| 1808 | :: |
| 1809 | |
| 1810 | DEPLOYDIR = "${WORKDIR}/deploy-${:term:`PN`}" |
| 1811 | |
| 1812 | Recipes inheriting the ``deploy`` class should copy files to be |
| 1813 | deployed into ``DEPLOYDIR``, and the class will take care of copying |
| 1814 | them into :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE` |
| 1815 | afterwards. |
| 1816 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1817 | :term:`DESCRIPTION` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1818 | The package description used by package managers. If not set, |
| 1819 | ``DESCRIPTION`` takes the value of the :term:`SUMMARY` |
| 1820 | variable. |
| 1821 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1822 | :term:`DISTRO` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1823 | The short name of the distribution. For information on the long name |
| 1824 | of the distribution, see the :term:`DISTRO_NAME` |
| 1825 | variable. |
| 1826 | |
| 1827 | The ``DISTRO`` variable corresponds to a distribution configuration |
| 1828 | file whose root name is the same as the variable's argument and whose |
| 1829 | filename extension is ``.conf``. For example, the distribution |
| 1830 | configuration file for the Poky distribution is named ``poky.conf`` |
| 1831 | and resides in the ``meta-poky/conf/distro`` directory of the |
| 1832 | :term:`Source Directory`. |
| 1833 | |
| 1834 | Within that ``poky.conf`` file, the ``DISTRO`` variable is set as |
| 1835 | follows: |
| 1836 | :: |
| 1837 | |
| 1838 | DISTRO = "poky" |
| 1839 | |
| 1840 | Distribution configuration files are located in a ``conf/distro`` |
| 1841 | directory within the :term:`Metadata` that contains the |
| 1842 | distribution configuration. The value for ``DISTRO`` must not contain |
| 1843 | spaces, and is typically all lower-case. |
| 1844 | |
| 1845 | .. note:: |
| 1846 | |
| 1847 | If the |
| 1848 | DISTRO |
| 1849 | variable is blank, a set of default configurations are used, which |
| 1850 | are specified within |
| 1851 | meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf |
| 1852 | also in the Source Directory. |
| 1853 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1854 | :term:`DISTRO_CODENAME` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1855 | Specifies a codename for the distribution being built. |
| 1856 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1857 | :term:`DISTRO_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1858 | Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images. |
| 1859 | This variable takes affect through ``packagegroup-base`` so the |
| 1860 | variable only really applies to the more full-featured images that |
| 1861 | include ``packagegroup-base``. You can use this variable to keep |
| 1862 | distro policy out of generic images. As with all other distro |
| 1863 | variables, you set this variable in the distro ``.conf`` file. |
| 1864 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1865 | :term:`DISTRO_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1866 | Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images if |
| 1867 | the packages exist. The packages might not exist or be empty (e.g. |
| 1868 | kernel modules). The list of packages are automatically installed but |
| 1869 | you can remove them. |
| 1870 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1871 | :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1872 | The software support you want in your distribution for various |
| 1873 | features. You define your distribution features in the distribution |
| 1874 | configuration file. |
| 1875 | |
| 1876 | In most cases, the presence or absence of a feature in |
| 1877 | ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` is translated to the appropriate option supplied |
| 1878 | to the configure script during the |
| 1879 | :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task for recipes that |
| 1880 | optionally support the feature. For example, specifying "x11" in |
| 1881 | ``DISTRO_FEATURES``, causes every piece of software built for the |
| 1882 | target that can optionally support X11 to have its X11 support |
| 1883 | enabled. |
| 1884 | |
| 1885 | Two more examples are Bluetooth and NFS support. For a more complete |
| 1886 | list of features that ships with the Yocto Project and that you can |
| 1887 | provide with this variable, see the "`Distro |
| 1888 | Features <#ref-features-distro>`__" section. |
| 1889 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1890 | :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1891 | Features to be added to ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` if not also present in |
| 1892 | ``DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED``. |
| 1893 | |
| 1894 | This variable is set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. It is |
| 1895 | not intended to be user-configurable. It is best to just reference |
| 1896 | the variable to see which distro features are being backfilled for |
| 1897 | all distro configurations. See the "`Feature |
| 1898 | Backfilling <#ref-features-backfill>`__" section for more |
| 1899 | information. |
| 1900 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1901 | :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1902 | Features from ``DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL`` that should not be |
| 1903 | backfilled (i.e. added to ``DISTRO_FEATURES``) during the build. See |
| 1904 | the "`Feature Backfilling <#ref-features-backfill>`__" section for |
| 1905 | more information. |
| 1906 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1907 | :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1908 | A convenience variable that gives you the default list of distro |
| 1909 | features with the exception of any features specific to the C library |
| 1910 | (``libc``). |
| 1911 | |
| 1912 | When creating a custom distribution, you might find it useful to be |
| 1913 | able to reuse the default |
| 1914 | :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` options without the |
| 1915 | need to write out the full set. Here is an example that uses |
| 1916 | ``DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT`` from a custom distro configuration file: |
| 1917 | :: |
| 1918 | |
| 1919 | DISTRO_FEATURES ?= "${DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT} myfeature" |
| 1920 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1921 | :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1922 | Specifies a list of features that if present in the target |
| 1923 | :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` value should be |
| 1924 | included in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` when building native recipes. This |
| 1925 | variable is used in addition to the features filtered using the |
| 1926 | :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVE` |
| 1927 | variable. |
| 1928 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1929 | :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVESDK` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1930 | Specifies a list of features that if present in the target |
| 1931 | :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` value should be |
| 1932 | included in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` when building nativesdk recipes. This |
| 1933 | variable is used in addition to the features filtered using the |
| 1934 | :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVESDK` |
| 1935 | variable. |
| 1936 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1937 | :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1938 | Specifies a list of features that should be included in |
| 1939 | :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building native |
| 1940 | recipes. This variable is used in addition to the features filtered |
| 1941 | using the |
| 1942 | :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVE` |
| 1943 | variable. |
| 1944 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1945 | :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVESDK` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1946 | Specifies a list of features that should be included in |
| 1947 | :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building |
| 1948 | nativesdk recipes. This variable is used in addition to the features |
| 1949 | filtered using the |
| 1950 | :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVESDK` |
| 1951 | variable. |
| 1952 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1953 | :term:`DISTRO_NAME` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1954 | The long name of the distribution. For information on the short name |
| 1955 | of the distribution, see the :term:`DISTRO` variable. |
| 1956 | |
| 1957 | The ``DISTRO_NAME`` variable corresponds to a distribution |
| 1958 | configuration file whose root name is the same as the variable's |
| 1959 | argument and whose filename extension is ``.conf``. For example, the |
| 1960 | distribution configuration file for the Poky distribution is named |
| 1961 | ``poky.conf`` and resides in the ``meta-poky/conf/distro`` directory |
| 1962 | of the :term:`Source Directory`. |
| 1963 | |
| 1964 | Within that ``poky.conf`` file, the ``DISTRO_NAME`` variable is set |
| 1965 | as follows: |
| 1966 | :: |
| 1967 | |
| 1968 | DISTRO_NAME = "Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro)" |
| 1969 | |
| 1970 | Distribution configuration files are located in a ``conf/distro`` |
| 1971 | directory within the :term:`Metadata` that contains the |
| 1972 | distribution configuration. |
| 1973 | |
| 1974 | .. note:: |
| 1975 | |
| 1976 | If the |
| 1977 | DISTRO_NAME |
| 1978 | variable is blank, a set of default configurations are used, which |
| 1979 | are specified within |
| 1980 | meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf |
| 1981 | also in the Source Directory. |
| 1982 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1983 | :term:`DISTRO_VERSION` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1984 | The version of the distribution. |
| 1985 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1986 | :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1987 | A colon-separated list of overrides specific to the current |
| 1988 | distribution. By default, this list includes the value of |
| 1989 | :term:`DISTRO`. |
| 1990 | |
| 1991 | You can extend ``DISTROOVERRIDES`` to add extra overrides that should |
| 1992 | apply to the distribution. |
| 1993 | |
| 1994 | The underlying mechanism behind ``DISTROOVERRIDES`` is simply that it |
| 1995 | is included in the default value of |
| 1996 | :term:`OVERRIDES`. |
| 1997 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1998 | :term:`DL_DIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1999 | The central download directory used by the build process to store |
| 2000 | downloads. By default, ``DL_DIR`` gets files suitable for mirroring |
| 2001 | for everything except Git repositories. If you want tarballs of Git |
| 2002 | repositories, use the |
| 2003 | :term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS` |
| 2004 | variable. |
| 2005 | |
| 2006 | You can set this directory by defining the ``DL_DIR`` variable in the |
| 2007 | ``conf/local.conf`` file. This directory is self-maintaining and you |
| 2008 | should not have to touch it. By default, the directory is |
| 2009 | ``downloads`` in the :term:`Build Directory`. |
| 2010 | :: |
| 2011 | |
| 2012 | #DL_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/downloads" |
| 2013 | |
| 2014 | To specify a different download directory, |
| 2015 | simply remove the comment from the line and provide your directory. |
| 2016 | |
| 2017 | During a first build, the system downloads many different source code |
| 2018 | tarballs from various upstream projects. Downloading can take a |
| 2019 | while, particularly if your network connection is slow. Tarballs are |
| 2020 | all stored in the directory defined by ``DL_DIR`` and the build |
| 2021 | system looks there first to find source tarballs. |
| 2022 | |
| 2023 | .. note:: |
| 2024 | |
| 2025 | When wiping and rebuilding, you can preserve this directory to |
| 2026 | speed up this part of subsequent builds. |
| 2027 | |
| 2028 | You can safely share this directory between multiple builds on the |
| 2029 | same development machine. For additional information on how the build |
| 2030 | process gets source files when working behind a firewall or proxy |
| 2031 | server, see this specific question in the |
| 2032 | "`FAQ <#how-does-the-yocto-project-obtain-source-code-and-will-it-work-behind-my-firewall-or-proxy-server>`__" |
| 2033 | chapter. You can also refer to the |
| 2034 | ":yocto_wiki:`Working Behind a Network Proxy </wiki/Working_Behind_a_Network_Proxy>`" |
| 2035 | Wiki page. |
| 2036 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2037 | :term:`DOC_COMPRESS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2038 | When inheriting the :ref:`compress_doc <ref-classes-compress_doc>` |
| 2039 | class, this variable sets the compression policy used when the |
| 2040 | OpenEmbedded build system compresses man pages and info pages. By |
| 2041 | default, the compression method used is gz (gzip). Other policies |
| 2042 | available are xz and bz2. |
| 2043 | |
| 2044 | For information on policies and on how to use this variable, see the |
| 2045 | comments in the ``meta/classes/compress_doc.bbclass`` file. |
| 2046 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2047 | :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2048 | When building bootable images (i.e. where ``hddimg``, ``iso``, or |
| 2049 | ``wic.vmdk`` is in :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`), the |
| 2050 | ``EFI_PROVIDER`` variable specifies the EFI bootloader to use. The |
| 2051 | default is "grub-efi", but "systemd-boot" can be used instead. |
| 2052 | |
| 2053 | See the :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` and |
| 2054 | :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` classes for more |
| 2055 | information. |
| 2056 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2057 | :term:`ENABLE_BINARY_LOCALE_GENERATION` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2058 | Variable that controls which locales for ``glibc`` are generated |
| 2059 | during the build (useful if the target device has 64Mbytes of RAM or |
| 2060 | less). |
| 2061 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2062 | :term:`ERR_REPORT_DIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2063 | When used with the :ref:`report-error <ref-classes-report-error>` |
| 2064 | class, specifies the path used for storing the debug files created by |
| 2065 | the :ref:`error reporting |
| 2066 | tool <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:using the error reporting tool>`, which |
| 2067 | allows you to submit build errors you encounter to a central |
| 2068 | database. By default, the value of this variable is |
| 2069 | ``${``\ :term:`LOG_DIR`\ ``}/error-report``. |
| 2070 | |
| 2071 | You can set ``ERR_REPORT_DIR`` to the path you want the error |
| 2072 | reporting tool to store the debug files as follows in your |
| 2073 | ``local.conf`` file: |
| 2074 | :: |
| 2075 | |
| 2076 | ERR_REPORT_DIR = "path" |
| 2077 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2078 | :term:`ERROR_QA` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2079 | Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are reported as |
| 2080 | errors by the OpenEmbedded build system. You set this variable in |
| 2081 | your distribution configuration file. For a list of the checks you |
| 2082 | can control with this variable, see the |
| 2083 | ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`" section. |
| 2084 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2085 | :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2086 | Triggers the OpenEmbedded build system's shared libraries resolver to |
| 2087 | exclude an entire package when scanning for shared libraries. |
| 2088 | |
| 2089 | .. note:: |
| 2090 | |
| 2091 | The shared libraries resolver's functionality results in part from |
| 2092 | the internal function |
| 2093 | package_do_shlibs |
| 2094 | , which is part of the |
| 2095 | do_package |
| 2096 | task. You should be aware that the shared libraries resolver might |
| 2097 | implicitly define some dependencies between packages. |
| 2098 | |
| 2099 | The ``EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS`` variable is similar to the |
| 2100 | :term:`PRIVATE_LIBS` variable, which excludes a |
| 2101 | package's particular libraries only and not the whole package. |
| 2102 | |
| 2103 | Use the ``EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS`` variable by setting it to "1" for a |
| 2104 | particular package: |
| 2105 | :: |
| 2106 | |
| 2107 | EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS = "1" |
| 2108 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2109 | :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2110 | Directs BitBake to exclude a recipe from world builds (i.e. |
| 2111 | ``bitbake world``). During world builds, BitBake locates, parses and |
| 2112 | builds all recipes found in every layer exposed in the |
| 2113 | ``bblayers.conf`` configuration file. |
| 2114 | |
| 2115 | To exclude a recipe from a world build using this variable, set the |
| 2116 | variable to "1" in the recipe. |
| 2117 | |
| 2118 | .. note:: |
| 2119 | |
| 2120 | Recipes added to |
| 2121 | EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD |
| 2122 | may still be built during a world build in order to satisfy |
| 2123 | dependencies of other recipes. Adding a recipe to |
| 2124 | EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD |
| 2125 | only ensures that the recipe is not explicitly added to the list |
| 2126 | of build targets in a world build. |
| 2127 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2128 | :term:`EXTENDPE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2129 | Used with file and pathnames to create a prefix for a recipe's |
| 2130 | version based on the recipe's :term:`PE` value. If ``PE`` |
| 2131 | is set and greater than zero for a recipe, ``EXTENDPE`` becomes that |
| 2132 | value (e.g if ``PE`` is equal to "1" then ``EXTENDPE`` becomes "1"). |
| 2133 | If a recipe's ``PE`` is not set (the default) or is equal to zero, |
| 2134 | ``EXTENDPE`` becomes "". |
| 2135 | |
| 2136 | See the :term:`STAMP` variable for an example. |
| 2137 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2138 | :term:`EXTENDPKGV` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2139 | The full package version specification as it appears on the final |
| 2140 | packages produced by a recipe. The variable's value is normally used |
| 2141 | to fix a runtime dependency to the exact same version of another |
| 2142 | package in the same recipe: |
| 2143 | :: |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 | RDEPENDS_${PN}-additional-module = "${PN} (= ${EXTENDPKGV})" |
| 2146 | |
| 2147 | The dependency relationships are intended to force the package |
| 2148 | manager to upgrade these types of packages in lock-step. |
| 2149 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2150 | :term:`EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2151 | When set, the ``EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS`` variable indicates that these |
| 2152 | tools are not in the source tree. |
| 2153 | |
| 2154 | When kernel tools are available in the tree, they are preferred over |
| 2155 | any externally installed tools. Setting the ``EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS`` |
| 2156 | variable tells the OpenEmbedded build system to prefer the installed |
| 2157 | external tools. See the |
| 2158 | :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>` class in |
| 2159 | ``meta/classes`` to see how the variable is used. |
| 2160 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2161 | :term:`EXTERNALSRC` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2162 | When inheriting the :ref:`externalsrc <ref-classes-externalsrc>` |
| 2163 | class, this variable points to the source tree, which is outside of |
| 2164 | the OpenEmbedded build system. When set, this variable sets the |
| 2165 | :term:`S` variable, which is what the OpenEmbedded build |
| 2166 | system uses to locate unpacked recipe source code. |
| 2167 | |
| 2168 | For more information on ``externalsrc.bbclass``, see the |
| 2169 | ":ref:`externalsrc.bbclass <ref-classes-externalsrc>`" section. You |
| 2170 | can also find information on how to use this variable in the |
| 2171 | ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:building software from an external source`" |
| 2172 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 2173 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2174 | :term:`EXTERNALSRC_BUILD` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2175 | When inheriting the :ref:`externalsrc <ref-classes-externalsrc>` |
| 2176 | class, this variable points to the directory in which the recipe's |
| 2177 | source code is built, which is outside of the OpenEmbedded build |
| 2178 | system. When set, this variable sets the :term:`B` variable, |
| 2179 | which is what the OpenEmbedded build system uses to locate the Build |
| 2180 | Directory. |
| 2181 | |
| 2182 | For more information on ``externalsrc.bbclass``, see the |
| 2183 | ":ref:`externalsrc.bbclass <ref-classes-externalsrc>`" section. You |
| 2184 | can also find information on how to use this variable in the |
| 2185 | ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:building software from an external source`" |
| 2186 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 2187 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2188 | :term:`EXTRA_AUTORECONF` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2189 | For recipes inheriting the :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` |
| 2190 | class, you can use ``EXTRA_AUTORECONF`` to specify extra options to |
| 2191 | pass to the ``autoreconf`` command that is executed during the |
| 2192 | :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task. |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 | The default value is "--exclude=autopoint". |
| 2195 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2196 | :term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2197 | A list of additional features to include in an image. When listing |
| 2198 | more than one feature, separate them with a space. |
| 2199 | |
| 2200 | Typically, you configure this variable in your ``local.conf`` file, |
| 2201 | which is found in the :term:`Build Directory`. |
| 2202 | Although you can use this variable from within a recipe, best |
| 2203 | practices dictate that you do not. |
| 2204 | |
| 2205 | .. note:: |
| 2206 | |
| 2207 | To enable primary features from within the image recipe, use the |
| 2208 | IMAGE_FEATURES |
| 2209 | variable. |
| 2210 | |
| 2211 | Here are some examples of features you can add: |
| 2212 | |
| 2213 | - "dbg-pkgs" - Adds -dbg packages for all installed packages including |
| 2214 | symbol information for debugging and profiling. |
| 2215 | |
| 2216 | - "debug-tweaks" - Makes an image suitable for debugging. For example, allows root logins without passwords and |
| 2217 | enables post-installation logging. See the 'allow-empty-password' and |
| 2218 | 'post-install-logging' features in the "`Image |
| 2219 | Features <#ref-features-image>`__" section for more information. |
| 2220 | - "dev-pkgs" - Adds -dev packages for all installed packages. This is |
| 2221 | useful if you want to develop against the libraries in the image. |
| 2222 | - "read-only-rootfs" - Creates an image whose root filesystem is |
| 2223 | read-only. See the |
| 2224 | ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating a read-only root filesystem`" |
| 2225 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more |
| 2226 | information |
| 2227 | - "tools-debug" - Adds debugging tools such as gdb and strace. |
| 2228 | - "tools-sdk" - Adds development tools such as gcc, make, |
| 2229 | pkgconfig and so forth. |
| 2230 | - "tools-testapps" - Adds useful testing tools |
| 2231 | such as ts_print, aplay, arecord and so forth. |
| 2232 | |
| 2233 | For a complete list of image features that ships with the Yocto |
| 2234 | Project, see the "`Image Features <#ref-features-image>`__" section. |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 | For an example that shows how to customize your image by using this |
| 2237 | variable, see the ":ref:`usingpoky-extend-customimage-imagefeatures`" |
| 2238 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 2239 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2240 | :term:`EXTRA_IMAGECMD` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2241 | Specifies additional options for the image creation command that has |
| 2242 | been specified in :term:`IMAGE_CMD`. When setting |
| 2243 | this variable, use an override for the associated image type. Here is |
| 2244 | an example: |
| 2245 | :: |
| 2246 | |
| 2247 | EXTRA_IMAGECMD_ext3 ?= "-i 4096" |
| 2248 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2249 | :term:`EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2250 | A list of recipes to build that do not provide packages for |
| 2251 | installing into the root filesystem. |
| 2252 | |
| 2253 | Sometimes a recipe is required to build the final image but is not |
| 2254 | needed in the root filesystem. You can use the ``EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS`` |
| 2255 | variable to list these recipes and thus specify the dependencies. A |
| 2256 | typical example is a required bootloader in a machine configuration. |
| 2257 | |
| 2258 | .. note:: |
| 2259 | |
| 2260 | To add packages to the root filesystem, see the various |
| 2261 | \*RDEPENDS and \*RRECOMMENDS |
| 2262 | variables. |
| 2263 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2264 | :term:`EXTRANATIVEPATH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2265 | A list of subdirectories of |
| 2266 | ``${``\ :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE`\ ``}`` |
| 2267 | added to the beginning of the environment variable ``PATH``. As an |
| 2268 | example, the following prepends |
| 2269 | "${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/foo:${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/bar:" to |
| 2270 | ``PATH``: |
| 2271 | :: |
| 2272 | |
| 2273 | EXTRANATIVEPATH = "foo bar" |
| 2274 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2275 | :term:`EXTRA_OECMAKE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2276 | Additional `CMake <https://cmake.org/overview/>`__ options. See the |
| 2277 | :ref:`cmake <ref-classes-cmake>` class for additional information. |
| 2278 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2279 | :term:`EXTRA_OECONF` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2280 | Additional ``configure`` script options. See |
| 2281 | :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` for |
| 2282 | additional information on passing configure script options. |
| 2283 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2284 | :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2285 | Additional GNU ``make`` options. |
| 2286 | |
| 2287 | Because the ``EXTRA_OEMAKE`` defaults to "", you need to set the |
| 2288 | variable to specify any required GNU options. |
| 2289 | |
| 2290 | :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` and |
| 2291 | :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST` also make use of |
| 2292 | ``EXTRA_OEMAKE`` to pass the required flags. |
| 2293 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2294 | :term:`EXTRA_OESCONS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2295 | When inheriting the :ref:`scons <ref-classes-scons>` class, this |
| 2296 | variable specifies additional configuration options you want to pass |
| 2297 | to the ``scons`` command line. |
| 2298 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2299 | :term:`EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2300 | When inheriting the :ref:`extrausers <ref-classes-extrausers>` |
| 2301 | class, this variable provides image level user and group operations. |
| 2302 | This is a more global method of providing user and group |
| 2303 | configuration as compared to using the |
| 2304 | :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class, which ties user and |
| 2305 | group configurations to a specific recipe. |
| 2306 | |
| 2307 | The set list of commands you can configure using the |
| 2308 | ``EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS`` is shown in the ``extrausers`` class. These |
| 2309 | commands map to the normal Unix commands of the same names: |
| 2310 | :: |
| 2311 | |
| 2312 | # EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\ |
| 2313 | # useradd -p '' tester; \ |
| 2314 | # groupadd developers; \ |
| 2315 | # userdel nobody; \ |
| 2316 | # groupdel -g video; \ |
| 2317 | # groupmod -g 1020 developers; \ |
| 2318 | # usermod -s /bin/sh tester; \ |
| 2319 | # " |
| 2320 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2321 | :term:`FEATURE_PACKAGES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2322 | Defines one or more packages to include in an image when a specific |
| 2323 | item is included in :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. |
| 2324 | When setting the value, ``FEATURE_PACKAGES`` should have the name of |
| 2325 | the feature item as an override. Here is an example: |
| 2326 | :: |
| 2327 | |
| 2328 | FEATURE_PACKAGES_widget = "package1 package2" |
| 2329 | |
| 2330 | In this example, if "widget" were added to ``IMAGE_FEATURES``, |
| 2331 | package1 and package2 would be included in the image. |
| 2332 | |
| 2333 | .. note:: |
| 2334 | |
| 2335 | Packages installed by features defined through |
| 2336 | FEATURE_PACKAGES |
| 2337 | are often package groups. While similarly named, you should not |
| 2338 | confuse the |
| 2339 | FEATURE_PACKAGES |
| 2340 | variable with package groups, which are discussed elsewhere in the |
| 2341 | documentation. |
| 2342 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2343 | :term:`FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2344 | Points to the base URL of the server and location within the |
| 2345 | document-root that provides the metadata and packages required by |
| 2346 | OPKG to support runtime package management of IPK packages. You set |
| 2347 | this variable in your ``local.conf`` file. |
| 2348 | |
| 2349 | Consider the following example: |
| 2350 | :: |
| 2351 | |
| 2352 | FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI = "http://192.168.7.1/BOARD-dir" |
| 2353 | |
| 2354 | This example assumes you are serving |
| 2355 | your packages over HTTP and your databases are located in a directory |
| 2356 | named ``BOARD-dir``, which is underneath your HTTP server's |
| 2357 | document-root. In this case, the OpenEmbedded build system generates |
| 2358 | a set of configuration files for you in your target that work with |
| 2359 | the feed. |
| 2360 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2361 | :term:`FILES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2362 | The list of files and directories that are placed in a package. The |
| 2363 | :term:`PACKAGES` variable lists the packages |
| 2364 | generated by a recipe. |
| 2365 | |
| 2366 | To use the ``FILES`` variable, provide a package name override that |
| 2367 | identifies the resulting package. Then, provide a space-separated |
| 2368 | list of files or paths that identify the files you want included as |
| 2369 | part of the resulting package. Here is an example: |
| 2370 | :: |
| 2371 | |
| 2372 | FILES_${PN} += "${bindir}/mydir1 ${bindir}/mydir2/myfile" |
| 2373 | |
| 2374 | .. note:: |
| 2375 | |
| 2376 | - When specifying files or paths, you can pattern match using |
| 2377 | Python's |
| 2378 | `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`_ |
| 2379 | syntax. For details on the syntax, see the documentation by |
| 2380 | following the previous link. |
| 2381 | |
| 2382 | - When specifying paths as part of the ``FILES`` variable, it is |
| 2383 | good practice to use appropriate path variables. For example, |
| 2384 | use ``${sysconfdir}`` rather than ``/etc``, or ``${bindir}`` |
| 2385 | rather than ``/usr/bin``. You can find a list of these |
| 2386 | variables at the top of the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file in |
| 2387 | the :term:`Source Directory`. You will also |
| 2388 | find the default values of the various ``FILES_*`` variables in |
| 2389 | this file. |
| 2390 | |
| 2391 | If some of the files you provide with the ``FILES`` variable are |
| 2392 | editable and you know they should not be overwritten during the |
| 2393 | package update process by the Package Management System (PMS), you |
| 2394 | can identify these files so that the PMS will not overwrite them. See |
| 2395 | the :term:`CONFFILES` variable for information on |
| 2396 | how to identify these files to the PMS. |
| 2397 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2398 | :term:`FILES_SOLIBSDEV` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2399 | Defines the file specification to match |
| 2400 | :term:`SOLIBSDEV`. In other words, |
| 2401 | ``FILES_SOLIBSDEV`` defines the full path name of the development |
| 2402 | symbolic link (symlink) for shared libraries on the target platform. |
| 2403 | |
| 2404 | The following statement from the ``bitbake.conf`` shows how it is |
| 2405 | set: |
| 2406 | :: |
| 2407 | |
| 2408 | FILES_SOLIBSDEV ?= "${base_libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV} ${libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV}" |
| 2409 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2410 | :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2411 | Extends the search path the OpenEmbedded build system uses when |
| 2412 | looking for files and patches as it processes recipes and append |
| 2413 | files. The default directories BitBake uses when it processes recipes |
| 2414 | are initially defined by the :term:`FILESPATH` |
| 2415 | variable. You can extend ``FILESPATH`` variable by using |
| 2416 | ``FILESEXTRAPATHS``. |
| 2417 | |
| 2418 | Best practices dictate that you accomplish this by using |
| 2419 | ``FILESEXTRAPATHS`` from within a ``.bbappend`` file and that you |
| 2420 | prepend paths as follows: |
| 2421 | :: |
| 2422 | |
| 2423 | FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:" |
| 2424 | |
| 2425 | In the above example, the build system first |
| 2426 | looks for files in a directory that has the same name as the |
| 2427 | corresponding append file. |
| 2428 | |
| 2429 | .. note:: |
| 2430 | |
| 2431 | When extending ``FILESEXTRAPATHS``, be sure to use the immediate |
| 2432 | expansion (``:=``) operator. Immediate expansion makes sure that |
| 2433 | BitBake evaluates :term:`THISDIR` at the time the |
| 2434 | directive is encountered rather than at some later time when |
| 2435 | expansion might result in a directory that does not contain the |
| 2436 | files you need. |
| 2437 | |
| 2438 | Also, include the trailing separating colon character if you are |
| 2439 | prepending. The trailing colon character is necessary because you |
| 2440 | are directing BitBake to extend the path by prepending directories |
| 2441 | to the search path. |
| 2442 | |
| 2443 | Here is another common use: |
| 2444 | :: |
| 2445 | |
| 2446 | FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/files:" |
| 2447 | |
| 2448 | In this example, the build system extends the |
| 2449 | ``FILESPATH`` variable to include a directory named ``files`` that is |
| 2450 | in the same directory as the corresponding append file. |
| 2451 | |
| 2452 | This next example specifically adds three paths: |
| 2453 | :: |
| 2454 | |
| 2455 | FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "path_1:path_2:path_3:" |
| 2456 | |
| 2457 | A final example shows how you can extend the search path and include |
| 2458 | a :term:`MACHINE`-specific override, which is useful |
| 2459 | in a BSP layer: |
| 2460 | :: |
| 2461 | |
| 2462 | FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend_intel-x86-common := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:" |
| 2463 | |
| 2464 | The previous statement appears in the |
| 2465 | ``linux-yocto-dev.bbappend`` file, which is found in the |
| 2466 | :ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:yocto project source repositories` in |
| 2467 | ``meta-intel/common/recipes-kernel/linux``. Here, the machine |
| 2468 | override is a special :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH` |
| 2469 | definition for multiple ``meta-intel`` machines. |
| 2470 | |
| 2471 | .. note:: |
| 2472 | |
| 2473 | For a layer that supports a single BSP, the override could just be |
| 2474 | the value of |
| 2475 | MACHINE |
| 2476 | . |
| 2477 | |
| 2478 | By prepending paths in ``.bbappend`` files, you allow multiple append |
| 2479 | files that reside in different layers but are used for the same |
| 2480 | recipe to correctly extend the path. |
| 2481 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2482 | :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2483 | A subset of :term:`OVERRIDES` used by the |
| 2484 | OpenEmbedded build system for creating |
| 2485 | :term:`FILESPATH`. The ``FILESOVERRIDES`` variable |
| 2486 | uses overrides to automatically extend the |
| 2487 | :term:`FILESPATH` variable. For an example of how |
| 2488 | that works, see the :term:`FILESPATH` variable |
| 2489 | description. Additionally, you find more information on how overrides |
| 2490 | are handled in the |
| 2491 | ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:conditional syntax (overrides)`" |
| 2492 | section of the BitBake User Manual. |
| 2493 | |
| 2494 | By default, the ``FILESOVERRIDES`` variable is defined as: |
| 2495 | :: |
| 2496 | |
| 2497 | FILESOVERRIDES = "${TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH}:${MACHINEOVERRIDES}:${DISTROOVERRIDES}" |
| 2498 | |
| 2499 | .. note:: |
| 2500 | |
| 2501 | Do not hand-edit the |
| 2502 | FILESOVERRIDES |
| 2503 | variable. The values match up with expected overrides and are used |
| 2504 | in an expected manner by the build system. |
| 2505 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2506 | :term:`FILESPATH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2507 | The default set of directories the OpenEmbedded build system uses |
| 2508 | when searching for patches and files. |
| 2509 | |
| 2510 | During the build process, BitBake searches each directory in |
| 2511 | ``FILESPATH`` in the specified order when looking for files and |
| 2512 | patches specified by each ``file://`` URI in a recipe's |
| 2513 | :term:`SRC_URI` statements. |
| 2514 | |
| 2515 | The default value for the ``FILESPATH`` variable is defined in the |
| 2516 | ``base.bbclass`` class found in ``meta/classes`` in the |
| 2517 | :term:`Source Directory`: |
| 2518 | :: |
| 2519 | |
| 2520 | FILESPATH = "${@base_set_filespath(["${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BP}", \ |
| 2521 | "${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BPN}", "${FILE_DIRNAME}/files"], d)}" |
| 2522 | |
| 2523 | The |
| 2524 | ``FILESPATH`` variable is automatically extended using the overrides |
| 2525 | from the :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` variable. |
| 2526 | |
| 2527 | .. note:: |
| 2528 | |
| 2529 | - Do not hand-edit the ``FILESPATH`` variable. If you want the |
| 2530 | build system to look in directories other than the defaults, |
| 2531 | extend the ``FILESPATH`` variable by using the |
| 2532 | :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` variable. |
| 2533 | |
| 2534 | - Be aware that the default ``FILESPATH`` directories do not map |
| 2535 | to directories in custom layers where append files |
| 2536 | (``.bbappend``) are used. If you want the build system to find |
| 2537 | patches or files that reside with your append files, you need |
| 2538 | to extend the ``FILESPATH`` variable by using the |
| 2539 | ``FILESEXTRAPATHS`` variable. |
| 2540 | |
| 2541 | You can take advantage of this searching behavior in useful ways. For |
| 2542 | example, consider a case where the following directory structure |
| 2543 | exists for general and machine-specific configurations: |
| 2544 | :: |
| 2545 | |
| 2546 | files/defconfig |
| 2547 | files/MACHINEA/defconfig |
| 2548 | files/MACHINEB/defconfig |
| 2549 | |
| 2550 | Also in the example, the ``SRC_URI`` statement contains |
| 2551 | "file://defconfig". Given this scenario, you can set |
| 2552 | :term:`MACHINE` to "MACHINEA" and cause the build |
| 2553 | system to use files from ``files/MACHINEA``. Set ``MACHINE`` to |
| 2554 | "MACHINEB" and the build system uses files from ``files/MACHINEB``. |
| 2555 | Finally, for any machine other than "MACHINEA" and "MACHINEB", the |
| 2556 | build system uses files from ``files/defconfig``. |
| 2557 | |
| 2558 | You can find out more about the patching process in the |
| 2559 | ":ref:`patching-dev-environment`" section |
| 2560 | in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual and the |
| 2561 | ":ref:`new-recipe-patching-code`" section in |
| 2562 | the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. See the |
| 2563 | :ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task as well. |
| 2564 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2565 | :term:`FILESYSTEM_PERMS_TABLES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2566 | Allows you to define your own file permissions settings table as part |
| 2567 | of your configuration for the packaging process. For example, suppose |
| 2568 | you need a consistent set of custom permissions for a set of groups |
| 2569 | and users across an entire work project. It is best to do this in the |
| 2570 | packages themselves but this is not always possible. |
| 2571 | |
| 2572 | By default, the OpenEmbedded build system uses the ``fs-perms.txt``, |
| 2573 | which is located in the ``meta/files`` folder in the :term:`Source Directory`. |
| 2574 | If you create your own file |
| 2575 | permissions setting table, you should place it in your layer or the |
| 2576 | distro's layer. |
| 2577 | |
| 2578 | You define the ``FILESYSTEM_PERMS_TABLES`` variable in the |
| 2579 | ``conf/local.conf`` file, which is found in the :term:`Build Directory`, |
| 2580 | to point to your custom |
| 2581 | ``fs-perms.txt``. You can specify more than a single file permissions |
| 2582 | setting table. The paths you specify to these files must be defined |
| 2583 | within the :term:`BBPATH` variable. |
| 2584 | |
| 2585 | For guidance on how to create your own file permissions settings |
| 2586 | table file, examine the existing ``fs-perms.txt``. |
| 2587 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2588 | :term:`FIT_GENERATE_KEYS` |
Andrew Geissler | c3d88e4 | 2020-10-02 09:45:00 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2589 | Decides whether to generate the keys for signing fitImage if they |
| 2590 | don't already exist. The keys are created in ``UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR``. |
| 2591 | The default value is 0. |
| 2592 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2593 | :term:`FIT_HASH_ALG` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2594 | Specifies the hash algorithm used in creating the FIT Image. For e.g. sha256. |
| 2595 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2596 | :term:`FIT_KEY_GENRSA_ARGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c3d88e4 | 2020-10-02 09:45:00 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2597 | Arguments to openssl genrsa for generating RSA private key for signing |
| 2598 | fitImage. The default value is "-F4". i.e. the public exponent 65537 to |
| 2599 | use. |
| 2600 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2601 | :term:`FIT_KEY_REQ_ARGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c3d88e4 | 2020-10-02 09:45:00 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2602 | Arguments to openssl req for generating certificate for signing fitImage. |
| 2603 | The default value is "-batch -new". batch for non interactive mode |
| 2604 | and new for generating new keys. |
| 2605 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2606 | :term:`FIT_KEY_SIGN_PKCS` |
Andrew Geissler | c3d88e4 | 2020-10-02 09:45:00 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2607 | Format for public key ceritifcate used in signing fitImage. |
| 2608 | The default value is "x509". |
| 2609 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2610 | :term:`FIT_SIGN_ALG` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2611 | Specifies the signature algorithm used in creating the FIT Image. |
| 2612 | For e.g. rsa2048. |
| 2613 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2614 | :term:`FIT_SIGN_NUMBITS` |
Andrew Geissler | c3d88e4 | 2020-10-02 09:45:00 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2615 | Size of private key in number of bits used in fitImage. The default |
| 2616 | value is "2048". |
| 2617 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2618 | :term:`FONT_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2619 | When inheriting the :ref:`fontcache <ref-classes-fontcache>` class, |
| 2620 | this variable specifies the runtime dependencies for font packages. |
| 2621 | By default, the ``FONT_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`` is set to "fontconfig-utils". |
| 2622 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2623 | :term:`FONT_PACKAGES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2624 | When inheriting the :ref:`fontcache <ref-classes-fontcache>` class, |
| 2625 | this variable identifies packages containing font files that need to |
| 2626 | be cached by Fontconfig. By default, the ``fontcache`` class assumes |
| 2627 | that fonts are in the recipe's main package (i.e. |
| 2628 | ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). Use this variable if fonts you |
| 2629 | need are in a package other than that main package. |
| 2630 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2631 | :term:`FORCE_RO_REMOVE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2632 | Forces the removal of the packages listed in ``ROOTFS_RO_UNNEEDED`` |
| 2633 | during the generation of the root filesystem. |
| 2634 | |
| 2635 | Set the variable to "1" to force the removal of these packages. |
| 2636 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2637 | :term:`FULL_OPTIMIZATION` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2638 | The options to pass in ``TARGET_CFLAGS`` and ``CFLAGS`` when |
| 2639 | compiling an optimized system. This variable defaults to "-O2 -pipe |
| 2640 | ${DEBUG_FLAGS}". |
| 2641 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2642 | :term:`GCCPIE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2643 | Enables Position Independent Executables (PIE) within the GNU C |
| 2644 | Compiler (GCC). Enabling PIE in the GCC makes Return Oriented |
| 2645 | Programming (ROP) attacks much more difficult to execute. |
| 2646 | |
| 2647 | By default the ``security_flags.inc`` file enables PIE by setting the |
| 2648 | variable as follows: |
| 2649 | :: |
| 2650 | |
| 2651 | GCCPIE ?= "--enable-default-pie" |
| 2652 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2653 | :term:`GCCVERSION` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2654 | Specifies the default version of the GNU C Compiler (GCC) used for |
| 2655 | compilation. By default, ``GCCVERSION`` is set to "8.x" in the |
| 2656 | ``meta/conf/distro/include/tcmode-default.inc`` include file: |
| 2657 | :: |
| 2658 | |
| 2659 | GCCVERSION ?= "8.%" |
| 2660 | |
| 2661 | You can override this value by setting it in a |
| 2662 | configuration file such as the ``local.conf``. |
| 2663 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2664 | :term:`GDB` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2665 | The minimal command and arguments to run the GNU Debugger. |
| 2666 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2667 | :term:`GITDIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2668 | The directory in which a local copy of a Git repository is stored |
| 2669 | when it is cloned. |
| 2670 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2671 | :term:`GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2672 | Specifies the list of GLIBC locales to generate should you not wish |
| 2673 | to generate all LIBC locals, which can be time consuming. |
| 2674 | |
| 2675 | .. note:: |
| 2676 | |
| 2677 | If you specifically remove the locale |
| 2678 | en_US.UTF-8 |
| 2679 | , you must set |
| 2680 | IMAGE_LINGUAS |
| 2681 | appropriately. |
| 2682 | |
| 2683 | You can set ``GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES`` in your ``local.conf`` file. |
| 2684 | By default, all locales are generated. |
| 2685 | :: |
| 2686 | |
| 2687 | GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES = "en_GB.UTF-8 en_US.UTF-8" |
| 2688 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2689 | :term:`GROUPADD_PARAM` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2690 | When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class, |
| 2691 | this variable specifies for a package what parameters should be |
| 2692 | passed to the ``groupadd`` command if you wish to add a group to the |
| 2693 | system when the package is installed. |
| 2694 | |
| 2695 | Here is an example from the ``dbus`` recipe: |
| 2696 | :: |
| 2697 | |
| 2698 | GROUPADD_PARAM_${PN} = "-r netdev" |
| 2699 | |
| 2700 | For information on the standard Linux shell command |
| 2701 | ``groupadd``, see http://linux.die.net/man/8/groupadd. |
| 2702 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2703 | :term:`GROUPMEMS_PARAM` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2704 | When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class, |
| 2705 | this variable specifies for a package what parameters should be |
| 2706 | passed to the ``groupmems`` command if you wish to modify the members |
| 2707 | of a group when the package is installed. |
| 2708 | |
| 2709 | For information on the standard Linux shell command ``groupmems``, |
| 2710 | see http://linux.die.net/man/8/groupmems. |
| 2711 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2712 | :term:`GRUB_GFXSERIAL` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2713 | Configures the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB) to have graphics |
| 2714 | and serial in the boot menu. Set this variable to "1" in your |
| 2715 | ``local.conf`` or distribution configuration file to enable graphics |
| 2716 | and serial in the menu. |
| 2717 | |
| 2718 | See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more |
| 2719 | information on how this variable is used. |
| 2720 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2721 | :term:`GRUB_OPTS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2722 | Additional options to add to the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB) |
| 2723 | configuration. Use a semi-colon character (``;``) to separate |
| 2724 | multiple options. |
| 2725 | |
| 2726 | The ``GRUB_OPTS`` variable is optional. See the |
| 2727 | :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more information |
| 2728 | on how this variable is used. |
| 2729 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2730 | :term:`GRUB_TIMEOUT` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2731 | Specifies the timeout before executing the default ``LABEL`` in the |
| 2732 | GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB). |
| 2733 | |
| 2734 | The ``GRUB_TIMEOUT`` variable is optional. See the |
| 2735 | :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more information |
| 2736 | on how this variable is used. |
| 2737 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2738 | :term:`GTKIMMODULES_PACKAGES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2739 | When inheriting the |
| 2740 | :ref:`gtk-immodules-cache <ref-classes-gtk-immodules-cache>` class, |
| 2741 | this variable specifies the packages that contain the GTK+ input |
| 2742 | method modules being installed when the modules are in packages other |
| 2743 | than the main package. |
| 2744 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2745 | :term:`HOMEPAGE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2746 | Website where more information about the software the recipe is |
| 2747 | building can be found. |
| 2748 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2749 | :term:`HOST_ARCH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2750 | The name of the target architecture, which is normally the same as |
| 2751 | :term:`TARGET_ARCH`. The OpenEmbedded build system |
| 2752 | supports many architectures. Here is an example list of architectures |
| 2753 | supported. This list is by no means complete as the architecture is |
| 2754 | configurable: |
| 2755 | |
| 2756 | - arm |
| 2757 | - i586 |
| 2758 | - x86_64 |
| 2759 | - powerpc |
| 2760 | - powerpc64 |
| 2761 | - mips |
| 2762 | - mipsel |
| 2763 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2764 | :term:`HOST_CC_ARCH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2765 | Specifies architecture-specific compiler flags that are passed to the |
| 2766 | C compiler. |
| 2767 | |
| 2768 | Default initialization for ``HOST_CC_ARCH`` varies depending on what |
| 2769 | is being built: |
| 2770 | |
| 2771 | - :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` when building for the |
| 2772 | target |
| 2773 | |
| 2774 | - ``BUILD_CC_ARCH`` when building for the build host (i.e. |
| 2775 | ``-native``) |
| 2776 | |
| 2777 | - ``BUILDSDK_CC_ARCH`` when building for an SDK (i.e. |
| 2778 | ``nativesdk-``) |
| 2779 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2780 | :term:`HOST_OS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2781 | Specifies the name of the target operating system, which is normally |
| 2782 | the same as the :term:`TARGET_OS`. The variable can |
| 2783 | be set to "linux" for ``glibc``-based systems and to "linux-musl" for |
| 2784 | ``musl``. For ARM/EABI targets, there are also "linux-gnueabi" and |
| 2785 | "linux-musleabi" values possible. |
| 2786 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2787 | :term:`HOST_PREFIX` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2788 | Specifies the prefix for the cross-compile toolchain. ``HOST_PREFIX`` |
| 2789 | is normally the same as :term:`TARGET_PREFIX`. |
| 2790 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2791 | :term:`HOST_SYS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2792 | Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating |
| 2793 | system, for which the build is occurring in the context of the |
| 2794 | current recipe. |
| 2795 | |
| 2796 | The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based |
| 2797 | on :term:`HOST_ARCH`, |
| 2798 | :term:`HOST_VENDOR`, and |
| 2799 | :term:`HOST_OS` variables. |
| 2800 | |
| 2801 | .. note:: |
| 2802 | |
| 2803 | You do not need to set the variable yourself. |
| 2804 | |
| 2805 | Consider these two examples: |
| 2806 | |
| 2807 | - Given a native recipe on a 32-bit x86 machine running Linux, the |
| 2808 | value is "i686-linux". |
| 2809 | |
| 2810 | - Given a recipe being built for a little-endian MIPS target running |
| 2811 | Linux, the value might be "mipsel-linux". |
| 2812 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2813 | :term:`HOSTTOOLS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2814 | A space-separated list (filter) of tools on the build host that |
| 2815 | should be allowed to be called from within build tasks. Using this |
| 2816 | filter helps reduce the possibility of host contamination. If a tool |
| 2817 | specified in the value of ``HOSTTOOLS`` is not found on the build |
| 2818 | host, the OpenEmbedded build system produces an error and the build |
| 2819 | is not started. |
| 2820 | |
| 2821 | For additional information, see |
| 2822 | :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`. |
| 2823 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2824 | :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2825 | A space-separated list (filter) of tools on the build host that |
| 2826 | should be allowed to be called from within build tasks. Using this |
| 2827 | filter helps reduce the possibility of host contamination. Unlike |
| 2828 | :term:`HOSTTOOLS`, the OpenEmbedded build system |
| 2829 | does not produce an error if a tool specified in the value of |
| 2830 | ``HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`` is not found on the build host. Thus, you can |
| 2831 | use ``HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`` to filter optional host tools. |
| 2832 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2833 | :term:`HOST_VENDOR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2834 | Specifies the name of the vendor. ``HOST_VENDOR`` is normally the |
| 2835 | same as :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`. |
| 2836 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2837 | :term:`ICECC_DISABLED` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2838 | Disables or enables the ``icecc`` (Icecream) function. For more |
| 2839 | information on this function and best practices for using this |
| 2840 | variable, see the ":ref:`icecc.bbclass <ref-classes-icecc>`" |
| 2841 | section. |
| 2842 | |
| 2843 | Setting this variable to "1" in your ``local.conf`` disables the |
| 2844 | function: |
| 2845 | :: |
| 2846 | |
| 2847 | ICECC_DISABLED ??= "1" |
| 2848 | |
| 2849 | To enable the function, set the variable as follows: |
| 2850 | :: |
| 2851 | |
| 2852 | ICECC_DISABLED = "" |
| 2853 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2854 | :term:`ICECC_ENV_EXEC` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2855 | Points to the ``icecc-create-env`` script that you provide. This |
| 2856 | variable is used by the :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You |
| 2857 | set this variable in your ``local.conf`` file. |
| 2858 | |
| 2859 | If you do not point to a script that you provide, the OpenEmbedded |
| 2860 | build system uses the default script provided by the |
| 2861 | ``icecc-create-env.bb`` recipe, which is a modified version and not |
| 2862 | the one that comes with ``icecc``. |
| 2863 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2864 | :term:`ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2865 | Extra options passed to the ``make`` command during the |
| 2866 | :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task that specify parallel |
| 2867 | compilation. This variable usually takes the form of "-j x", where x |
| 2868 | represents the maximum number of parallel threads ``make`` can run. |
| 2869 | |
| 2870 | .. note:: |
| 2871 | |
| 2872 | The options passed affect builds on all enabled machines on the |
| 2873 | network, which are machines running the |
| 2874 | iceccd |
| 2875 | daemon. |
| 2876 | |
| 2877 | If your enabled machines support multiple cores, coming up with the |
| 2878 | maximum number of parallel threads that gives you the best |
| 2879 | performance could take some experimentation since machine speed, |
| 2880 | network lag, available memory, and existing machine loads can all |
| 2881 | affect build time. Consequently, unlike the |
| 2882 | :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable, there is no |
| 2883 | rule-of-thumb for setting ``ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE`` to achieve optimal |
| 2884 | performance. |
| 2885 | |
| 2886 | If you do not set ``ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE``, the build system does not |
| 2887 | use it (i.e. the system does not detect and assign the number of |
| 2888 | cores as is done with ``PARALLEL_MAKE``). |
| 2889 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2890 | :term:`ICECC_PATH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2891 | The location of the ``icecc`` binary. You can set this variable in |
| 2892 | your ``local.conf`` file. If your ``local.conf`` file does not define |
| 2893 | this variable, the :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class attempts |
| 2894 | to define it by locating ``icecc`` using ``which``. |
| 2895 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2896 | :term:`ICECC_USER_CLASS_BL` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2897 | Identifies user classes that you do not want the Icecream distributed |
| 2898 | compile support to consider. This variable is used by the |
| 2899 | :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in |
| 2900 | your ``local.conf`` file. |
| 2901 | |
| 2902 | When you list classes using this variable, you are "blacklisting" |
| 2903 | them from distributed compilation across remote hosts. Any classes |
| 2904 | you list will be distributed and compiled locally. |
| 2905 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2906 | :term:`ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_BL` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2907 | Identifies user recipes that you do not want the Icecream distributed |
| 2908 | compile support to consider. This variable is used by the |
| 2909 | :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in |
| 2910 | your ``local.conf`` file. |
| 2911 | |
| 2912 | When you list packages using this variable, you are "blacklisting" |
| 2913 | them from distributed compilation across remote hosts. Any packages |
| 2914 | you list will be distributed and compiled locally. |
| 2915 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2916 | :term:`ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_WL` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2917 | Identifies user recipes that use an empty |
| 2918 | :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable that you want to |
| 2919 | force remote distributed compilation on using the Icecream |
| 2920 | distributed compile support. This variable is used by the |
| 2921 | :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in |
| 2922 | your ``local.conf`` file. |
| 2923 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2924 | :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2925 | The base name of image output files. This variable defaults to the |
| 2926 | recipe name (``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). |
| 2927 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2928 | :term:`IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES` |
Andrew Geissler | c3d88e4 | 2020-10-02 09:45:00 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2929 | A space-separated list of files installed into the boot partition |
| 2930 | when preparing an image using the Wic tool with the |
| 2931 | ``bootimg-efi`` source plugin. By default, |
| 2932 | the files are |
| 2933 | installed under the same name as the source files. To change the |
| 2934 | installed name, separate it from the original name with a semi-colon |
| 2935 | (;). Source files need to be located in |
| 2936 | :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`. Here are two |
| 2937 | examples: |
| 2938 | :: |
| 2939 | |
| 2940 | IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE};bz2" |
| 2941 | IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE} microcode.cpio" |
| 2942 | |
| 2943 | Alternatively, source files can be picked up using a glob pattern. In |
| 2944 | this case, the destination file must have the same name as the base |
| 2945 | name of the source file path. To install files into a directory |
| 2946 | within the target location, pass its name after a semi-colon (;). |
| 2947 | Here are two examples: |
| 2948 | :: |
| 2949 | |
| 2950 | IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "boot/loader/*" |
| 2951 | IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "boot/loader/*;boot/" |
| 2952 | |
| 2953 | The first example |
| 2954 | installs all files from ``${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/boot/loader/`` |
| 2955 | into the root of the target partition. The second example installs |
| 2956 | the same files into a ``boot`` directory within the target partition. |
| 2957 | |
| 2958 | You can find information on how to use the Wic tool in the |
| 2959 | ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`" |
| 2960 | section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. Reference |
| 2961 | material for Wic is located in the |
| 2962 | ":doc:`../ref-manual/ref-kickstart`" chapter. |
| 2963 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2964 | :term:`IMAGE_BOOT_FILES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2965 | A space-separated list of files installed into the boot partition |
| 2966 | when preparing an image using the Wic tool with the |
Andrew Geissler | c3d88e4 | 2020-10-02 09:45:00 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2967 | ``bootimg-partition`` source plugin. By default, |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2968 | the files are |
| 2969 | installed under the same name as the source files. To change the |
| 2970 | installed name, separate it from the original name with a semi-colon |
| 2971 | (;). Source files need to be located in |
| 2972 | :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`. Here are two |
| 2973 | examples: |
| 2974 | :: |
| 2975 | |
| 2976 | IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.img uImage;kernel" |
| 2977 | IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.${UBOOT_SUFFIX} ${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE}" |
| 2978 | |
| 2979 | Alternatively, source files can be picked up using a glob pattern. In |
| 2980 | this case, the destination file must have the same name as the base |
| 2981 | name of the source file path. To install files into a directory |
| 2982 | within the target location, pass its name after a semi-colon (;). |
| 2983 | Here are two examples: |
| 2984 | :: |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 | IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*" |
| 2987 | IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*;boot/" |
| 2988 | |
| 2989 | The first example |
| 2990 | installs all files from ``${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/bcm2835-bootfiles`` |
| 2991 | into the root of the target partition. The second example installs |
| 2992 | the same files into a ``boot`` directory within the target partition. |
| 2993 | |
| 2994 | You can find information on how to use the Wic tool in the |
| 2995 | ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`" |
| 2996 | section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. Reference |
| 2997 | material for Wic is located in the |
| 2998 | ":doc:`../ref-manual/ref-kickstart`" chapter. |
| 2999 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3000 | :term:`IMAGE_CLASSES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3001 | A list of classes that all images should inherit. You typically use |
| 3002 | this variable to specify the list of classes that register the |
| 3003 | different types of images the OpenEmbedded build system creates. |
| 3004 | |
| 3005 | The default value for ``IMAGE_CLASSES`` is ``image_types``. You can |
| 3006 | set this variable in your ``local.conf`` or in a distribution |
| 3007 | configuration file. |
| 3008 | |
| 3009 | For more information, see ``meta/classes/image_types.bbclass`` in the |
| 3010 | :term:`Source Directory`. |
| 3011 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3012 | :term:`IMAGE_CMD` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3013 | Specifies the command to create the image file for a specific image |
| 3014 | type, which corresponds to the value set set in |
| 3015 | :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`, (e.g. ``ext3``, |
| 3016 | ``btrfs``, and so forth). When setting this variable, you should use |
| 3017 | an override for the associated type. Here is an example: |
| 3018 | :: |
| 3019 | |
| 3020 | IMAGE_CMD_jffs2 = "mkfs.jffs2 --root=${IMAGE_ROOTFS} \ |
| 3021 | --faketime --output=${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/${IMAGE_NAME}.rootfs.jffs2 \ |
| 3022 | ${EXTRA_IMAGECMD}" |
| 3023 | |
| 3024 | You typically do not need to set this variable unless you are adding |
| 3025 | support for a new image type. For more examples on how to set this |
| 3026 | variable, see the :ref:`image_types <ref-classes-image_types>` |
| 3027 | class file, which is ``meta/classes/image_types.bbclass``. |
| 3028 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3029 | :term:`IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3030 | Specifies one or more files that contain custom device tables that |
| 3031 | are passed to the ``makedevs`` command as part of creating an image. |
| 3032 | These files list basic device nodes that should be created under |
| 3033 | ``/dev`` within the image. If ``IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES`` is not set, |
| 3034 | ``files/device_table-minimal.txt`` is used, which is located by |
| 3035 | :term:`BBPATH`. For details on how you should write |
| 3036 | device table files, see ``meta/files/device_table-minimal.txt`` as an |
| 3037 | example. |
| 3038 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3039 | :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3040 | The primary list of features to include in an image. Typically, you |
| 3041 | configure this variable in an image recipe. Although you can use this |
| 3042 | variable from your ``local.conf`` file, which is found in the |
| 3043 | :term:`Build Directory`, best practices dictate that you do |
| 3044 | not. |
| 3045 | |
| 3046 | .. note:: |
| 3047 | |
| 3048 | To enable extra features from outside the image recipe, use the |
| 3049 | EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES |
| 3050 | variable. |
| 3051 | |
| 3052 | For a list of image features that ships with the Yocto Project, see |
| 3053 | the "`Image Features <#ref-features-image>`__" section. |
| 3054 | |
| 3055 | For an example that shows how to customize your image by using this |
| 3056 | variable, see the ":ref:`usingpoky-extend-customimage-imagefeatures`" |
| 3057 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 3058 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3059 | :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3060 | Specifies the formats the OpenEmbedded build system uses during the |
| 3061 | build when creating the root filesystem. For example, setting |
| 3062 | ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` as follows causes the build system to create root |
| 3063 | filesystems using two formats: ``.ext3`` and ``.tar.bz2``: |
| 3064 | :: |
| 3065 | |
| 3066 | IMAGE_FSTYPES = "ext3 tar.bz2" |
| 3067 | |
| 3068 | For the complete list of supported image formats from which you can |
| 3069 | choose, see :term:`IMAGE_TYPES`. |
| 3070 | |
| 3071 | .. note:: |
| 3072 | |
| 3073 | - If an image recipe uses the "inherit image" line and you are |
| 3074 | setting ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` inside the recipe, you must set |
| 3075 | ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` prior to using the "inherit image" line. |
| 3076 | |
| 3077 | - Due to the way the OpenEmbedded build system processes this |
| 3078 | variable, you cannot update its contents by using ``_append`` |
| 3079 | or ``_prepend``. You must use the ``+=`` operator to add one or |
| 3080 | more options to the ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` variable. |
| 3081 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3082 | :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3083 | Used by recipes to specify the packages to install into an image |
| 3084 | through the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class. Use the |
| 3085 | ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` variable with care to avoid ordering issues. |
| 3086 | |
| 3087 | Image recipes set ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` to specify the packages to |
| 3088 | install into an image through ``image.bbclass``. Additionally, |
| 3089 | "helper" classes such as the |
| 3090 | :ref:`core-image <ref-classes-core-image>` class exist that can |
| 3091 | take lists used with ``IMAGE_FEATURES`` and turn them into |
| 3092 | auto-generated entries in ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` in addition to its |
| 3093 | default contents. |
| 3094 | |
| 3095 | When you use this variable, it is best to use it as follows: |
| 3096 | :: |
| 3097 | |
| 3098 | IMAGE_INSTALL_append = " package-name" |
| 3099 | |
| 3100 | Be sure to include the space |
| 3101 | between the quotation character and the start of the package name or |
| 3102 | names. |
| 3103 | |
| 3104 | .. note:: |
| 3105 | |
| 3106 | - When working with a |
| 3107 | ```core-image-minimal-initramfs`` <#images-core-image-minimal-initramfs>`__ |
| 3108 | image, do not use the ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` variable to specify |
| 3109 | packages for installation. Instead, use the |
| 3110 | :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL` variable, which |
| 3111 | allows the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) recipe to use a |
| 3112 | fixed set of packages and not be affected by ``IMAGE_INSTALL``. |
| 3113 | For information on creating an initramfs, see the |
| 3114 | ":ref:`building-an-initramfs-image`" |
| 3115 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 3116 | |
| 3117 | - Using ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` with the |
| 3118 | :ref:`+= <bitbake:appending-and-prepending>` |
| 3119 | BitBake operator within the ``/conf/local.conf`` file or from |
| 3120 | within an image recipe is not recommended. Use of this operator |
| 3121 | in these ways can cause ordering issues. Since |
| 3122 | ``core-image.bbclass`` sets ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` to a default |
| 3123 | value using the |
| 3124 | :ref:`?= <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:setting a default value (?=)>` |
| 3125 | operator, using a ``+=`` operation against ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` |
| 3126 | results in unexpected behavior when used within |
| 3127 | ``conf/local.conf``. Furthermore, the same operation from |
| 3128 | within an image recipe may or may not succeed depending on the |
| 3129 | specific situation. In both these cases, the behavior is |
| 3130 | contrary to how most users expect the ``+=`` operator to work. |
| 3131 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3132 | :term:`IMAGE_LINGUAS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3133 | Specifies the list of locales to install into the image during the |
| 3134 | root filesystem construction process. The OpenEmbedded build system |
| 3135 | automatically splits locale files, which are used for localization, |
| 3136 | into separate packages. Setting the ``IMAGE_LINGUAS`` variable |
| 3137 | ensures that any locale packages that correspond to packages already |
| 3138 | selected for installation into the image are also installed. Here is |
| 3139 | an example: |
| 3140 | :: |
| 3141 | |
| 3142 | IMAGE_LINGUAS = "pt-br de-de" |
| 3143 | |
| 3144 | In this example, the build system ensures any Brazilian Portuguese |
| 3145 | and German locale files that correspond to packages in the image are |
| 3146 | installed (i.e. ``*-locale-pt-br`` and ``*-locale-de-de`` as well as |
| 3147 | ``*-locale-pt`` and ``*-locale-de``, since some software packages |
| 3148 | only provide locale files by language and not by country-specific |
| 3149 | language). |
| 3150 | |
| 3151 | See the :term:`GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES` |
| 3152 | variable for information on generating GLIBC locales. |
| 3153 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3154 | :term:`IMAGE_MANIFEST` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3155 | The manifest file for the image. This file lists all the installed |
| 3156 | packages that make up the image. The file contains package |
| 3157 | information on a line-per-package basis as follows: |
| 3158 | :: |
| 3159 | |
| 3160 | packagename packagearch version |
| 3161 | |
| 3162 | The :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class defines the manifest |
| 3163 | file as follows: |
| 3164 | :: |
| 3165 | |
| 3166 | IMAGE_MANIFEST ="${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/${IMAGE_NAME}.rootfs.manifest" |
| 3167 | |
| 3168 | The location is |
| 3169 | derived using the :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE` |
| 3170 | and :term:`IMAGE_NAME` variables. You can find |
| 3171 | information on how the image is created in the ":ref:`image-generation-dev-environment`" |
| 3172 | section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. |
| 3173 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3174 | :term:`IMAGE_NAME` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3175 | The name of the output image files minus the extension. This variable |
| 3176 | is derived using the :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`, |
| 3177 | :term:`MACHINE`, and :term:`DATETIME` |
| 3178 | variables: |
| 3179 | :: |
| 3180 | |
| 3181 | IMAGE_NAME = "${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${MACHINE}-${DATETIME}" |
| 3182 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3183 | :term:`IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3184 | Defines a multiplier that the build system applies to the initial |
| 3185 | image size for cases when the multiplier times the returned disk |
| 3186 | usage value for the image is greater than the sum of |
| 3187 | ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE`` and ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE``. The result of |
| 3188 | the multiplier applied to the initial image size creates free disk |
| 3189 | space in the image as overhead. By default, the build process uses a |
| 3190 | multiplier of 1.3 for this variable. This default value results in |
| 3191 | 30% free disk space added to the image when this method is used to |
| 3192 | determine the final generated image size. You should be aware that |
| 3193 | post install scripts and the package management system uses disk |
| 3194 | space inside this overhead area. Consequently, the multiplier does |
| 3195 | not produce an image with all the theoretical free disk space. See |
| 3196 | ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE`` for information on how the build system |
| 3197 | determines the overall image size. |
| 3198 | |
| 3199 | The default 30% free disk space typically gives the image enough room |
| 3200 | to boot and allows for basic post installs while still leaving a |
| 3201 | small amount of free disk space. If 30% free space is inadequate, you |
| 3202 | can increase the default value. For example, the following setting |
| 3203 | gives you 50% free space added to the image: |
| 3204 | :: |
| 3205 | |
| 3206 | IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR = "1.5" |
| 3207 | |
| 3208 | Alternatively, you can ensure a specific amount of free disk space is |
| 3209 | added to the image by using the ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE`` |
| 3210 | variable. |
| 3211 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3212 | :term:`IMAGE_PKGTYPE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3213 | Defines the package type (i.e. DEB, RPM, IPK, or TAR) used by the |
| 3214 | OpenEmbedded build system. The variable is defined appropriately by |
| 3215 | the :ref:`package_deb <ref-classes-package_deb>`, |
| 3216 | :ref:`package_rpm <ref-classes-package_rpm>`, |
| 3217 | :ref:`package_ipk <ref-classes-package_ipk>`, or |
| 3218 | :ref:`package_tar <ref-classes-package_tar>` class. |
| 3219 | |
| 3220 | .. note:: |
| 3221 | |
| 3222 | The |
| 3223 | package_tar |
| 3224 | class is broken and is not supported. It is recommended that you |
| 3225 | do not use it. |
| 3226 | |
| 3227 | The :ref:`populate_sdk_* <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` and |
| 3228 | :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` classes use the ``IMAGE_PKGTYPE`` |
| 3229 | for packaging up images and SDKs. |
| 3230 | |
| 3231 | You should not set the ``IMAGE_PKGTYPE`` manually. Rather, the |
| 3232 | variable is set indirectly through the appropriate |
| 3233 | :ref:`package_* <ref-classes-package>` class using the |
| 3234 | :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` variable. The |
| 3235 | OpenEmbedded build system uses the first package type (e.g. DEB, RPM, |
| 3236 | or IPK) that appears with the variable |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 | .. note:: |
| 3239 | |
| 3240 | Files using the |
| 3241 | .tar |
| 3242 | format are never used as a substitute packaging format for DEB, |
| 3243 | RPM, and IPK formatted files for your image or SDK. |
| 3244 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3245 | :term:`IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3246 | Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build |
| 3247 | system creates the final image output files. You can specify |
| 3248 | functions separated by semicolons: |
| 3249 | :: |
| 3250 | |
| 3251 | IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " |
| 3252 | |
| 3253 | If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within the |
| 3254 | function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the |
| 3255 | directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the |
| 3256 | :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more |
| 3257 | information. |
| 3258 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3259 | :term:`IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3260 | Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build |
| 3261 | system creates the final image output files. You can specify |
| 3262 | functions separated by semicolons: |
| 3263 | :: |
| 3264 | |
| 3265 | IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 | If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within the |
| 3268 | function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the |
| 3269 | directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the |
| 3270 | :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more |
| 3271 | information. |
| 3272 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3273 | :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3274 | The location of the root filesystem while it is under construction |
| 3275 | (i.e. during the :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task). This |
| 3276 | variable is not configurable. Do not change it. |
| 3277 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3278 | :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_ALIGNMENT` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3279 | Specifies the alignment for the output image file in Kbytes. If the |
| 3280 | size of the image is not a multiple of this value, then the size is |
| 3281 | rounded up to the nearest multiple of the value. The default value is |
| 3282 | "1". See :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE` for |
| 3283 | additional information. |
| 3284 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3285 | :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3286 | Defines additional free disk space created in the image in Kbytes. By |
| 3287 | default, this variable is set to "0". This free disk space is added |
| 3288 | to the image after the build system determines the image size as |
| 3289 | described in ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE``. |
| 3290 | |
| 3291 | This variable is particularly useful when you want to ensure that a |
| 3292 | specific amount of free disk space is available on a device after an |
| 3293 | image is installed and running. For example, to be sure 5 Gbytes of |
| 3294 | free disk space is available, set the variable as follows: |
| 3295 | :: |
| 3296 | |
| 3297 | IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "5242880" |
| 3298 | |
| 3299 | For example, the Yocto Project Build Appliance specifically requests |
| 3300 | 40 Gbytes of extra space with the line: |
| 3301 | :: |
| 3302 | |
| 3303 | IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "41943040" |
| 3304 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3305 | :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3306 | Defines the size in Kbytes for the generated image. The OpenEmbedded |
| 3307 | build system determines the final size for the generated image using |
| 3308 | an algorithm that takes into account the initial disk space used for |
| 3309 | the generated image, a requested size for the image, and requested |
| 3310 | additional free disk space to be added to the image. Programatically, |
| 3311 | the build system determines the final size of the generated image as |
| 3312 | follows: |
| 3313 | :: |
| 3314 | |
| 3315 | if (image-du * overhead) < rootfs-size: |
| 3316 | internal-rootfs-size = rootfs-size + xspace |
| 3317 | else: |
| 3318 | internal-rootfs-size = (image-du * overhead) + xspace |
| 3319 | where: |
| 3320 | image-du = Returned value of the du command on the image. |
| 3321 | overhead = IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR |
| 3322 | rootfs-size = IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE |
| 3323 | internal-rootfs-size = Initial root filesystem size before any modifications. |
| 3324 | xspace = IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE |
| 3325 | |
| 3326 | See the :term:`IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR` |
| 3327 | and :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE` |
| 3328 | variables for related information. |
| 3329 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3330 | :term:`IMAGE_TYPEDEP` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3331 | Specifies a dependency from one image type on another. Here is an |
| 3332 | example from the :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class: |
| 3333 | :: |
| 3334 | |
| 3335 | IMAGE_TYPEDEP_live = "ext3" |
| 3336 | |
| 3337 | In the previous example, the variable ensures that when "live" is |
| 3338 | listed with the :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable, |
| 3339 | the OpenEmbedded build system produces an ``ext3`` image first since |
| 3340 | one of the components of the live image is an ``ext3`` formatted |
| 3341 | partition containing the root filesystem. |
| 3342 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3343 | :term:`IMAGE_TYPES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3344 | Specifies the complete list of supported image types by default: |
| 3345 | |
| 3346 | - btrfs |
| 3347 | - container |
| 3348 | - cpio |
| 3349 | - cpio.gz |
| 3350 | - cpio.lz4 |
| 3351 | - cpio.lzma |
| 3352 | - cpio.xz |
| 3353 | - cramfs |
| 3354 | - ext2 |
| 3355 | - ext2.bz2 |
| 3356 | - ext2.gz |
| 3357 | - ext2.lzma |
| 3358 | - ext3 |
| 3359 | - ext3.gz |
| 3360 | - ext4 |
| 3361 | - ext4.gz |
| 3362 | - f2fs |
| 3363 | - hddimg |
| 3364 | - iso |
| 3365 | - jffs2 |
| 3366 | - jffs2.sum |
| 3367 | - multiubi |
| 3368 | - squashfs |
| 3369 | - squashfs-lz4 |
| 3370 | - squashfs-lzo |
| 3371 | - squashfs-xz |
| 3372 | - tar |
| 3373 | - tar.bz2 |
| 3374 | - tar.gz |
| 3375 | - tar.lz4 |
| 3376 | - tar.xz |
| 3377 | - tar.zst |
| 3378 | - ubi |
| 3379 | - ubifs |
| 3380 | - wic |
| 3381 | - wic.bz2 |
| 3382 | - wic.gz |
| 3383 | - wic.lzma |
| 3384 | |
| 3385 | For more information about these types of images, see |
| 3386 | ``meta/classes/image_types*.bbclass`` in the :term:`Source Directory`. |
| 3387 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3388 | :term:`INC_PR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3389 | Helps define the recipe revision for recipes that share a common |
| 3390 | ``include`` file. You can think of this variable as part of the |
| 3391 | recipe revision as set from within an include file. |
| 3392 | |
| 3393 | Suppose, for example, you have a set of recipes that are used across |
| 3394 | several projects. And, within each of those recipes the revision (its |
| 3395 | :term:`PR` value) is set accordingly. In this case, when |
| 3396 | the revision of those recipes changes, the burden is on you to find |
| 3397 | all those recipes and be sure that they get changed to reflect the |
| 3398 | updated version of the recipe. In this scenario, it can get |
| 3399 | complicated when recipes that are used in many places and provide |
| 3400 | common functionality are upgraded to a new revision. |
| 3401 | |
| 3402 | A more efficient way of dealing with this situation is to set the |
| 3403 | ``INC_PR`` variable inside the ``include`` files that the recipes |
| 3404 | share and then expand the ``INC_PR`` variable within the recipes to |
| 3405 | help define the recipe revision. |
| 3406 | |
| 3407 | The following provides an example that shows how to use the |
| 3408 | ``INC_PR`` variable given a common ``include`` file that defines the |
| 3409 | variable. Once the variable is defined in the ``include`` file, you |
| 3410 | can use the variable to set the ``PR`` values in each recipe. You |
| 3411 | will notice that when you set a recipe's ``PR`` you can provide more |
| 3412 | granular revisioning by appending values to the ``INC_PR`` variable: |
| 3413 | :: |
| 3414 | |
| 3415 | recipes-graphics/xorg-font/xorg-font-common.inc:INC_PR = "r2" |
| 3416 | recipes-graphics/xorg-font/encodings_1.0.4.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.1" |
| 3417 | recipes-graphics/xorg-font/font-util_1.3.0.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.0" |
| 3418 | recipes-graphics/xorg-font/font-alias_1.0.3.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.3" |
| 3419 | |
| 3420 | The |
| 3421 | first line of the example establishes the baseline revision to be |
| 3422 | used for all recipes that use the ``include`` file. The remaining |
| 3423 | lines in the example are from individual recipes and show how the |
| 3424 | ``PR`` value is set. |
| 3425 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3426 | :term:`INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3427 | Specifies a space-separated list of license names (as they would |
| 3428 | appear in :term:`LICENSE`) that should be excluded |
| 3429 | from the build. Recipes that provide no alternatives to listed |
| 3430 | incompatible licenses are not built. Packages that are individually |
| 3431 | licensed with the specified incompatible licenses will be deleted. |
| 3432 | |
| 3433 | .. note:: |
| 3434 | |
| 3435 | This functionality is only regularly tested using the following |
| 3436 | setting: |
| 3437 | :: |
| 3438 | |
| 3439 | INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "GPL-3.0 LGPL-3.0 AGPL-3.0" |
| 3440 | |
| 3441 | |
| 3442 | Although you can use other settings, you might be required to |
| 3443 | remove dependencies on or provide alternatives to components that |
| 3444 | are required to produce a functional system image. |
| 3445 | |
| 3446 | .. note:: |
| 3447 | |
| 3448 | It is possible to define a list of licenses that are allowed to be |
| 3449 | used instead of the licenses that are excluded. To do this, define |
| 3450 | a variable |
| 3451 | COMPATIBLE_LICENSES |
| 3452 | with the names of the licences that are allowed. Then define |
| 3453 | INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE |
| 3454 | as: |
| 3455 | :: |
| 3456 | |
| 3457 | INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "${@' '.join(sorted(set(d.getVar('AVAILABLE_LICENSES').split()) - set(d.getVar('COMPATIBLE_LICENSES').split())))}" |
| 3458 | |
| 3459 | |
| 3460 | This will result in |
| 3461 | INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE |
| 3462 | containing the names of all licences from |
| 3463 | AVAILABLE_LICENSES |
| 3464 | except the ones specified in |
| 3465 | COMPATIBLE_LICENSES |
| 3466 | , thus only allowing the latter licences to be used. |
| 3467 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3468 | :term:`INHERIT` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3469 | Causes the named class or classes to be inherited globally. Anonymous |
| 3470 | functions in the class or classes are not executed for the base |
| 3471 | configuration and in each individual recipe. The OpenEmbedded build |
| 3472 | system ignores changes to ``INHERIT`` in individual recipes. |
| 3473 | |
| 3474 | For more information on ``INHERIT``, see the |
| 3475 | :ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:\`\`inherit\`\` configuration directive`" |
| 3476 | section in the Bitbake User Manual. |
| 3477 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3478 | :term:`INHERIT_DISTRO` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3479 | Lists classes that will be inherited at the distribution level. It is |
| 3480 | unlikely that you want to edit this variable. |
| 3481 | |
| 3482 | The default value of the variable is set as follows in the |
| 3483 | ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` file: |
| 3484 | :: |
| 3485 | |
| 3486 | INHERIT_DISTRO ?= "debian devshell sstate license" |
| 3487 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3488 | :term:`INHIBIT_DEFAULT_DEPS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3489 | Prevents the default dependencies, namely the C compiler and standard |
| 3490 | C library (libc), from being added to :term:`DEPENDS`. |
| 3491 | This variable is usually used within recipes that do not require any |
| 3492 | compilation using the C compiler. |
| 3493 | |
| 3494 | Set the variable to "1" to prevent the default dependencies from |
| 3495 | being added. |
| 3496 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3497 | :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3498 | Prevents the OpenEmbedded build system from splitting out debug |
| 3499 | information during packaging. By default, the build system splits out |
| 3500 | debugging information during the |
| 3501 | :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task. For more information on |
| 3502 | how debug information is split out, see the |
| 3503 | :term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE` |
| 3504 | variable. |
| 3505 | |
| 3506 | To prevent the build system from splitting out debug information |
| 3507 | during packaging, set the ``INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT`` variable as |
| 3508 | follows: |
| 3509 | :: |
| 3510 | |
| 3511 | INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT = "1" |
| 3512 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3513 | :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3514 | If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in resulting |
| 3515 | packages and prevents the ``-dbg`` package from containing the source |
| 3516 | files. |
| 3517 | |
| 3518 | By default, the OpenEmbedded build system strips binaries and puts |
| 3519 | the debugging symbols into ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}-dbg``. |
| 3520 | Consequently, you should not set ``INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP`` when you |
| 3521 | plan to debug in general. |
| 3522 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3523 | :term:`INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3524 | If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in the |
| 3525 | resulting sysroot. |
| 3526 | |
| 3527 | By default, the OpenEmbedded build system strips binaries in the |
| 3528 | resulting sysroot. When you specifically set the |
| 3529 | ``INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP`` variable to "1" in your recipe, you inhibit |
| 3530 | this stripping. |
| 3531 | |
| 3532 | If you want to use this variable, include the |
| 3533 | :ref:`staging <ref-classes-staging>` class. This class uses a |
| 3534 | ``sys_strip()`` function to test for the variable and acts |
| 3535 | accordingly. |
| 3536 | |
| 3537 | .. note:: |
| 3538 | |
| 3539 | Use of the |
| 3540 | INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP |
| 3541 | variable occurs in rare and special circumstances. For example, |
| 3542 | suppose you are building bare-metal firmware by using an external |
| 3543 | GCC toolchain. Furthermore, even if the toolchain's binaries are |
| 3544 | strippable, other files exist that are needed for the build that |
| 3545 | are not strippable. |
| 3546 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3547 | :term:`INITRAMFS_FSTYPES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3548 | Defines the format for the output image of an initial RAM filesystem |
| 3549 | (initramfs), which is used during boot. Supported formats are the |
| 3550 | same as those supported by the |
| 3551 | :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable. |
| 3552 | |
| 3553 | The default value of this variable, which is set in the |
| 3554 | ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file in the |
| 3555 | :term:`Source Directory`, is "cpio.gz". The Linux kernel's |
| 3556 | initramfs mechanism, as opposed to the initial RAM filesystem |
| 3557 | `initrd <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Initrd>`__ mechanism, expects |
| 3558 | an optionally compressed cpio archive. |
| 3559 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3560 | :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3561 | Specifies the :term:`PROVIDES` name of an image |
| 3562 | recipe that is used to build an initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) |
| 3563 | image. In other words, the ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` variable causes an |
| 3564 | additional recipe to be built as a dependency to whatever root |
| 3565 | filesystem recipe you might be using (e.g. ``core-image-sato``). The |
| 3566 | initramfs image recipe you provide should set |
| 3567 | :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` to |
| 3568 | :term:`INITRAMFS_FSTYPES`. |
| 3569 | |
| 3570 | An initramfs image provides a temporary root filesystem used for |
| 3571 | early system initialization (e.g. loading of modules needed to locate |
| 3572 | and mount the "real" root filesystem). |
| 3573 | |
| 3574 | .. note:: |
| 3575 | |
| 3576 | See the |
| 3577 | meta/recipes-core/images/core-image-minimal-initramfs.bb |
| 3578 | recipe in the |
| 3579 | Source Directory |
| 3580 | for an example initramfs recipe. To select this sample recipe as |
| 3581 | the one built to provide the initramfs image, set |
| 3582 | INITRAMFS_IMAGE |
| 3583 | to "core-image-minimal-initramfs". |
| 3584 | |
| 3585 | You can also find more information by referencing the |
| 3586 | ``meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample.extended`` configuration file in |
| 3587 | the Source Directory, the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class, |
| 3588 | and the :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class to see how to use |
| 3589 | the ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` variable. |
| 3590 | |
| 3591 | If ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` is empty, which is the default, then no |
| 3592 | initramfs image is built. |
| 3593 | |
| 3594 | For more information, you can also see the |
| 3595 | :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE` |
| 3596 | variable, which allows the generated image to be bundled inside the |
| 3597 | kernel image. Additionally, for information on creating an initramfs |
| 3598 | image, see the ":ref:`building-an-initramfs-image`" section |
| 3599 | in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 3600 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3601 | :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3602 | Controls whether or not the image recipe specified by |
| 3603 | :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` is run through an |
| 3604 | extra pass |
| 3605 | (:ref:`ref-tasks-bundle_initramfs`) during |
| 3606 | kernel compilation in order to build a single binary that contains |
| 3607 | both the kernel image and the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) |
| 3608 | image. This makes use of the |
| 3609 | :term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE` kernel |
| 3610 | feature. |
| 3611 | |
| 3612 | .. note:: |
| 3613 | |
| 3614 | Using an extra compilation pass to bundle the initramfs avoids a |
| 3615 | circular dependency between the kernel recipe and the initramfs |
| 3616 | recipe should the initramfs include kernel modules. Should that be |
| 3617 | the case, the initramfs recipe depends on the kernel for the |
| 3618 | kernel modules, and the kernel depends on the initramfs recipe |
| 3619 | since the initramfs is bundled inside the kernel image. |
| 3620 | |
| 3621 | The combined binary is deposited into the ``tmp/deploy`` directory, |
| 3622 | which is part of the :term:`Build Directory`. |
| 3623 | |
| 3624 | Setting the variable to "1" in a configuration file causes the |
| 3625 | OpenEmbedded build system to generate a kernel image with the |
| 3626 | initramfs specified in ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` bundled within: |
| 3627 | :: |
| 3628 | |
| 3629 | INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE = "1" |
| 3630 | |
| 3631 | By default, the |
| 3632 | :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class sets this variable to a |
| 3633 | null string as follows: |
| 3634 | :: |
| 3635 | |
| 3636 | INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE ?= "" |
| 3637 | |
| 3638 | .. note:: |
| 3639 | |
| 3640 | You must set the |
| 3641 | INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE |
| 3642 | variable in a configuration file. You cannot set the variable in a |
| 3643 | recipe file. |
| 3644 | |
| 3645 | See the |
| 3646 | :yocto_git:`local.conf.sample.extended </cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample.extended>` |
| 3647 | file for additional information. Also, for information on creating an |
| 3648 | initramfs, see the ":ref:`building-an-initramfs-image`" section |
| 3649 | in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 3650 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3651 | :term:`INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3652 | The link name of the initial RAM filesystem image. This variable is |
| 3653 | set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as |
| 3654 | follows: |
| 3655 | :: |
| 3656 | |
| 3657 | INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" |
| 3658 | |
| 3659 | The value of the |
| 3660 | ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same |
| 3661 | file, has the following value: |
| 3662 | :: |
| 3663 | |
| 3664 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" |
| 3665 | |
| 3666 | See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional |
| 3667 | information. |
| 3668 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3669 | :term:`INITRAMFS_NAME` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3670 | The base name of the initial RAM filesystem image. This variable is |
| 3671 | set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as |
| 3672 | follows: |
| 3673 | :: |
| 3674 | |
| 3675 | INITRAMFS_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" |
| 3676 | |
| 3677 | The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` |
| 3678 | variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value: |
| 3679 | :: |
| 3680 | |
| 3681 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" |
| 3682 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3683 | :term:`INITRD` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3684 | Indicates list of filesystem images to concatenate and use as an |
| 3685 | initial RAM disk (``initrd``). |
| 3686 | |
| 3687 | The ``INITRD`` variable is an optional variable used with the |
| 3688 | :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class. |
| 3689 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3690 | :term:`INITRD_IMAGE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3691 | When building a "live" bootable image (i.e. when |
| 3692 | :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` contains "live"), |
| 3693 | ``INITRD_IMAGE`` specifies the image recipe that should be built to |
| 3694 | provide the initial RAM disk image. The default value is |
| 3695 | "core-image-minimal-initramfs". |
| 3696 | |
| 3697 | See the :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class for more |
| 3698 | information. |
| 3699 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3700 | :term:`INITSCRIPT_NAME` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3701 | The filename of the initialization script as installed to |
| 3702 | ``${sysconfdir}/init.d``. |
| 3703 | |
| 3704 | This variable is used in recipes when using ``update-rc.d.bbclass``. |
| 3705 | The variable is mandatory. |
| 3706 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3707 | :term:`INITSCRIPT_PACKAGES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3708 | A list of the packages that contain initscripts. If multiple packages |
| 3709 | are specified, you need to append the package name to the other |
| 3710 | ``INITSCRIPT_*`` as an override. |
| 3711 | |
| 3712 | This variable is used in recipes when using ``update-rc.d.bbclass``. |
| 3713 | The variable is optional and defaults to the :term:`PN` |
| 3714 | variable. |
| 3715 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3716 | :term:`INITSCRIPT_PARAMS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3717 | Specifies the options to pass to ``update-rc.d``. Here is an example: |
| 3718 | :: |
| 3719 | |
| 3720 | INITSCRIPT_PARAMS = "start 99 5 2 . stop 20 0 1 6 ." |
| 3721 | |
| 3722 | In this example, the script has a runlevel of 99, starts the script |
| 3723 | in initlevels 2 and 5, and stops the script in levels 0, 1 and 6. |
| 3724 | |
| 3725 | The variable's default value is "defaults", which is set in the |
| 3726 | :ref:`update-rc.d <ref-classes-update-rc.d>` class. |
| 3727 | |
| 3728 | The value in ``INITSCRIPT_PARAMS`` is passed through to the |
| 3729 | ``update-rc.d`` command. For more information on valid parameters, |
| 3730 | please see the ``update-rc.d`` manual page at |
Andrew Geissler | c3d88e4 | 2020-10-02 09:45:00 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3731 | https://manpages.debian.org/buster/init-system-helpers/update-rc.d.8.en.html |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3732 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3733 | :term:`INSANE_SKIP` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3734 | Specifies the QA checks to skip for a specific package within a |
| 3735 | recipe. For example, to skip the check for symbolic link ``.so`` |
| 3736 | files in the main package of a recipe, add the following to the |
| 3737 | recipe. The package name override must be used, which in this example |
| 3738 | is ``${PN}``: |
| 3739 | :: |
| 3740 | |
| 3741 | INSANE_SKIP_${PN} += "dev-so" |
| 3742 | |
| 3743 | See the ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`" section for a |
| 3744 | list of the valid QA checks you can specify using this variable. |
| 3745 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3746 | :term:`INSTALL_TIMEZONE_FILE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3747 | By default, the ``tzdata`` recipe packages an ``/etc/timezone`` file. |
| 3748 | Set the ``INSTALL_TIMEZONE_FILE`` variable to "0" at the |
| 3749 | configuration level to disable this behavior. |
| 3750 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3751 | :term:`IPK_FEED_URIS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3752 | When the IPK backend is in use and package management is enabled on |
| 3753 | the target, you can use this variable to set up ``opkg`` in the |
| 3754 | target image to point to package feeds on a nominated server. Once |
| 3755 | the feed is established, you can perform installations or upgrades |
| 3756 | using the package manager at runtime. |
| 3757 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3758 | :term:`KARCH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3759 | Defines the kernel architecture used when assembling the |
| 3760 | configuration. Architectures supported for this release are: |
| 3761 | |
| 3762 | - powerpc |
| 3763 | - i386 |
| 3764 | - x86_64 |
| 3765 | - arm |
| 3766 | - qemu |
| 3767 | - mips |
| 3768 | |
| 3769 | You define the ``KARCH`` variable in the :ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-advanced:bsp descriptions`. |
| 3770 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3771 | :term:`KBRANCH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3772 | A regular expression used by the build process to explicitly identify |
| 3773 | the kernel branch that is validated, patched, and configured during a |
| 3774 | build. You must set this variable to ensure the exact kernel branch |
| 3775 | you want is being used by the build process. |
| 3776 | |
| 3777 | Values for this variable are set in the kernel's recipe file and the |
| 3778 | kernel's append file. For example, if you are using the |
| 3779 | ``linux-yocto_4.12`` kernel, the kernel recipe file is the |
| 3780 | ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bb`` file. ``KBRANCH`` |
| 3781 | is set as follows in that kernel recipe file: |
| 3782 | :: |
| 3783 | |
| 3784 | KBRANCH ?= "standard/base" |
| 3785 | |
| 3786 | This variable is also used from the kernel's append file to identify |
| 3787 | the kernel branch specific to a particular machine or target |
| 3788 | hardware. Continuing with the previous kernel example, the kernel's |
| 3789 | append file (i.e. ``linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend``) is located in the |
| 3790 | BSP layer for a given machine. For example, the append file for the |
| 3791 | Beaglebone, EdgeRouter, and generic versions of both 32 and 64-bit IA |
| 3792 | machines (``meta-yocto-bsp``) is named |
| 3793 | ``meta-yocto-bsp/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend``. |
| 3794 | Here are the related statements from that append file: |
| 3795 | :: |
| 3796 | |
| 3797 | KBRANCH_genericx86 = "standard/base" |
| 3798 | KBRANCH_genericx86-64 = "standard/base" |
| 3799 | KBRANCH_edgerouter = "standard/edgerouter" |
| 3800 | KBRANCH_beaglebone = "standard/beaglebone" |
| 3801 | |
| 3802 | The ``KBRANCH`` statements |
| 3803 | identify the kernel branch to use when building for each supported |
| 3804 | BSP. |
| 3805 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3806 | :term:`KBUILD_DEFCONFIG` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3807 | When used with the :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>` |
| 3808 | class, specifies an "in-tree" kernel configuration file for use |
| 3809 | during a kernel build. |
| 3810 | |
| 3811 | Typically, when using a ``defconfig`` to configure a kernel during a |
| 3812 | build, you place the file in your layer in the same manner as you |
| 3813 | would place patch files and configuration fragment files (i.e. |
| 3814 | "out-of-tree"). However, if you want to use a ``defconfig`` file that |
| 3815 | is part of the kernel tree (i.e. "in-tree"), you can use the |
| 3816 | ``KBUILD_DEFCONFIG`` variable and append the |
| 3817 | :term:`KMACHINE` variable to point to the |
| 3818 | ``defconfig`` file. |
| 3819 | |
| 3820 | To use the variable, set it in the append file for your kernel recipe |
| 3821 | using the following form: |
| 3822 | :: |
| 3823 | |
| 3824 | KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_KMACHINE ?= defconfig_file |
| 3825 | |
| 3826 | Here is an example from a "raspberrypi2" ``KMACHINE`` build that uses |
| 3827 | a ``defconfig`` file named "bcm2709_defconfig": |
| 3828 | :: |
| 3829 | |
| 3830 | KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_raspberrypi2 = "bcm2709_defconfig" |
| 3831 | |
| 3832 | As an alternative, you can use the following within your append file: |
| 3833 | :: |
| 3834 | |
| 3835 | KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_pn-linux-yocto ?= defconfig_file |
| 3836 | |
| 3837 | For more |
| 3838 | information on how to use the ``KBUILD_DEFCONFIG`` variable, see the |
| 3839 | ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:using an "in-tree" \`\`defconfig\`\` file`" |
| 3840 | section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual. |
| 3841 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3842 | :term:`KERNEL_ALT_IMAGETYPE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3843 | Specifies an alternate kernel image type for creation in addition to |
| 3844 | the kernel image type specified using the |
| 3845 | :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE` variable. |
| 3846 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3847 | :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3848 | Specifies the name of all of the build artifacts. You can change the |
| 3849 | name of the artifacts by changing the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`` |
| 3850 | variable. |
| 3851 | |
| 3852 | The value of ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME``, which is set in the |
| 3853 | ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file, has the |
| 3854 | following default value: |
| 3855 | :: |
| 3856 | |
| 3857 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" |
| 3858 | |
| 3859 | See the :term:`PKGE`, :term:`PKGV`, :term:`PKGR`, and :term:`MACHINE` |
| 3860 | variables for additional information. |
| 3861 | |
| 3862 | .. note:: |
| 3863 | |
| 3864 | The IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX variable is set to DATETIME. |
| 3865 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3866 | :term:`KERNEL_CLASSES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3867 | A list of classes defining kernel image types that the |
| 3868 | :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class should inherit. You |
| 3869 | typically append this variable to enable extended image types. An |
| 3870 | example is the "kernel-fitimage", which enables fitImage support and |
| 3871 | resides in ``meta/classes/kernel-fitimage.bbclass``. You can register |
| 3872 | custom kernel image types with the ``kernel`` class using this |
| 3873 | variable. |
| 3874 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3875 | :term:`KERNEL_DEVICETREE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3876 | Specifies the name of the generated Linux kernel device tree (i.e. |
| 3877 | the ``.dtb``) file. |
| 3878 | |
| 3879 | .. note:: |
| 3880 | |
| 3881 | Legacy support exists for specifying the full path to the device |
| 3882 | tree. However, providing just the .dtb file is preferred. |
| 3883 | |
| 3884 | In order to use this variable, the |
| 3885 | :ref:`kernel-devicetree <ref-classes-kernel-devicetree>` class must |
| 3886 | be inherited. |
| 3887 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3888 | :term:`KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3889 | The link name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). This variable |
| 3890 | is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as |
| 3891 | follows: |
| 3892 | :: |
| 3893 | |
| 3894 | KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" |
| 3895 | |
| 3896 | The |
| 3897 | value of the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in |
| 3898 | the same file, has the following value: |
| 3899 | :: |
| 3900 | |
| 3901 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" |
| 3902 | |
| 3903 | See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional |
| 3904 | information. |
| 3905 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3906 | :term:`KERNEL_DTB_NAME` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3907 | The base name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). This variable |
| 3908 | is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as |
| 3909 | follows: |
| 3910 | :: |
| 3911 | |
| 3912 | KERNEL_DTB_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" |
| 3913 | |
| 3914 | The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` |
| 3915 | variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value: |
| 3916 | :: |
| 3917 | |
| 3918 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" |
| 3919 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3920 | :term:`KERNEL_EXTRA_ARGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3921 | Specifies additional ``make`` command-line arguments the OpenEmbedded |
| 3922 | build system passes on when compiling the kernel. |
| 3923 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3924 | :term:`KERNEL_FEATURES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3925 | Includes additional kernel metadata. In the OpenEmbedded build |
| 3926 | system, the default Board Support Packages (BSPs) |
| 3927 | :term:`Metadata` is provided through the |
| 3928 | :term:`KMACHINE` and :term:`KBRANCH` |
| 3929 | variables. You can use the ``KERNEL_FEATURES`` variable from within |
| 3930 | the kernel recipe or kernel append file to further add metadata for |
| 3931 | all BSPs or specific BSPs. |
| 3932 | |
| 3933 | The metadata you add through this variable includes config fragments |
| 3934 | and features descriptions, which usually includes patches as well as |
| 3935 | config fragments. You typically override the ``KERNEL_FEATURES`` |
| 3936 | variable for a specific machine. In this way, you can provide |
| 3937 | validated, but optional, sets of kernel configurations and features. |
| 3938 | |
| 3939 | For example, the following example from the ``linux-yocto-rt_4.12`` |
| 3940 | kernel recipe adds "netfilter" and "taskstats" features to all BSPs |
| 3941 | as well as "virtio" configurations to all QEMU machines. The last two |
| 3942 | statements add specific configurations to targeted machine types: |
| 3943 | :: |
| 3944 | |
| 3945 | KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES ?= "features/netfilter/netfilter.scc features/taskstats/taskstats.scc" |
| 3946 | KERNEL_FEATURES_append = "${KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES}" |
| 3947 | KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemuall = "cfg/virtio.scc" |
| 3948 | KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemux86 = " cfg/sound.scc cfg/paravirt_kvm.scc" |
| 3949 | KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemux86-64 = "cfg/sound.scc" |
| 3950 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3951 | :term:`KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3952 | The link name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. This |
| 3953 | variable is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` |
| 3954 | file as follows: |
| 3955 | :: |
| 3956 | |
| 3957 | KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" |
| 3958 | |
| 3959 | The value of the |
| 3960 | ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same |
| 3961 | file, has the following value: |
| 3962 | :: |
| 3963 | |
| 3964 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" |
| 3965 | |
| 3966 | See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional |
| 3967 | information. |
| 3968 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3969 | :term:`KERNEL_FIT_NAME` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3970 | The base name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. This |
| 3971 | variable is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` |
| 3972 | file as follows: |
| 3973 | :: |
| 3974 | |
| 3975 | KERNEL_FIT_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" |
| 3976 | |
| 3977 | The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` |
| 3978 | variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value: |
| 3979 | :: |
| 3980 | |
| 3981 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" |
| 3982 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3983 | :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3984 | The link name for the kernel image. This variable is set in the |
| 3985 | ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows: |
| 3986 | :: |
| 3987 | |
| 3988 | KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" |
| 3989 | |
| 3990 | The value of |
| 3991 | the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same |
| 3992 | file, has the following value: |
| 3993 | :: |
| 3994 | |
| 3995 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" |
| 3996 | |
| 3997 | See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional |
| 3998 | information. |
| 3999 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4000 | :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4001 | Specifies the maximum size of the kernel image file in kilobytes. If |
| 4002 | ``KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE`` is set, the size of the kernel image file is |
| 4003 | checked against the set value during the |
| 4004 | :ref:`ref-tasks-sizecheck` task. The task fails if |
| 4005 | the kernel image file is larger than the setting. |
| 4006 | |
| 4007 | ``KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE`` is useful for target devices that have a |
| 4008 | limited amount of space in which the kernel image must be stored. |
| 4009 | |
| 4010 | By default, this variable is not set, which means the size of the |
| 4011 | kernel image is not checked. |
| 4012 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4013 | :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4014 | The base name of the kernel image. This variable is set in the |
| 4015 | ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows: |
| 4016 | :: |
| 4017 | |
| 4018 | KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" |
| 4019 | |
| 4020 | The value of the |
| 4021 | :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` variable, |
| 4022 | which is set in the same file, has the following value: |
| 4023 | :: |
| 4024 | |
| 4025 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" |
| 4026 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4027 | :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4028 | The type of kernel to build for a device, usually set by the machine |
| 4029 | configuration files and defaults to "zImage". This variable is used |
| 4030 | when building the kernel and is passed to ``make`` as the target to |
| 4031 | build. |
| 4032 | |
| 4033 | If you want to build an alternate kernel image type, use the |
| 4034 | :term:`KERNEL_ALT_IMAGETYPE` variable. |
| 4035 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4036 | :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4037 | Lists kernel modules that need to be auto-loaded during boot. |
| 4038 | |
| 4039 | .. note:: |
| 4040 | |
| 4041 | This variable replaces the deprecated |
| 4042 | module_autoload |
| 4043 | variable. |
| 4044 | |
| 4045 | You can use the ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`` variable anywhere that it |
| 4046 | can be recognized by the kernel recipe or by an out-of-tree kernel |
| 4047 | module recipe (e.g. a machine configuration file, a distribution |
| 4048 | configuration file, an append file for the recipe, or the recipe |
| 4049 | itself). |
| 4050 | |
| 4051 | Specify it as follows: |
| 4052 | :: |
| 4053 | |
| 4054 | KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name1 module_name2 module_name3" |
| 4055 | |
| 4056 | Including ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`` causes the OpenEmbedded build |
| 4057 | system to populate the ``/etc/modules-load.d/modname.conf`` file with |
| 4058 | the list of modules to be auto-loaded on boot. The modules appear |
| 4059 | one-per-line in the file. Here is an example of the most common use |
| 4060 | case: |
| 4061 | :: |
| 4062 | |
| 4063 | KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name" |
| 4064 | |
| 4065 | For information on how to populate the ``modname.conf`` file with |
| 4066 | ``modprobe.d`` syntax lines, see the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF` variable. |
| 4067 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4068 | :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4069 | Provides a list of modules for which the OpenEmbedded build system |
| 4070 | expects to find ``module_conf_``\ modname values that specify |
| 4071 | configuration for each of the modules. For information on how to |
| 4072 | provide those module configurations, see the |
| 4073 | :term:`module_conf_* <module_conf>` variable. |
| 4074 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4075 | :term:`KERNEL_PATH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4076 | The location of the kernel sources. This variable is set to the value |
| 4077 | of the :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` within |
| 4078 | the :ref:`module <ref-classes-module>` class. For information on |
| 4079 | how this variable is used, see the |
| 4080 | ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:incorporating out-of-tree modules`" |
| 4081 | section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual. |
| 4082 | |
| 4083 | To help maximize compatibility with out-of-tree drivers used to build |
| 4084 | modules, the OpenEmbedded build system also recognizes and uses the |
| 4085 | :term:`KERNEL_SRC` variable, which is identical to |
| 4086 | the ``KERNEL_PATH`` variable. Both variables are common variables |
| 4087 | used by external Makefiles to point to the kernel source directory. |
| 4088 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4089 | :term:`KERNEL_SRC` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4090 | The location of the kernel sources. This variable is set to the value |
| 4091 | of the :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` within |
| 4092 | the :ref:`module <ref-classes-module>` class. For information on |
| 4093 | how this variable is used, see the |
| 4094 | ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:incorporating out-of-tree modules`" |
| 4095 | section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual. |
| 4096 | |
| 4097 | To help maximize compatibility with out-of-tree drivers used to build |
| 4098 | modules, the OpenEmbedded build system also recognizes and uses the |
| 4099 | :term:`KERNEL_PATH` variable, which is identical |
| 4100 | to the ``KERNEL_SRC`` variable. Both variables are common variables |
| 4101 | used by external Makefiles to point to the kernel source directory. |
| 4102 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4103 | :term:`KERNEL_VERSION` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4104 | Specifies the version of the kernel as extracted from ``version.h`` |
| 4105 | or ``utsrelease.h`` within the kernel sources. Effects of setting |
| 4106 | this variable do not take affect until the kernel has been |
| 4107 | configured. Consequently, attempting to refer to this variable in |
| 4108 | contexts prior to configuration will not work. |
| 4109 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4110 | :term:`KERNELDEPMODDEPEND` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4111 | Specifies whether the data referenced through |
| 4112 | :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` is needed or not. The |
| 4113 | ``KERNELDEPMODDEPEND`` does not control whether or not that data |
| 4114 | exists, but simply whether or not it is used. If you do not need to |
| 4115 | use the data, set the ``KERNELDEPMODDEPEND`` variable in your |
| 4116 | ``initramfs`` recipe. Setting the variable there when the data is not |
| 4117 | needed avoids a potential dependency loop. |
| 4118 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4119 | :term:`KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4120 | Provides a short description of a configuration fragment. You use |
| 4121 | this variable in the ``.scc`` file that describes a configuration |
| 4122 | fragment file. Here is the variable used in a file named ``smp.scc`` |
| 4123 | to describe SMP being enabled: |
| 4124 | :: |
| 4125 | |
| 4126 | define KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION "Enable SMP" |
| 4127 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4128 | :term:`KMACHINE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4129 | The machine as known by the kernel. Sometimes the machine name used |
| 4130 | by the kernel does not match the machine name used by the |
| 4131 | OpenEmbedded build system. For example, the machine name that the |
| 4132 | OpenEmbedded build system understands as ``core2-32-intel-common`` |
| 4133 | goes by a different name in the Linux Yocto kernel. The kernel |
| 4134 | understands that machine as ``intel-core2-32``. For cases like these, |
| 4135 | the ``KMACHINE`` variable maps the kernel machine name to the |
| 4136 | OpenEmbedded build system machine name. |
| 4137 | |
| 4138 | These mappings between different names occur in the Yocto Linux |
| 4139 | Kernel's ``meta`` branch. As an example take a look in the |
| 4140 | ``common/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_3.19.bbappend`` file: |
| 4141 | :: |
| 4142 | |
| 4143 | LINUX_VERSION_core2-32-intel-common = "3.19.0" |
| 4144 | COMPATIBLE_MACHINE_core2-32-intel-common = "${MACHINE}" |
| 4145 | SRCREV_meta_core2-32-intel-common = "8897ef68b30e7426bc1d39895e71fb155d694974" |
| 4146 | SRCREV_machine_core2-32-intel-common = "43b9eced9ba8a57add36af07736344dcc383f711" |
| 4147 | KMACHINE_core2-32-intel-common = "intel-core2-32" |
| 4148 | KBRANCH_core2-32-intel-common = "standard/base" |
| 4149 | KERNEL_FEATURES_append_core2-32-intel-common = "${KERNEL_FEATURES_INTEL_COMMON}" |
| 4150 | |
| 4151 | The ``KMACHINE`` statement says |
| 4152 | that the kernel understands the machine name as "intel-core2-32". |
| 4153 | However, the OpenEmbedded build system understands the machine as |
| 4154 | "core2-32-intel-common". |
| 4155 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4156 | :term:`KTYPE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4157 | Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration. |
| 4158 | The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", and "preempt-rt" |
| 4159 | kernel types. See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-advanced:kernel types`" |
| 4160 | section in the |
| 4161 | Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual for more information on |
| 4162 | kernel types. |
| 4163 | |
| 4164 | You define the ``KTYPE`` variable in the |
| 4165 | :ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-advanced:bsp descriptions`. The |
| 4166 | value you use must match the value used for the |
| 4167 | :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE` value used by the |
| 4168 | kernel recipe. |
| 4169 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4170 | :term:`LABELS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4171 | Provides a list of targets for automatic configuration. |
| 4172 | |
| 4173 | See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more |
| 4174 | information on how this variable is used. |
| 4175 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4176 | :term:`LAYERDEPENDS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4177 | Lists the layers, separated by spaces, on which this recipe depends. |
| 4178 | Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a dependency |
| 4179 | by adding it to the end of the layer name. Here is an example: |
| 4180 | :: |
| 4181 | |
| 4182 | LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)" |
| 4183 | |
| 4184 | In this previous example, |
| 4185 | version 3 of "anotherlayer" is compared against |
| 4186 | :term:`LAYERVERSION`\ ``_anotherlayer``. |
| 4187 | |
| 4188 | An error is produced if any dependency is missing or the version |
| 4189 | numbers (if specified) do not match exactly. This variable is used in |
| 4190 | the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be suffixed with the name of |
| 4191 | the specific layer (e.g. ``LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer``). |
| 4192 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4193 | :term:`LAYERDIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4194 | When used inside the ``layer.conf`` configuration file, this variable |
| 4195 | provides the path of the current layer. This variable is not |
| 4196 | available outside of ``layer.conf`` and references are expanded |
| 4197 | immediately when parsing of the file completes. |
| 4198 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4199 | :term:`LAYERRECOMMENDS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4200 | Lists the layers, separated by spaces, recommended for use with this |
| 4201 | layer. |
| 4202 | |
| 4203 | Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a |
| 4204 | recommendation by adding the version to the end of the layer name. |
| 4205 | Here is an example: |
| 4206 | :: |
| 4207 | |
| 4208 | LAYERRECOMMENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)" |
| 4209 | |
| 4210 | In this previous example, version 3 of "anotherlayer" is compared |
| 4211 | against ``LAYERVERSION_anotherlayer``. |
| 4212 | |
| 4213 | This variable is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be |
| 4214 | suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g. |
| 4215 | ``LAYERRECOMMENDS_mylayer``). |
| 4216 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4217 | :term:`LAYERSERIES_COMPAT` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4218 | Lists the versions of the :term:`OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core)` for which |
| 4219 | a layer is compatible. Using the ``LAYERSERIES_COMPAT`` variable |
| 4220 | allows the layer maintainer to indicate which combinations of the |
| 4221 | layer and OE-Core can be expected to work. The variable gives the |
| 4222 | system a way to detect when a layer has not been tested with new |
| 4223 | releases of OE-Core (e.g. the layer is not maintained). |
| 4224 | |
| 4225 | To specify the OE-Core versions for which a layer is compatible, use |
| 4226 | this variable in your layer's ``conf/layer.conf`` configuration file. |
| 4227 | For the list, use the Yocto Project |
| 4228 | :yocto_wiki:`Release Name </wiki/Releases>` (e.g. |
| 4229 | DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP). To specify multiple OE-Core versions for the |
| 4230 | layer, use a space-separated list: |
| 4231 | :: |
| 4232 | |
| 4233 | LAYERSERIES_COMPAT_layer_root_name = "DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP_MINUS_ONE" |
| 4234 | |
| 4235 | .. note:: |
| 4236 | |
| 4237 | Setting |
| 4238 | LAYERSERIES_COMPAT |
| 4239 | is required by the Yocto Project Compatible version 2 standard. |
| 4240 | The OpenEmbedded build system produces a warning if the variable |
| 4241 | is not set for any given layer. |
| 4242 | |
| 4243 | See the ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating your own layer`" |
| 4244 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 4245 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4246 | :term:`LAYERVERSION` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4247 | Optionally specifies the version of a layer as a single number. You |
| 4248 | can use this within :term:`LAYERDEPENDS` for |
| 4249 | another layer in order to depend on a specific version of the layer. |
| 4250 | This variable is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be |
| 4251 | suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g. |
| 4252 | ``LAYERVERSION_mylayer``). |
| 4253 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4254 | :term:`LD` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4255 | The minimal command and arguments used to run the linker. |
| 4256 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4257 | :term:`LDFLAGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4258 | Specifies the flags to pass to the linker. This variable is exported |
| 4259 | to an environment variable and thus made visible to the software |
| 4260 | being built during the compilation step. |
| 4261 | |
| 4262 | Default initialization for ``LDFLAGS`` varies depending on what is |
| 4263 | being built: |
| 4264 | |
| 4265 | - :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS` when building for the |
| 4266 | target |
| 4267 | |
| 4268 | - :term:`BUILD_LDFLAGS` when building for the |
| 4269 | build host (i.e. ``-native``) |
| 4270 | |
| 4271 | - :term:`BUILDSDK_LDFLAGS` when building for |
| 4272 | an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``) |
| 4273 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4274 | :term:`LEAD_SONAME` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4275 | Specifies the lead (or primary) compiled library file (i.e. ``.so``) |
| 4276 | that the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class applies its |
| 4277 | naming policy to given a recipe that packages multiple libraries. |
| 4278 | |
| 4279 | This variable works in conjunction with the ``debian`` class. |
| 4280 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4281 | :term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4282 | Checksums of the license text in the recipe source code. |
| 4283 | |
| 4284 | This variable tracks changes in license text of the source code |
| 4285 | files. If the license text is changed, it will trigger a build |
| 4286 | failure, which gives the developer an opportunity to review any |
| 4287 | license change. |
| 4288 | |
| 4289 | This variable must be defined for all recipes (unless |
| 4290 | :term:`LICENSE` is set to "CLOSED"). |
| 4291 | |
| 4292 | For more information, see the ":ref:`usingpoky-configuring-lic_files_chksum`" |
| 4293 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 4294 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4295 | :term:`LICENSE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4296 | The list of source licenses for the recipe. Follow these rules: |
| 4297 | |
| 4298 | - Do not use spaces within individual license names. |
| 4299 | |
| 4300 | - Separate license names using \| (pipe) when there is a choice |
| 4301 | between licenses. |
| 4302 | |
| 4303 | - Separate license names using & (ampersand) when multiple licenses |
| 4304 | exist that cover different parts of the source. |
| 4305 | |
| 4306 | - You can use spaces between license names. |
| 4307 | |
| 4308 | - For standard licenses, use the names of the files in |
| 4309 | ``meta/files/common-licenses/`` or the |
| 4310 | :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP` flag names defined in |
| 4311 | ``meta/conf/licenses.conf``. |
| 4312 | |
| 4313 | Here are some examples: |
| 4314 | :: |
| 4315 | |
| 4316 | LICENSE = "LGPLv2.1 | GPLv3" |
| 4317 | LICENSE = "MPL-1 & LGPLv2.1" |
| 4318 | LICENSE = "GPLv2+" |
| 4319 | |
| 4320 | The first example is from the |
| 4321 | recipes for Qt, which the user may choose to distribute under either |
| 4322 | the LGPL version 2.1 or GPL version 3. The second example is from |
| 4323 | Cairo where two licenses cover different parts of the source code. |
| 4324 | The final example is from ``sysstat``, which presents a single |
| 4325 | license. |
| 4326 | |
| 4327 | You can also specify licenses on a per-package basis to handle |
| 4328 | situations where components of the output have different licenses. |
| 4329 | For example, a piece of software whose code is licensed under GPLv2 |
| 4330 | but has accompanying documentation licensed under the GNU Free |
| 4331 | Documentation License 1.2 could be specified as follows: |
| 4332 | :: |
| 4333 | |
| 4334 | LICENSE = "GFDL-1.2 & GPLv2" |
| 4335 | LICENSE_${PN} = "GPLv2" |
| 4336 | LICENSE_${PN}-doc = "GFDL-1.2" |
| 4337 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4338 | :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4339 | Setting ``LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE`` to "1" causes the OpenEmbedded |
| 4340 | build system to create an extra package (i.e. |
| 4341 | ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}-lic``) for each recipe and to add |
| 4342 | those packages to the |
| 4343 | :term:`RRECOMMENDS`\ ``_${PN}``. |
| 4344 | |
| 4345 | The ``${PN}-lic`` package installs a directory in |
| 4346 | ``/usr/share/licenses`` named ``${PN}``, which is the recipe's base |
| 4347 | name, and installs files in that directory that contain license and |
| 4348 | copyright information (i.e. copies of the appropriate license files |
| 4349 | from ``meta/common-licenses`` that match the licenses specified in |
| 4350 | the :term:`LICENSE` variable of the recipe metadata |
| 4351 | and copies of files marked in |
| 4352 | :term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM` as containing |
| 4353 | license text). |
| 4354 | |
| 4355 | For related information on providing license text, see the |
| 4356 | :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS` variable, the |
| 4357 | :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` variable, and the |
| 4358 | ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:providing license text`" |
| 4359 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 4360 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4361 | :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4362 | Specifies additional flags for a recipe you must whitelist through |
| 4363 | :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST` in |
| 4364 | order to allow the recipe to be built. When providing multiple flags, |
| 4365 | separate them with spaces. |
| 4366 | |
| 4367 | This value is independent of :term:`LICENSE` and is |
| 4368 | typically used to mark recipes that might require additional licenses |
| 4369 | in order to be used in a commercial product. For more information, |
| 4370 | see the |
| 4371 | ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:enabling commercially licensed recipes`" |
| 4372 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 4373 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4374 | :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4375 | Lists license flags that when specified in |
| 4376 | :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS` within a recipe should not |
| 4377 | prevent that recipe from being built. This practice is otherwise |
| 4378 | known as "whitelisting" license flags. For more information, see the |
| 4379 | ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:enabling commercially licensed recipes`" |
| 4380 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 4381 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4382 | :term:`LICENSE_PATH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4383 | Path to additional licenses used during the build. By default, the |
| 4384 | OpenEmbedded build system uses ``COMMON_LICENSE_DIR`` to define the |
| 4385 | directory that holds common license text used during the build. The |
| 4386 | ``LICENSE_PATH`` variable allows you to extend that location to other |
| 4387 | areas that have additional licenses: |
| 4388 | :: |
| 4389 | |
| 4390 | LICENSE_PATH += "path-to-additional-common-licenses" |
| 4391 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4392 | :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4393 | Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration. |
| 4394 | The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", and "preempt-rt" |
| 4395 | kernel types. See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-advanced:kernel types`" |
| 4396 | section in the |
| 4397 | Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual for more information on |
| 4398 | kernel types. |
| 4399 | |
| 4400 | If you do not specify a ``LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE``, it defaults to |
| 4401 | "standard". Together with :term:`KMACHINE`, the |
| 4402 | ``LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE`` variable defines the search arguments used by |
| 4403 | the kernel tools to find the appropriate description within the |
| 4404 | kernel :term:`Metadata` with which to build out the sources |
| 4405 | and configuration. |
| 4406 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4407 | :term:`LINUX_VERSION` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4408 | The Linux version from ``kernel.org`` on which the Linux kernel image |
| 4409 | being built using the OpenEmbedded build system is based. You define |
| 4410 | this variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the |
| 4411 | ``linux-yocto-3.4.bb`` kernel recipe found in |
| 4412 | ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux`` defines the variables as follows: |
| 4413 | :: |
| 4414 | |
| 4415 | LINUX_VERSION ?= "3.4.24" |
| 4416 | |
| 4417 | The ``LINUX_VERSION`` variable is used to define :term:`PV` |
| 4418 | for the recipe: |
| 4419 | :: |
| 4420 | |
| 4421 | PV = "${LINUX_VERSION}+git${SRCPV}" |
| 4422 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4423 | :term:`LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4424 | A string extension compiled into the version string of the Linux |
| 4425 | kernel built with the OpenEmbedded build system. You define this |
| 4426 | variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the linux-yocto kernel |
| 4427 | recipes all define the variable as follows: |
| 4428 | :: |
| 4429 | |
| 4430 | LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION ?= "-yocto-${LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE}" |
| 4431 | |
| 4432 | Defining this variable essentially sets the Linux kernel |
| 4433 | configuration item ``CONFIG_LOCALVERSION``, which is visible through |
| 4434 | the ``uname`` command. Here is an example that shows the extension |
| 4435 | assuming it was set as previously shown: |
| 4436 | :: |
| 4437 | |
| 4438 | $ uname -r |
| 4439 | 3.7.0-rc8-custom |
| 4440 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4441 | :term:`LOG_DIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4442 | Specifies the directory to which the OpenEmbedded build system writes |
| 4443 | overall log files. The default directory is ``${TMPDIR}/log``. |
| 4444 | |
| 4445 | For the directory containing logs specific to each task, see the |
| 4446 | :term:`T` variable. |
| 4447 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4448 | :term:`MACHINE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4449 | Specifies the target device for which the image is built. You define |
| 4450 | ``MACHINE`` in the ``local.conf`` file found in the |
| 4451 | :term:`Build Directory`. By default, ``MACHINE`` is set to |
| 4452 | "qemux86", which is an x86-based architecture machine to be emulated |
| 4453 | using QEMU: |
| 4454 | :: |
| 4455 | |
| 4456 | MACHINE ?= "qemux86" |
| 4457 | |
| 4458 | The variable corresponds to a machine configuration file of the same |
| 4459 | name, through which machine-specific configurations are set. Thus, |
| 4460 | when ``MACHINE`` is set to "qemux86" there exists the corresponding |
| 4461 | ``qemux86.conf`` machine configuration file, which can be found in |
| 4462 | the :term:`Source Directory` in |
| 4463 | ``meta/conf/machine``. |
| 4464 | |
| 4465 | The list of machines supported by the Yocto Project as shipped |
| 4466 | include the following: |
| 4467 | :: |
| 4468 | |
| 4469 | MACHINE ?= "qemuarm" |
| 4470 | MACHINE ?= "qemuarm64" |
| 4471 | MACHINE ?= "qemumips" |
| 4472 | MACHINE ?= "qemumips64" |
| 4473 | MACHINE ?= "qemuppc" |
| 4474 | MACHINE ?= "qemux86" |
| 4475 | MACHINE ?= "qemux86-64" |
| 4476 | MACHINE ?= "genericx86" |
| 4477 | MACHINE ?= "genericx86-64" |
| 4478 | MACHINE ?= "beaglebone" |
| 4479 | MACHINE ?= "edgerouter" |
| 4480 | |
| 4481 | The last five are Yocto Project reference hardware |
| 4482 | boards, which are provided in the ``meta-yocto-bsp`` layer. |
| 4483 | |
| 4484 | .. note:: |
| 4485 | |
| 4486 | Adding additional Board Support Package (BSP) layers to your |
| 4487 | configuration adds new possible settings for |
| 4488 | MACHINE |
| 4489 | . |
| 4490 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4491 | :term:`MACHINE_ARCH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4492 | Specifies the name of the machine-specific architecture. This |
| 4493 | variable is set automatically from :term:`MACHINE` or |
| 4494 | :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH`. You should not hand-edit |
| 4495 | the ``MACHINE_ARCH`` variable. |
| 4496 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4497 | :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4498 | A list of required machine-specific packages to install as part of |
| 4499 | the image being built. The build process depends on these packages |
| 4500 | being present. Furthermore, because this is a "machine-essential" |
| 4501 | variable, the list of packages are essential for the machine to boot. |
| 4502 | The impact of this variable affects images based on |
| 4503 | ``packagegroup-core-boot``, including the ``core-image-minimal`` |
| 4504 | image. |
| 4505 | |
| 4506 | This variable is similar to the |
| 4507 | ``MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`` variable with the exception |
| 4508 | that the image being built has a build dependency on the variable's |
| 4509 | list of packages. In other words, the image will not build if a file |
| 4510 | in this list is not found. |
| 4511 | |
| 4512 | As an example, suppose the machine for which you are building |
| 4513 | requires ``example-init`` to be run during boot to initialize the |
| 4514 | hardware. In this case, you would use the following in the machine's |
| 4515 | ``.conf`` configuration file: |
| 4516 | :: |
| 4517 | |
| 4518 | MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "example-init" |
| 4519 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4520 | :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4521 | A list of recommended machine-specific packages to install as part of |
| 4522 | the image being built. The build process does not depend on these |
| 4523 | packages being present. However, because this is a |
| 4524 | "machine-essential" variable, the list of packages are essential for |
| 4525 | the machine to boot. The impact of this variable affects images based |
| 4526 | on ``packagegroup-core-boot``, including the ``core-image-minimal`` |
| 4527 | image. |
| 4528 | |
| 4529 | This variable is similar to the ``MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`` |
| 4530 | variable with the exception that the image being built does not have |
| 4531 | a build dependency on the variable's list of packages. In other |
| 4532 | words, the image will still build if a package in this list is not |
| 4533 | found. Typically, this variable is used to handle essential kernel |
| 4534 | modules, whose functionality may be selected to be built into the |
| 4535 | kernel rather than as a module, in which case a package will not be |
| 4536 | produced. |
| 4537 | |
| 4538 | Consider an example where you have a custom kernel where a specific |
| 4539 | touchscreen driver is required for the machine to be usable. However, |
| 4540 | the driver can be built as a module or into the kernel depending on |
| 4541 | the kernel configuration. If the driver is built as a module, you |
| 4542 | want it to be installed. But, when the driver is built into the |
| 4543 | kernel, you still want the build to succeed. This variable sets up a |
| 4544 | "recommends" relationship so that in the latter case, the build will |
| 4545 | not fail due to the missing package. To accomplish this, assuming the |
| 4546 | package for the module was called ``kernel-module-ab123``, you would |
| 4547 | use the following in the machine's ``.conf`` configuration file: |
| 4548 | :: |
| 4549 | |
| 4550 | MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-ab123" |
| 4551 | |
| 4552 | .. note:: |
| 4553 | |
| 4554 | In this example, the |
| 4555 | kernel-module-ab123 |
| 4556 | recipe needs to explicitly set its |
| 4557 | PACKAGES |
| 4558 | variable to ensure that BitBake does not use the kernel recipe's |
| 4559 | PACKAGES_DYNAMIC |
| 4560 | variable to satisfy the dependency. |
| 4561 | |
| 4562 | Some examples of these machine essentials are flash, screen, |
| 4563 | keyboard, mouse, or touchscreen drivers (depending on the machine). |
| 4564 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4565 | :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4566 | A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the image |
| 4567 | being built that are not essential for the machine to boot. However, |
| 4568 | the build process for more fully-featured images depends on the |
| 4569 | packages being present. |
| 4570 | |
| 4571 | This variable affects all images based on ``packagegroup-base``, |
| 4572 | which does not include the ``core-image-minimal`` or |
| 4573 | ``core-image-full-cmdline`` images. |
| 4574 | |
| 4575 | The variable is similar to the ``MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`` variable |
| 4576 | with the exception that the image being built has a build dependency |
| 4577 | on the variable's list of packages. In other words, the image will |
| 4578 | not build if a file in this list is not found. |
| 4579 | |
| 4580 | An example is a machine that has WiFi capability but is not essential |
| 4581 | for the machine to boot the image. However, if you are building a |
| 4582 | more fully-featured image, you want to enable the WiFi. The package |
| 4583 | containing the firmware for the WiFi hardware is always expected to |
| 4584 | exist, so it is acceptable for the build process to depend upon |
| 4585 | finding the package. In this case, assuming the package for the |
| 4586 | firmware was called ``wifidriver-firmware``, you would use the |
| 4587 | following in the ``.conf`` file for the machine: |
| 4588 | :: |
| 4589 | |
| 4590 | MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "wifidriver-firmware" |
| 4591 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4592 | :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4593 | A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the image |
| 4594 | being built that are not essential for booting the machine. The image |
| 4595 | being built has no build dependency on this list of packages. |
| 4596 | |
| 4597 | This variable affects only images based on ``packagegroup-base``, |
| 4598 | which does not include the ``core-image-minimal`` or |
| 4599 | ``core-image-full-cmdline`` images. |
| 4600 | |
| 4601 | This variable is similar to the ``MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`` variable |
| 4602 | with the exception that the image being built does not have a build |
| 4603 | dependency on the variable's list of packages. In other words, the |
| 4604 | image will build if a file in this list is not found. |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 | An example is a machine that has WiFi capability but is not essential |
| 4607 | For the machine to boot the image. However, if you are building a |
| 4608 | more fully-featured image, you want to enable WiFi. In this case, the |
| 4609 | package containing the WiFi kernel module will not be produced if the |
| 4610 | WiFi driver is built into the kernel, in which case you still want |
| 4611 | the build to succeed instead of failing as a result of the package |
| 4612 | not being found. To accomplish this, assuming the package for the |
| 4613 | module was called ``kernel-module-examplewifi``, you would use the |
| 4614 | following in the ``.conf`` file for the machine: |
| 4615 | :: |
| 4616 | |
| 4617 | MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-examplewifi" |
| 4618 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4619 | :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4620 | Specifies the list of hardware features the |
| 4621 | :term:`MACHINE` is capable of supporting. For related |
| 4622 | information on enabling features, see the |
| 4623 | :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`, |
| 4624 | :term:`COMBINED_FEATURES`, and |
| 4625 | :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` variables. |
| 4626 | |
| 4627 | For a list of hardware features supported by the Yocto Project as |
| 4628 | shipped, see the "`Machine Features <#ref-features-machine>`__" |
| 4629 | section. |
| 4630 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4631 | :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4632 | Features to be added to ``MACHINE_FEATURES`` if not also present in |
| 4633 | ``MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED``. |
| 4634 | |
| 4635 | This variable is set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. It is |
| 4636 | not intended to be user-configurable. It is best to just reference |
| 4637 | the variable to see which machine features are being backfilled for |
| 4638 | all machine configurations. See the "`Feature |
| 4639 | Backfilling <#ref-features-backfill>`__" section for more |
| 4640 | information. |
| 4641 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4642 | :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4643 | Features from ``MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL`` that should not be |
| 4644 | backfilled (i.e. added to ``MACHINE_FEATURES``) during the build. See |
| 4645 | the "`Feature Backfilling <#ref-features-backfill>`__" section for |
| 4646 | more information. |
| 4647 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4648 | :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4649 | A colon-separated list of overrides that apply to the current |
| 4650 | machine. By default, this list includes the value of |
| 4651 | :term:`MACHINE`. |
| 4652 | |
| 4653 | You can extend ``MACHINEOVERRIDES`` to add extra overrides that |
| 4654 | should apply to a machine. For example, all machines emulated in QEMU |
| 4655 | (e.g. ``qemuarm``, ``qemux86``, and so forth) include a file named |
| 4656 | ``meta/conf/machine/include/qemu.inc`` that prepends the following |
| 4657 | override to ``MACHINEOVERRIDES``: |
| 4658 | :: |
| 4659 | |
| 4660 | MACHINEOVERRIDES =. "qemuall:" |
| 4661 | |
| 4662 | This |
| 4663 | override allows variables to be overriden for all machines emulated |
| 4664 | in QEMU, like in the following example from the ``connman-conf`` |
| 4665 | recipe: |
| 4666 | :: |
| 4667 | |
| 4668 | SRC_URI_append_qemuall = "file://wired.config \ |
| 4669 | file://wired-setup \ |
| 4670 | " |
| 4671 | |
| 4672 | The underlying mechanism behind |
| 4673 | ``MACHINEOVERRIDES`` is simply that it is included in the default |
| 4674 | value of :term:`OVERRIDES`. |
| 4675 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4676 | :term:`MAINTAINER` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4677 | The email address of the distribution maintainer. |
| 4678 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4679 | :term:`MIRRORS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4680 | Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded build system |
| 4681 | gets source code. When the build system searches for source code, it |
| 4682 | first tries the local download directory. If that location fails, the |
| 4683 | build system tries locations defined by |
| 4684 | :term:`PREMIRRORS`, the upstream source, and then |
| 4685 | locations specified by ``MIRRORS`` in that order. |
| 4686 | |
| 4687 | Assuming your distribution (:term:`DISTRO`) is "poky", |
| 4688 | the default value for ``MIRRORS`` is defined in the |
| 4689 | ``conf/distro/poky.conf`` file in the ``meta-poky`` Git repository. |
| 4690 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4691 | :term:`MLPREFIX` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4692 | Specifies a prefix has been added to :term:`PN` to create a |
| 4693 | special version of a recipe or package (i.e. a Multilib version). The |
| 4694 | variable is used in places where the prefix needs to be added to or |
| 4695 | removed from a the name (e.g. the :term:`BPN` variable). |
| 4696 | ``MLPREFIX`` gets set when a prefix has been added to ``PN``. |
| 4697 | |
| 4698 | .. note:: |
| 4699 | |
| 4700 | The "ML" in |
| 4701 | MLPREFIX |
| 4702 | stands for "MultiLib". This representation is historical and comes |
| 4703 | from a time when |
| 4704 | nativesdk |
| 4705 | was a suffix rather than a prefix on the recipe name. When |
| 4706 | nativesdk |
| 4707 | was turned into a prefix, it made sense to set |
| 4708 | MLPREFIX |
| 4709 | for it as well. |
| 4710 | |
| 4711 | To help understand when ``MLPREFIX`` might be needed, consider when |
| 4712 | :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND` is used to provide a |
| 4713 | ``nativesdk`` version of a recipe in addition to the target version. |
| 4714 | If that recipe declares build-time dependencies on tasks in other |
| 4715 | recipes by using :term:`DEPENDS`, then a dependency on |
| 4716 | "foo" will automatically get rewritten to a dependency on |
| 4717 | "nativesdk-foo". However, dependencies like the following will not |
| 4718 | get rewritten automatically: |
| 4719 | :: |
| 4720 | |
| 4721 | do_foo[depends] += "recipe:do_foo" |
| 4722 | |
| 4723 | If you want such a dependency to also get transformed, you can do the |
| 4724 | following: |
| 4725 | :: |
| 4726 | |
| 4727 | do_foo[depends] += "${MLPREFIX}recipe:do_foo" |
| 4728 | |
| 4729 | module_autoload |
| 4730 | This variable has been replaced by the ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`` |
| 4731 | variable. You should replace all occurrences of ``module_autoload`` |
| 4732 | with additions to ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD``, for example: |
| 4733 | :: |
| 4734 | |
| 4735 | module_autoload_rfcomm = "rfcomm" |
| 4736 | |
| 4737 | should now be replaced with: |
| 4738 | :: |
| 4739 | |
| 4740 | KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "rfcomm" |
| 4741 | |
| 4742 | See the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable for more information. |
| 4743 | |
| 4744 | module_conf |
| 4745 | Specifies `modprobe.d <http://linux.die.net/man/5/modprobe.d>`_ |
| 4746 | syntax lines for inclusion in the ``/etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf`` |
| 4747 | file. |
| 4748 | |
| 4749 | You can use this variable anywhere that it can be recognized by the |
| 4750 | kernel recipe or out-of-tree kernel module recipe (e.g. a machine |
| 4751 | configuration file, a distribution configuration file, an append file |
| 4752 | for the recipe, or the recipe itself). If you use this variable, you |
| 4753 | must also be sure to list the module name in the |
| 4754 | :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` |
| 4755 | variable. |
| 4756 | |
| 4757 | Here is the general syntax: |
| 4758 | :: |
| 4759 | |
| 4760 | module_conf_module_name = "modprobe.d-syntax" |
| 4761 | |
| 4762 | You must use the kernel module name override. |
| 4763 | |
| 4764 | Run ``man modprobe.d`` in the shell to find out more information on |
| 4765 | the exact syntax you want to provide with ``module_conf``. |
| 4766 | |
| 4767 | Including ``module_conf`` causes the OpenEmbedded build system to |
| 4768 | populate the ``/etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf`` file with |
| 4769 | ``modprobe.d`` syntax lines. Here is an example that adds the options |
| 4770 | ``arg1`` and ``arg2`` to a module named ``mymodule``: |
| 4771 | :: |
| 4772 | |
| 4773 | module_conf_mymodule = "options mymodule arg1=val1 arg2=val2" |
| 4774 | |
| 4775 | For information on how to specify kernel modules to auto-load on |
| 4776 | boot, see the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable. |
| 4777 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4778 | :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_DEPLOY` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4779 | Controls creation of the ``modules-*.tgz`` file. Set this variable to |
| 4780 | "0" to disable creation of this file, which contains all of the |
| 4781 | kernel modules resulting from a kernel build. |
| 4782 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4783 | :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4784 | The link name of the kernel module tarball. This variable is set in |
| 4785 | the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows: |
| 4786 | :: |
| 4787 | |
| 4788 | MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" |
| 4789 | |
| 4790 | The value |
| 4791 | of the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the |
| 4792 | same file, has the following value: |
| 4793 | :: |
| 4794 | |
| 4795 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" |
| 4796 | |
| 4797 | See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional information. |
| 4798 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4799 | :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_NAME` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4800 | The base name of the kernel module tarball. This variable is set in |
| 4801 | the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows: |
| 4802 | :: |
| 4803 | |
| 4804 | MODULE_TARBALL_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" |
| 4805 | |
| 4806 | The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` variable, |
| 4807 | which is set in the same file, has the following value: |
| 4808 | :: |
| 4809 | |
| 4810 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" |
| 4811 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4812 | :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4813 | Uniquely identifies the type of the target system for which packages |
| 4814 | are being built. This variable allows output for different types of |
| 4815 | target systems to be put into different subdirectories of the same |
| 4816 | output directory. |
| 4817 | |
| 4818 | The default value of this variable is: |
| 4819 | :: |
| 4820 | |
| 4821 | ${PACKAGE_ARCH}${TARGET_VENDOR}-${TARGET_OS} |
| 4822 | |
| 4823 | Some classes (e.g. |
| 4824 | :ref:`cross-canadian <ref-classes-cross-canadian>`) modify the |
| 4825 | ``MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`` value. |
| 4826 | |
| 4827 | See the :term:`STAMP` variable for an example. See the |
| 4828 | :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET` variable for more information. |
| 4829 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4830 | :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4831 | A string identifying the host distribution. Strings consist of the |
| 4832 | host distributor ID followed by the release, as reported by the |
| 4833 | ``lsb_release`` tool or as read from ``/etc/lsb-release``. For |
| 4834 | example, when running a build on Ubuntu 12.10, the value is |
| 4835 | "Ubuntu-12.10". If this information is unable to be determined, the |
| 4836 | value resolves to "Unknown". |
| 4837 | |
| 4838 | This variable is used by default to isolate native shared state |
| 4839 | packages for different distributions (e.g. to avoid problems with |
| 4840 | ``glibc`` version incompatibilities). Additionally, the variable is |
| 4841 | checked against |
| 4842 | :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS` if that |
| 4843 | variable is set. |
| 4844 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4845 | :term:`NM` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4846 | The minimal command and arguments to run ``nm``. |
| 4847 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4848 | :term:`NO_GENERIC_LICENSE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4849 | Avoids QA errors when you use a non-common, non-CLOSED license in a |
| 4850 | recipe. Packages exist, such as the linux-firmware package, with many |
| 4851 | licenses that are not in any way common. Also, new licenses are added |
| 4852 | occasionally to avoid introducing a lot of common license files, |
| 4853 | which are only applicable to a specific package. |
| 4854 | ``NO_GENERIC_LICENSE`` is used to allow copying a license that does |
| 4855 | not exist in common licenses. |
| 4856 | |
| 4857 | The following example shows how to add ``NO_GENERIC_LICENSE`` to a |
| 4858 | recipe: |
| 4859 | :: |
| 4860 | |
| 4861 | NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[license_name] = "license_file_in_fetched_source" |
| 4862 | |
| 4863 | The following is an example that |
| 4864 | uses the ``LICENSE.Abilis.txt`` file as the license from the fetched |
| 4865 | source: |
| 4866 | :: |
| 4867 | |
| 4868 | NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[Firmware-Abilis] = "LICENSE.Abilis.txt" |
| 4869 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4870 | :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4871 | Prevents installation of all "recommended-only" packages. |
| 4872 | Recommended-only packages are packages installed only through the |
| 4873 | :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable). Setting the |
| 4874 | ``NO_RECOMMENDATIONS`` variable to "1" turns this feature on: :: |
| 4875 | |
| 4876 | NO_RECOMMENDATIONS = "1" |
| 4877 | |
| 4878 | You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you |
| 4879 | can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name |
| 4880 | override: :: |
| 4881 | |
| 4882 | NO_RECOMMENDATIONS_pn-target_image = "1" |
| 4883 | |
| 4884 | It is important to realize that if you choose to not install packages |
| 4885 | using this variable and some other packages are dependent on them |
| 4886 | (i.e. listed in a recipe's :term:`RDEPENDS` |
| 4887 | variable), the OpenEmbedded build system ignores your request and |
| 4888 | will install the packages to avoid dependency errors. |
| 4889 | |
| 4890 | .. note:: |
| 4891 | |
| 4892 | Some recommended packages might be required for certain system |
| 4893 | functionality, such as kernel modules. It is up to you to add |
| 4894 | packages with the IMAGE_INSTALL variable. |
| 4895 | |
| 4896 | Support for this variable exists only when using the IPK and RPM |
| 4897 | packaging backend. Support does not exist for DEB. |
| 4898 | |
| 4899 | See the :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` and |
| 4900 | the :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables for |
| 4901 | related information. |
| 4902 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4903 | :term:`NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4904 | Disables auto package from splitting ``.debug`` files. If a recipe |
| 4905 | requires ``FILES_${PN}-dbg`` to be set manually, the |
| 4906 | ``NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG`` can be defined allowing you to define the |
| 4907 | content of the debug package. For example: |
| 4908 | :: |
| 4909 | |
| 4910 | NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG = "1" |
| 4911 | FILES_${PN}-dev = "${includedir}/${QT_DIR_NAME}/Qt/*" |
| 4912 | FILES_${PN}-dbg = "/usr/src/debug/" |
| 4913 | FILES_${QT_BASE_NAME}-demos-doc = "${docdir}/${QT_DIR_NAME}/qch/qt.qch" |
| 4914 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4915 | :term:`OBJCOPY` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4916 | The minimal command and arguments to run ``objcopy``. |
| 4917 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4918 | :term:`OBJDUMP` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4919 | The minimal command and arguments to run ``objdump``. |
| 4920 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4921 | :term:`OE_BINCONFIG_EXTRA_MANGLE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4922 | When inheriting the :ref:`binconfig <ref-classes-binconfig>` class, |
| 4923 | this variable specifies additional arguments passed to the "sed" |
| 4924 | command. The sed command alters any paths in configuration scripts |
| 4925 | that have been set up during compilation. Inheriting this class |
| 4926 | results in all paths in these scripts being changed to point into the |
| 4927 | ``sysroots/`` directory so that all builds that use the script will |
| 4928 | use the correct directories for the cross compiling layout. |
| 4929 | |
| 4930 | See the ``meta/classes/binconfig.bbclass`` in the |
| 4931 | :term:`Source Directory` for details on how this class |
| 4932 | applies these additional sed command arguments. For general |
| 4933 | information on the ``binconfig`` class, see the |
| 4934 | ":ref:`binconfig.bbclass <ref-classes-binconfig>`" section. |
| 4935 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4936 | :term:`OE_IMPORTS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4937 | An internal variable used to tell the OpenEmbedded build system what |
| 4938 | Python modules to import for every Python function run by the system. |
| 4939 | |
| 4940 | .. note:: |
| 4941 | |
| 4942 | Do not set this variable. It is for internal use only. |
| 4943 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4944 | :term:`OE_INIT_ENV_SCRIPT` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4945 | The name of the build environment setup script for the purposes of |
| 4946 | setting up the environment within the extensible SDK. The default |
| 4947 | value is "oe-init-build-env". |
| 4948 | |
| 4949 | If you use a custom script to set up your build environment, set the |
| 4950 | ``OE_INIT_ENV_SCRIPT`` variable to its name. |
| 4951 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4952 | :term:`OE_TERMINAL` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4953 | Controls how the OpenEmbedded build system spawns interactive |
| 4954 | terminals on the host development system (e.g. using the BitBake |
| 4955 | command with the ``-c devshell`` command-line option). For more |
| 4956 | information, see the ":ref:`platdev-appdev-devshell`" section in |
| 4957 | the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 4958 | |
| 4959 | You can use the following values for the ``OE_TERMINAL`` variable: |
| 4960 | |
| 4961 | - auto |
| 4962 | - gnome |
| 4963 | - xfce |
| 4964 | - rxvt |
| 4965 | - screen |
| 4966 | - konsole |
| 4967 | - none |
| 4968 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4969 | :term:`OEROOT` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4970 | The directory from which the top-level build environment setup script |
| 4971 | is sourced. The Yocto Project provides a top-level build environment |
| 4972 | setup script: ````` <#structure-core-script>`__. When you run this |
| 4973 | script, the ``OEROOT`` variable resolves to the directory that |
| 4974 | contains the script. |
| 4975 | |
| 4976 | For additional information on how this variable is used, see the |
| 4977 | initialization script. |
| 4978 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4979 | :term:`OLDEST_KERNEL` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4980 | Declares the oldest version of the Linux kernel that the produced |
| 4981 | binaries must support. This variable is passed into the build of the |
| 4982 | Embedded GNU C Library (``glibc``). |
| 4983 | |
| 4984 | The default for this variable comes from the |
| 4985 | ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file. You can override this |
| 4986 | default by setting the variable in a custom distribution |
| 4987 | configuration file. |
| 4988 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4989 | :term:`OVERRIDES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4990 | A colon-separated list of overrides that currently apply. Overrides |
| 4991 | are a BitBake mechanism that allows variables to be selectively |
| 4992 | overridden at the end of parsing. The set of overrides in |
| 4993 | ``OVERRIDES`` represents the "state" during building, which includes |
| 4994 | the current recipe being built, the machine for which it is being |
| 4995 | built, and so forth. |
| 4996 | |
| 4997 | As an example, if the string "an-override" appears as an element in |
| 4998 | the colon-separated list in ``OVERRIDES``, then the following |
| 4999 | assignment will override ``FOO`` with the value "overridden" at the |
| 5000 | end of parsing: |
| 5001 | :: |
| 5002 | |
| 5003 | FOO_an-override = "overridden" |
| 5004 | |
| 5005 | See the |
| 5006 | ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:conditional syntax (overrides)`" |
| 5007 | section in the BitBake User Manual for more information on the |
| 5008 | overrides mechanism. |
| 5009 | |
| 5010 | The default value of ``OVERRIDES`` includes the values of the |
| 5011 | :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE`, |
| 5012 | :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`, and |
| 5013 | :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` variables. Another |
| 5014 | important override included by default is ``pn-${PN}``. This override |
| 5015 | allows variables to be set for a single recipe within configuration |
| 5016 | (``.conf``) files. Here is an example: |
| 5017 | :: |
| 5018 | |
| 5019 | FOO_pn-myrecipe = "myrecipe-specific value" |
| 5020 | |
| 5021 | .. note:: |
| 5022 | |
| 5023 | An easy way to see what overrides apply is to search for |
| 5024 | OVERRIDES |
| 5025 | in the output of the |
| 5026 | bitbake -e |
| 5027 | command. See the " |
| 5028 | Viewing Variable Values |
| 5029 | " section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more |
| 5030 | information. |
| 5031 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5032 | :term:`P` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5033 | The recipe name and version. ``P`` is comprised of the following: |
| 5034 | :: |
| 5035 | |
| 5036 | ${PN}-${PV} |
| 5037 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5038 | :term:`PACKAGE_ADD_METADATA` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5039 | This variable defines additional metdata to add to packages. |
| 5040 | |
| 5041 | You may find you need to inject additional metadata into packages. |
| 5042 | This variable allows you to do that by setting the injected data as |
| 5043 | the value. Multiple fields can be added by splitting the content with |
| 5044 | the literal separator "\n". |
| 5045 | |
| 5046 | The suffixes '_IPK', '_DEB', or '_RPM' can be applied to the variable |
| 5047 | to do package type specific settings. It can also be made package |
| 5048 | specific by using the package name as a suffix. |
| 5049 | |
| 5050 | You can find out more about applying this variable in the |
| 5051 | ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:adding custom metadata to packages`" |
| 5052 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 5053 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5054 | :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5055 | The architecture of the resulting package or packages. |
| 5056 | |
| 5057 | By default, the value of this variable is set to |
| 5058 | :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` when building for the |
| 5059 | target, :term:`BUILD_ARCH` when building for the |
| 5060 | build host, and "${SDK_ARCH}-${SDKPKGSUFFIX}" when building for the |
| 5061 | SDK. |
| 5062 | |
| 5063 | .. note:: |
| 5064 | |
| 5065 | See |
| 5066 | SDK_ARCH |
| 5067 | for more information. |
| 5068 | |
| 5069 | However, if your recipe's output packages are built specific to the |
| 5070 | target machine rather than generally for the architecture of the |
| 5071 | machine, you should set ``PACKAGE_ARCH`` to the value of |
| 5072 | :term:`MACHINE_ARCH` in the recipe as follows: |
| 5073 | :: |
| 5074 | |
| 5075 | PACKAGE_ARCH = "${MACHINE_ARCH}" |
| 5076 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5077 | :term:`PACKAGE_ARCHS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5078 | Specifies a list of architectures compatible with the target machine. |
| 5079 | This variable is set automatically and should not normally be |
| 5080 | hand-edited. Entries are separated using spaces and listed in order |
| 5081 | of priority. The default value for ``PACKAGE_ARCHS`` is "all any |
| 5082 | noarch ${PACKAGE_EXTRA_ARCHS} ${MACHINE_ARCH}". |
| 5083 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5084 | :term:`PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5085 | Enables easily adding packages to ``PACKAGES`` before ``${PN}`` so |
| 5086 | that those added packages can pick up files that would normally be |
| 5087 | included in the default package. |
| 5088 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5089 | :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5090 | This variable, which is set in the ``local.conf`` configuration file |
| 5091 | found in the ``conf`` folder of the |
| 5092 | :term:`Build Directory`, specifies the package manager the |
| 5093 | OpenEmbedded build system uses when packaging data. |
| 5094 | |
| 5095 | You can provide one or more of the following arguments for the |
| 5096 | variable: PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_rpm package_deb package_ipk |
| 5097 | package_tar" |
| 5098 | |
| 5099 | .. note:: |
| 5100 | |
| 5101 | While it is a legal option, the |
| 5102 | package_tar |
| 5103 | class has limited functionality due to no support for package |
| 5104 | dependencies by that backend. Therefore, it is recommended that |
| 5105 | you do not use it. |
| 5106 | |
| 5107 | The build system uses only the first argument in the list as the |
| 5108 | package manager when creating your image or SDK. However, packages |
| 5109 | will be created using any additional packaging classes you specify. |
| 5110 | For example, if you use the following in your ``local.conf`` file: |
| 5111 | :: |
| 5112 | |
| 5113 | PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_ipk" |
| 5114 | |
| 5115 | The OpenEmbedded build system uses |
| 5116 | the IPK package manager to create your image or SDK. |
| 5117 | |
| 5118 | For information on packaging and build performance effects as a |
| 5119 | result of the package manager in use, see the |
| 5120 | ":ref:`package.bbclass <ref-classes-package>`" section. |
| 5121 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5122 | :term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5123 | Determines how to split up the binary and debug information when |
| 5124 | creating ``*-dbg`` packages to be used with the GNU Project Debugger |
| 5125 | (GDB). |
| 5126 | |
| 5127 | With the ``PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE`` variable, you can control |
| 5128 | where debug information, which can include or exclude source files, |
| 5129 | is stored: |
| 5130 | |
| 5131 | - ".debug": Debug symbol files are placed next to the binary in a |
| 5132 | ``.debug`` directory on the target. For example, if a binary is |
| 5133 | installed into ``/bin``, the corresponding debug symbol files are |
| 5134 | installed in ``/bin/.debug``. Source files are placed in |
| 5135 | ``/usr/src/debug``. |
| 5136 | |
| 5137 | - "debug-file-directory": Debug symbol files are placed under |
| 5138 | ``/usr/lib/debug`` on the target, and separated by the path from |
| 5139 | where the binary is installed. For example, if a binary is |
| 5140 | installed in ``/bin``, the corresponding debug symbols are |
| 5141 | installed in ``/usr/lib/debug/bin``. Source files are placed in |
| 5142 | ``/usr/src/debug``. |
| 5143 | |
| 5144 | - "debug-without-src": The same behavior as ".debug" previously |
| 5145 | described with the exception that no source files are installed. |
| 5146 | |
| 5147 | - "debug-with-srcpkg": The same behavior as ".debug" previously |
| 5148 | described with the exception that all source files are placed in a |
| 5149 | separate ``*-src`` pkg. This is the default behavior. |
| 5150 | |
| 5151 | You can find out more about debugging using GDB by reading the |
| 5152 | ":ref:`platdev-gdb-remotedebug`" section |
| 5153 | in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 5154 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5155 | :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_COMPLEMENTARY` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5156 | Prevents specific packages from being installed when you are |
| 5157 | installing complementary packages. |
| 5158 | |
| 5159 | You might find that you want to prevent installing certain packages |
| 5160 | when you are installing complementary packages. For example, if you |
| 5161 | are using :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` to install |
| 5162 | ``dev-pkgs``, you might not want to install all packages from a |
| 5163 | particular multilib. If you find yourself in this situation, you can |
| 5164 | use the ``PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_COMPLEMENTARY`` variable to specify regular |
| 5165 | expressions to match the packages you want to exclude. |
| 5166 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5167 | :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5168 | Lists packages that should not be installed into an image. For |
| 5169 | example: |
| 5170 | :: |
| 5171 | |
| 5172 | PACKAGE_EXCLUDE = "package_name package_name package_name ..." |
| 5173 | |
| 5174 | You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you |
| 5175 | can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name |
| 5176 | override: |
| 5177 | :: |
| 5178 | |
| 5179 | PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_pn-target_image = "package_name" |
| 5180 | |
| 5181 | If you choose to not install a package using this variable and some |
| 5182 | other package is dependent on it (i.e. listed in a recipe's |
| 5183 | :term:`RDEPENDS` variable), the OpenEmbedded build |
| 5184 | system generates a fatal installation error. Because the build system |
| 5185 | halts the process with a fatal error, you can use the variable with |
| 5186 | an iterative development process to remove specific components from a |
| 5187 | system. |
| 5188 | |
| 5189 | Support for this variable exists only when using the IPK and RPM |
| 5190 | packaging backend. Support does not exist for DEB. |
| 5191 | |
| 5192 | See the :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` and the |
| 5193 | :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` variables for |
| 5194 | related information. |
| 5195 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5196 | :term:`PACKAGE_EXTRA_ARCHS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5197 | Specifies the list of architectures compatible with the device CPU. |
| 5198 | This variable is useful when you build for several different devices |
| 5199 | that use miscellaneous processors such as XScale and ARM926-EJS. |
| 5200 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5201 | :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5202 | Optionally specifies the package architectures used as part of the |
| 5203 | package feed URIs during the build. When used, the |
| 5204 | ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variable is appended to the final package feed |
| 5205 | URI, which is constructed using the |
| 5206 | :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS` and |
| 5207 | :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS` |
| 5208 | variables. |
| 5209 | |
| 5210 | .. note:: |
| 5211 | |
| 5212 | You can use the |
| 5213 | PACKAGE_FEEDS_ARCHS |
| 5214 | variable to whitelist specific package architectures. If you do |
| 5215 | not need to whitelist specific architectures, which is a common |
| 5216 | case, you can omit this variable. Omitting the variable results in |
| 5217 | all available architectures for the current machine being included |
| 5218 | into remote package feeds. |
| 5219 | |
| 5220 | Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``, |
| 5221 | ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are |
| 5222 | defined in your ``local.conf`` file: |
| 5223 | :: |
| 5224 | |
| 5225 | PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \ |
| 5226 | https://example.com/packagerepos/updates" |
| 5227 | PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev" |
| 5228 | PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64" |
| 5229 | |
| 5230 | Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows: |
| 5231 | :: |
| 5232 | |
| 5233 | https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all |
| 5234 | https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64 |
| 5235 | https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all |
| 5236 | https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64 |
| 5237 | https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all |
| 5238 | https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64 |
| 5239 | https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all |
| 5240 | https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64 |
| 5241 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5242 | :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5243 | Specifies the base path used when constructing package feed URIs. The |
| 5244 | ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`` variable makes up the middle portion of a |
| 5245 | package feed URI used by the OpenEmbedded build system. The base path |
| 5246 | lies between the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS` |
| 5247 | and :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables. |
| 5248 | |
| 5249 | Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``, |
| 5250 | ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are |
| 5251 | defined in your ``local.conf`` file: |
| 5252 | :: |
| 5253 | |
| 5254 | PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \ |
| 5255 | https://example.com/packagerepos/updates" |
| 5256 | PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev" |
| 5257 | PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64" |
| 5258 | |
| 5259 | Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows: |
| 5260 | :: |
| 5261 | |
| 5262 | https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all |
| 5263 | https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64 |
| 5264 | https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all |
| 5265 | https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64 |
| 5266 | https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all |
| 5267 | https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64 |
| 5268 | https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all |
| 5269 | https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64 |
| 5270 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5271 | :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5272 | Specifies the front portion of the package feed URI used by the |
| 5273 | OpenEmbedded build system. Each final package feed URI is comprised |
| 5274 | of ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``, |
| 5275 | :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`, and |
| 5276 | :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables. |
| 5277 | |
| 5278 | Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``, |
| 5279 | ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are |
| 5280 | defined in your ``local.conf`` file: |
| 5281 | :: |
| 5282 | |
| 5283 | PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \ |
| 5284 | https://example.com/packagerepos/updates" |
| 5285 | PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev" |
| 5286 | PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64" |
| 5287 | |
| 5288 | Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows: |
| 5289 | :: |
| 5290 | |
| 5291 | https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all |
| 5292 | https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64 |
| 5293 | https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all |
| 5294 | https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64 |
| 5295 | https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all |
| 5296 | https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64 |
| 5297 | https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all |
| 5298 | https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64 |
| 5299 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5300 | :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5301 | The final list of packages passed to the package manager for |
| 5302 | installation into the image. |
| 5303 | |
| 5304 | Because the package manager controls actual installation of all |
| 5305 | packages, the list of packages passed using ``PACKAGE_INSTALL`` is |
| 5306 | not the final list of packages that are actually installed. This |
| 5307 | variable is internal to the image construction code. Consequently, in |
| 5308 | general, you should use the |
| 5309 | :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable to specify |
| 5310 | packages for installation. The exception to this is when working with |
| 5311 | the |
| 5312 | ```core-image-minimal-initramfs`` <#images-core-image-minimal-initramfs>`__ |
| 5313 | image. When working with an initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) image, |
| 5314 | use the ``PACKAGE_INSTALL`` variable. For information on creating an |
| 5315 | initramfs, see the ":ref:`building-an-initramfs-image`" section |
| 5316 | in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 5317 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5318 | :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL_ATTEMPTONLY` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5319 | Specifies a list of packages the OpenEmbedded build system attempts |
| 5320 | to install when creating an image. If a listed package fails to |
| 5321 | install, the build system does not generate an error. This variable |
| 5322 | is generally not user-defined. |
| 5323 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5324 | :term:`PACKAGE_PREPROCESS_FUNCS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5325 | Specifies a list of functions run to pre-process the |
| 5326 | :term:`PKGD` directory prior to splitting the files out |
| 5327 | to individual packages. |
| 5328 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5329 | :term:`PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5330 | Specifies a list of dependencies for post-installation and |
| 5331 | pre-installation scripts on native/cross tools. If your |
| 5332 | post-installation or pre-installation script can execute at rootfs |
| 5333 | creation time rather than on the target but depends on a native tool |
| 5334 | in order to execute, you need to list the tools in |
| 5335 | ``PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS``. |
| 5336 | |
| 5337 | For information on running post-installation scripts, see the |
| 5338 | ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:post-installation scripts`" |
| 5339 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 5340 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5341 | :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5342 | This variable provides a means of enabling or disabling features of a |
| 5343 | recipe on a per-recipe basis. ``PACKAGECONFIG`` blocks are defined in |
| 5344 | recipes when you specify features and then arguments that define |
| 5345 | feature behaviors. Here is the basic block structure (broken over |
| 5346 | multiple lines for readability): |
| 5347 | :: |
| 5348 | |
| 5349 | PACKAGECONFIG ??= "f1 f2 f3 ..." |
| 5350 | PACKAGECONFIG[f1] = "\ |
| 5351 | --with-f1, \ |
| 5352 | --without-f1, \ |
| 5353 | build-deps-for-f1, \ |
| 5354 | runtime-deps-for-f1, \ |
| 5355 | runtime-recommends-for-f1, \ |
| 5356 | packageconfig-conflicts-for-f1" |
| 5357 | PACKAGECONFIG[f2] = "\ |
| 5358 | ... and so on and so on ... |
| 5359 | |
| 5360 | The ``PACKAGECONFIG`` variable itself specifies a space-separated |
| 5361 | list of the features to enable. Following the features, you can |
| 5362 | determine the behavior of each feature by providing up to six |
| 5363 | order-dependent arguments, which are separated by commas. You can |
| 5364 | omit any argument you like but must retain the separating commas. The |
| 5365 | order is important and specifies the following: |
| 5366 | |
| 5367 | 1. Extra arguments that should be added to the configure script |
| 5368 | argument list (:term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or |
| 5369 | :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`) if |
| 5370 | the feature is enabled. |
| 5371 | |
| 5372 | 2. Extra arguments that should be added to ``EXTRA_OECONF`` or |
| 5373 | ``PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`` if the feature is disabled. |
| 5374 | |
| 5375 | 3. Additional build dependencies (:term:`DEPENDS`) |
| 5376 | that should be added if the feature is enabled. |
| 5377 | |
| 5378 | 4. Additional runtime dependencies (:term:`RDEPENDS`) |
| 5379 | that should be added if the feature is enabled. |
| 5380 | |
| 5381 | 5. Additional runtime recommendations |
| 5382 | (:term:`RRECOMMENDS`) that should be added if |
| 5383 | the feature is enabled. |
| 5384 | |
| 5385 | 6. Any conflicting (that is, mutually exclusive) ``PACKAGECONFIG`` |
| 5386 | settings for this feature. |
| 5387 | |
| 5388 | Consider the following ``PACKAGECONFIG`` block taken from the |
| 5389 | ``librsvg`` recipe. In this example the feature is ``gtk``, which has |
| 5390 | three arguments that determine the feature's behavior. |
| 5391 | :: |
| 5392 | |
| 5393 | PACKAGECONFIG[gtk] = "--with-gtk3,--without-gtk3,gtk+3" |
| 5394 | |
| 5395 | The |
| 5396 | ``--with-gtk3`` and ``gtk+3`` arguments apply only if the feature is |
| 5397 | enabled. In this case, ``--with-gtk3`` is added to the configure |
| 5398 | script argument list and ``gtk+3`` is added to ``DEPENDS``. On the |
| 5399 | other hand, if the feature is disabled say through a ``.bbappend`` |
| 5400 | file in another layer, then the second argument ``--without-gtk3`` is |
| 5401 | added to the configure script instead. |
| 5402 | |
| 5403 | The basic ``PACKAGECONFIG`` structure previously described holds true |
| 5404 | regardless of whether you are creating a block or changing a block. |
| 5405 | When creating a block, use the structure inside your recipe. |
| 5406 | |
| 5407 | If you want to change an existing ``PACKAGECONFIG`` block, you can do |
| 5408 | so one of two ways: |
| 5409 | |
| 5410 | - *Append file:* Create an append file named |
| 5411 | recipename\ ``.bbappend`` in your layer and override the value of |
| 5412 | ``PACKAGECONFIG``. You can either completely override the |
| 5413 | variable: |
| 5414 | :: |
| 5415 | |
| 5416 | PACKAGECONFIG = "f4 f5" |
| 5417 | |
| 5418 | Or, you can just append the variable: |
| 5419 | :: |
| 5420 | |
| 5421 | PACKAGECONFIG_append = " f4" |
| 5422 | |
| 5423 | - *Configuration file:* This method is identical to changing the |
| 5424 | block through an append file except you edit your ``local.conf`` |
| 5425 | or ``mydistro.conf`` file. As with append files previously |
| 5426 | described, you can either completely override the variable: |
| 5427 | PACKAGECONFIG_pn-recipename = "f4 f5" Or, you can just amend the |
| 5428 | variable: |
| 5429 | :: |
| 5430 | |
| 5431 | PACKAGECONFIG_append_pn-recipename = " f4" |
| 5432 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5433 | :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5434 | A space-separated list of configuration options generated from the |
| 5435 | :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` setting. |
| 5436 | |
| 5437 | Classes such as :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` and |
| 5438 | :ref:`cmake <ref-classes-cmake>` use ``PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`` to |
| 5439 | pass ``PACKAGECONFIG`` options to ``configure`` and ``cmake``, |
| 5440 | respectively. If you are using ``PACKAGECONFIG`` but not a class that |
| 5441 | handles the ``do_configure`` task, then you need to use |
| 5442 | ``PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`` appropriately. |
| 5443 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5444 | :term:`PACKAGEGROUP_DISABLE_COMPLEMENTARY` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5445 | For recipes inheriting the |
| 5446 | :ref:`packagegroup <ref-classes-packagegroup>` class, setting |
| 5447 | ``PACKAGEGROUP_DISABLE_COMPLEMENTARY`` to "1" specifies that the |
| 5448 | normal complementary packages (i.e. ``-dev``, ``-dbg``, and so forth) |
| 5449 | should not be automatically created by the ``packagegroup`` recipe, |
| 5450 | which is the default behavior. |
| 5451 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5452 | :term:`PACKAGES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5453 | The list of packages the recipe creates. The default value is the |
| 5454 | following: |
| 5455 | :: |
| 5456 | |
| 5457 | ${PN}-dbg ${PN}-staticdev ${PN}-dev ${PN}-doc ${PN}-locale ${PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN} ${PN} |
| 5458 | |
| 5459 | During packaging, the :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task |
| 5460 | goes through ``PACKAGES`` and uses the :term:`FILES` |
| 5461 | variable corresponding to each package to assign files to the |
| 5462 | package. If a file matches the ``FILES`` variable for more than one |
| 5463 | package in ``PACKAGES``, it will be assigned to the earliest |
| 5464 | (leftmost) package. |
| 5465 | |
| 5466 | Packages in the variable's list that are empty (i.e. where none of |
| 5467 | the patterns in ``FILES_``\ pkg match any files installed by the |
| 5468 | :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task) are not generated, |
| 5469 | unless generation is forced through the |
| 5470 | :term:`ALLOW_EMPTY` variable. |
| 5471 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5472 | :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5473 | A promise that your recipe satisfies runtime dependencies for |
| 5474 | optional modules that are found in other recipes. |
| 5475 | ``PACKAGES_DYNAMIC`` does not actually satisfy the dependencies, it |
| 5476 | only states that they should be satisfied. For example, if a hard, |
| 5477 | runtime dependency (:term:`RDEPENDS`) of another |
| 5478 | package is satisfied at build time through the ``PACKAGES_DYNAMIC`` |
| 5479 | variable, but a package with the module name is never actually |
| 5480 | produced, then the other package will be broken. Thus, if you attempt |
| 5481 | to include that package in an image, you will get a dependency |
| 5482 | failure from the packaging system during the |
| 5483 | :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task. |
| 5484 | |
| 5485 | Typically, if there is a chance that such a situation can occur and |
| 5486 | the package that is not created is valid without the dependency being |
| 5487 | satisfied, then you should use :term:`RRECOMMENDS` |
| 5488 | (a soft runtime dependency) instead of ``RDEPENDS``. |
| 5489 | |
| 5490 | For an example of how to use the ``PACKAGES_DYNAMIC`` variable when |
| 5491 | you are splitting packages, see the |
| 5492 | ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:handling optional module packaging`" |
| 5493 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 5494 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5495 | :term:`PACKAGESPLITFUNCS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5496 | Specifies a list of functions run to perform additional splitting of |
| 5497 | files into individual packages. Recipes can either prepend to this |
| 5498 | variable or prepend to the ``populate_packages`` function in order to |
| 5499 | perform additional package splitting. In either case, the function |
| 5500 | should set :term:`PACKAGES`, |
| 5501 | :term:`FILES`, :term:`RDEPENDS` and |
| 5502 | other packaging variables appropriately in order to perform the |
| 5503 | desired splitting. |
| 5504 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5505 | :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5506 | Extra options passed to the ``make`` command during the |
| 5507 | :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task in order to specify |
| 5508 | parallel compilation on the local build host. This variable is |
| 5509 | usually in the form "-j x", where x represents the maximum number of |
| 5510 | parallel threads ``make`` can run. |
| 5511 | |
| 5512 | .. note:: |
| 5513 | |
| 5514 | In order for |
| 5515 | PARALLEL_MAKE |
| 5516 | to be effective, |
| 5517 | make |
| 5518 | must be called with |
| 5519 | ${ |
| 5520 | EXTRA_OEMAKE |
| 5521 | } |
| 5522 | . An easy way to ensure this is to use the |
| 5523 | oe_runmake |
| 5524 | function. |
| 5525 | |
| 5526 | By default, the OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this |
| 5527 | variable to be equal to the number of cores the build system uses. |
| 5528 | |
| 5529 | .. note:: |
| 5530 | |
| 5531 | If the software being built experiences dependency issues during |
| 5532 | the |
| 5533 | do_compile |
| 5534 | task that result in race conditions, you can clear the |
| 5535 | PARALLEL_MAKE |
| 5536 | variable within the recipe as a workaround. For information on |
| 5537 | addressing race conditions, see the " |
| 5538 | Debugging Parallel Make Races |
| 5539 | " section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 5540 | |
| 5541 | For single socket systems (i.e. one CPU), you should not have to |
| 5542 | override this variable to gain optimal parallelism during builds. |
| 5543 | However, if you have very large systems that employ multiple physical |
| 5544 | CPUs, you might want to make sure the ``PARALLEL_MAKE`` variable is |
| 5545 | not set higher than "-j 20". |
| 5546 | |
| 5547 | For more information on speeding up builds, see the |
| 5548 | ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:speeding up a build`" |
| 5549 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 5550 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5551 | :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5552 | Extra options passed to the ``make install`` command during the |
| 5553 | :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task in order to specify |
| 5554 | parallel installation. This variable defaults to the value of |
| 5555 | :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`. |
| 5556 | |
| 5557 | .. note:: |
| 5558 | |
| 5559 | In order for ``PARALLEL_MAKEINST`` to be effective, ``make`` must |
| 5560 | be called with |
| 5561 | ``${``\ :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE`\ ``}``. An easy |
| 5562 | way to ensure this is to use the ``oe_runmake`` function. |
| 5563 | |
| 5564 | If the software being built experiences dependency issues during |
| 5565 | the ``do_install`` task that result in race conditions, you can |
| 5566 | clear the ``PARALLEL_MAKEINST`` variable within the recipe as a |
| 5567 | workaround. For information on addressing race conditions, see the |
| 5568 | ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:debugging parallel make races`" |
| 5569 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 5570 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5571 | :term:`PATCHRESOLVE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5572 | Determines the action to take when a patch fails. You can set this |
| 5573 | variable to one of two values: "noop" and "user". |
| 5574 | |
| 5575 | The default value of "noop" causes the build to simply fail when the |
| 5576 | OpenEmbedded build system cannot successfully apply a patch. Setting |
| 5577 | the value to "user" causes the build system to launch a shell and |
| 5578 | places you in the right location so that you can manually resolve the |
| 5579 | conflicts. |
| 5580 | |
| 5581 | Set this variable in your ``local.conf`` file. |
| 5582 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5583 | :term:`PATCHTOOL` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5584 | Specifies the utility used to apply patches for a recipe during the |
| 5585 | :ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task. You can specify one of |
| 5586 | three utilities: "patch", "quilt", or "git". The default utility used |
| 5587 | is "quilt" except for the quilt-native recipe itself. Because the |
| 5588 | quilt tool is not available at the time quilt-native is being |
| 5589 | patched, it uses "patch". |
| 5590 | |
| 5591 | If you wish to use an alternative patching tool, set the variable in |
| 5592 | the recipe using one of the following: |
| 5593 | :: |
| 5594 | |
| 5595 | PATCHTOOL = "patch" |
| 5596 | PATCHTOOL = "quilt" |
| 5597 | PATCHTOOL = "git" |
| 5598 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5599 | :term:`PE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5600 | The epoch of the recipe. By default, this variable is unset. The |
| 5601 | variable is used to make upgrades possible when the versioning scheme |
| 5602 | changes in some backwards incompatible way. |
| 5603 | |
| 5604 | ``PE`` is the default value of the :term:`PKGE` variable. |
| 5605 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5606 | :term:`PF` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5607 | Specifies the recipe or package name and includes all version and |
| 5608 | revision numbers (i.e. ``glibc-2.13-r20+svnr15508/`` and |
| 5609 | ``bash-4.2-r1/``). This variable is comprised of the following: |
| 5610 | ${:term:`PN`}-${:term:`EXTENDPE`}${:term:`PV`}-${:term:`PR`} |
| 5611 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5612 | :term:`PIXBUF_PACKAGES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5613 | When inheriting the :ref:`pixbufcache <ref-classes-pixbufcache>` |
| 5614 | class, this variable identifies packages that contain the pixbuf |
| 5615 | loaders used with ``gdk-pixbuf``. By default, the ``pixbufcache`` |
| 5616 | class assumes that the loaders are in the recipe's main package (i.e. |
| 5617 | ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). Use this variable if the |
| 5618 | loaders you need are in a package other than that main package. |
| 5619 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5620 | :term:`PKG` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5621 | The name of the resulting package created by the OpenEmbedded build |
| 5622 | system. |
| 5623 | |
| 5624 | .. note:: |
| 5625 | |
| 5626 | When using the |
| 5627 | PKG |
| 5628 | variable, you must use a package name override. |
| 5629 | |
| 5630 | For example, when the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class |
| 5631 | renames the output package, it does so by setting |
| 5632 | ``PKG_packagename``. |
| 5633 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5634 | :term:`PKG_CONFIG_PATH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5635 | The path to ``pkg-config`` files for the current build context. |
| 5636 | ``pkg-config`` reads this variable from the environment. |
| 5637 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5638 | :term:`PKGD` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5639 | Points to the destination directory for files to be packaged before |
| 5640 | they are split into individual packages. This directory defaults to |
| 5641 | the following: |
| 5642 | :: |
| 5643 | |
| 5644 | ${WORKDIR}/package |
| 5645 | |
| 5646 | Do not change this default. |
| 5647 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5648 | :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5649 | Points to a shared, global-state directory that holds data generated |
| 5650 | during the packaging process. During the packaging process, the |
| 5651 | :ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata` task packages data |
| 5652 | for each recipe and installs it into this temporary, shared area. |
| 5653 | This directory defaults to the following, which you should not |
| 5654 | change: |
| 5655 | :: |
| 5656 | |
| 5657 | ${STAGING_DIR_HOST}/pkgdata |
| 5658 | |
| 5659 | For examples of how this data is used, see the |
| 5660 | ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`" |
| 5661 | section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual and the |
| 5662 | ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:viewing package information with \`\`oe-pkgdata-util\`\``" |
| 5663 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For more |
| 5664 | information on the shared, global-state directory, see |
| 5665 | :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`. |
| 5666 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5667 | :term:`PKGDEST` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5668 | Points to the parent directory for files to be packaged after they |
| 5669 | have been split into individual packages. This directory defaults to |
| 5670 | the following: |
| 5671 | :: |
| 5672 | |
| 5673 | ${WORKDIR}/packages-split |
| 5674 | |
| 5675 | Under this directory, the build system creates directories for each |
| 5676 | package specified in :term:`PACKAGES`. Do not change |
| 5677 | this default. |
| 5678 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5679 | :term:`PKGDESTWORK` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5680 | Points to a temporary work area where the |
| 5681 | :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task saves package metadata. |
| 5682 | The ``PKGDESTWORK`` location defaults to the following: |
| 5683 | :: |
| 5684 | |
| 5685 | ${WORKDIR}/pkgdata |
| 5686 | |
| 5687 | Do not change this default. |
| 5688 | |
| 5689 | The :ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata` task copies the |
| 5690 | package metadata from ``PKGDESTWORK`` to |
| 5691 | :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` to make it available globally. |
| 5692 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5693 | :term:`PKGE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5694 | The epoch of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default, ``PKGE`` |
| 5695 | is set to :term:`PE`. |
| 5696 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5697 | :term:`PKGR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5698 | The revision of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default, |
| 5699 | ``PKGR`` is set to :term:`PR`. |
| 5700 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5701 | :term:`PKGV` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5702 | The version of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default, |
| 5703 | ``PKGV`` is set to :term:`PV`. |
| 5704 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5705 | :term:`PN` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5706 | This variable can have two separate functions depending on the |
| 5707 | context: a recipe name or a resulting package name. |
| 5708 | |
| 5709 | ``PN`` refers to a recipe name in the context of a file used by the |
| 5710 | OpenEmbedded build system as input to create a package. The name is |
| 5711 | normally extracted from the recipe file name. For example, if the |
| 5712 | recipe is named ``expat_2.0.1.bb``, then the default value of ``PN`` |
| 5713 | will be "expat". |
| 5714 | |
| 5715 | The variable refers to a package name in the context of a file |
| 5716 | created or produced by the OpenEmbedded build system. |
| 5717 | |
| 5718 | If applicable, the ``PN`` variable also contains any special suffix |
| 5719 | or prefix. For example, using ``bash`` to build packages for the |
| 5720 | native machine, ``PN`` is ``bash-native``. Using ``bash`` to build |
| 5721 | packages for the target and for Multilib, ``PN`` would be ``bash`` |
| 5722 | and ``lib64-bash``, respectively. |
| 5723 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5724 | :term:`PNBLACKLIST` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5725 | Lists recipes you do not want the OpenEmbedded build system to build. |
| 5726 | This variable works in conjunction with the |
| 5727 | :ref:`blacklist <ref-classes-blacklist>` class, which is inherited |
| 5728 | globally. |
| 5729 | |
| 5730 | To prevent a recipe from being built, use the ``PNBLACKLIST`` |
| 5731 | variable in your ``local.conf`` file. Here is an example that |
| 5732 | prevents ``myrecipe`` from being built: |
| 5733 | :: |
| 5734 | |
| 5735 | PNBLACKLIST[myrecipe] = "Not supported by our organization." |
| 5736 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5737 | :term:`POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5738 | Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build |
| 5739 | system has created the host part of the SDK. You can specify |
| 5740 | functions separated by semicolons: |
| 5741 | :: |
| 5742 | |
| 5743 | POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND += "function; ... " |
| 5744 | |
| 5745 | If you need to pass the SDK path to a command within a function, you |
| 5746 | can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by |
| 5747 | the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the |
| 5748 | :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information. |
| 5749 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5750 | :term:`POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5751 | Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build |
| 5752 | system has created the target part of the SDK. You can specify |
| 5753 | functions separated by semicolons: |
| 5754 | :: |
| 5755 | |
| 5756 | POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND += "function; ... " |
| 5757 | |
| 5758 | If you need to pass the SDK path to a command within a function, you |
| 5759 | can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by |
| 5760 | the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the |
| 5761 | :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information. |
| 5762 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5763 | :term:`PR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5764 | The revision of the recipe. The default value for this variable is |
| 5765 | "r0". Subsequent revisions of the recipe conventionally have the |
| 5766 | values "r1", "r2", and so forth. When :term:`PV` increases, |
| 5767 | ``PR`` is conventionally reset to "r0". |
| 5768 | |
| 5769 | .. note:: |
| 5770 | |
| 5771 | The OpenEmbedded build system does not need the aid of |
| 5772 | PR |
| 5773 | to know when to rebuild a recipe. The build system uses the task |
| 5774 | input checksums |
| 5775 | along with the |
| 5776 | stamp |
| 5777 | and |
| 5778 | shared state cache |
| 5779 | mechanisms. |
| 5780 | |
| 5781 | The ``PR`` variable primarily becomes significant when a package |
| 5782 | manager dynamically installs packages on an already built image. In |
| 5783 | this case, ``PR``, which is the default value of |
| 5784 | :term:`PKGR`, helps the package manager distinguish which |
| 5785 | package is the most recent one in cases where many packages have the |
| 5786 | same ``PV`` (i.e. ``PKGV``). A component having many packages with |
| 5787 | the same ``PV`` usually means that the packages all install the same |
| 5788 | upstream version, but with later (``PR``) version packages including |
| 5789 | packaging fixes. |
| 5790 | |
| 5791 | .. note:: |
| 5792 | |
| 5793 | PR |
| 5794 | does not need to be increased for changes that do not change the |
| 5795 | package contents or metadata. |
| 5796 | |
| 5797 | Because manually managing ``PR`` can be cumbersome and error-prone, |
| 5798 | an automated solution exists. See the |
| 5799 | ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:working with a pr service`" section |
| 5800 | in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more information. |
| 5801 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5802 | :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5803 | If multiple recipes provide the same item, this variable determines |
| 5804 | which recipe is preferred and thus provides the item (i.e. the |
| 5805 | preferred provider). You should always suffix this variable with the |
| 5806 | name of the provided item. And, you should define the variable using |
| 5807 | the preferred recipe's name (:term:`PN`). Here is a common |
| 5808 | example: |
| 5809 | :: |
| 5810 | |
| 5811 | PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/kernel ?= "linux-yocto" |
| 5812 | |
| 5813 | In the previous example, multiple recipes are providing "virtual/kernel". |
| 5814 | The ``PREFERRED_PROVIDER`` variable is set with the name (``PN``) of |
| 5815 | the recipe you prefer to provide "virtual/kernel". |
| 5816 | |
| 5817 | Following are more examples: |
| 5818 | :: |
| 5819 | |
| 5820 | PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/xserver = "xserver-xf86" |
| 5821 | PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/libgl ?= "mesa" |
| 5822 | |
| 5823 | For more |
| 5824 | information, see the ":ref:`metadata-virtual-providers`" |
| 5825 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 5826 | |
| 5827 | .. note:: |
| 5828 | |
| 5829 | If you use a |
| 5830 | virtual/\* |
| 5831 | item with |
| 5832 | PREFERRED_PROVIDER |
| 5833 | , then any recipe that |
| 5834 | PROVIDES |
| 5835 | that item but is not selected (defined) by |
| 5836 | PREFERRED_PROVIDER |
| 5837 | is prevented from building, which is usually desirable since this |
| 5838 | mechanism is designed to select between mutually exclusive |
| 5839 | alternative providers. |
| 5840 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5841 | :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5842 | If multiple versions of recipes exist, this variable determines which |
| 5843 | version is given preference. You must always suffix the variable with |
| 5844 | the :term:`PN` you want to select, and you should set the |
| 5845 | :term:`PV` accordingly for precedence. |
| 5846 | |
| 5847 | The ``PREFERRED_VERSION`` variable supports limited wildcard use |
| 5848 | through the "``%``" character. You can use the character to match any |
| 5849 | number of characters, which can be useful when specifying versions |
| 5850 | that contain long revision numbers that potentially change. Here are |
| 5851 | two examples: |
| 5852 | :: |
| 5853 | |
| 5854 | PREFERRED_VERSION_python = "3.4.0" |
| 5855 | PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto = "5.0%" |
| 5856 | |
| 5857 | .. note:: |
| 5858 | |
| 5859 | The use of the "%" character is limited in that it only works at the end of the |
| 5860 | string. You cannot use the wildcard character in any other |
| 5861 | location of the string. |
| 5862 | |
| 5863 | The specified version is matched against :term:`PV`, which |
| 5864 | does not necessarily match the version part of the recipe's filename. |
| 5865 | For example, consider two recipes ``foo_1.2.bb`` and ``foo_git.bb`` |
| 5866 | where ``foo_git.bb`` contains the following assignment: |
| 5867 | :: |
| 5868 | |
| 5869 | PV = "1.1+git${SRCPV}" |
| 5870 | |
| 5871 | In this case, the correct way to select |
| 5872 | ``foo_git.bb`` is by using an assignment such as the following: |
| 5873 | :: |
| 5874 | |
| 5875 | PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "1.1+git%" |
| 5876 | |
| 5877 | Compare that previous example |
| 5878 | against the following incorrect example, which does not work: |
| 5879 | :: |
| 5880 | |
| 5881 | PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "git" |
| 5882 | |
| 5883 | Sometimes the ``PREFERRED_VERSION`` variable can be set by |
| 5884 | configuration files in a way that is hard to change. You can use |
| 5885 | :term:`OVERRIDES` to set a machine-specific |
| 5886 | override. Here is an example: |
| 5887 | :: |
| 5888 | |
| 5889 | PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto_qemux86 = "5.0%" |
| 5890 | |
| 5891 | Although not recommended, worst case, you can also use the |
| 5892 | "forcevariable" override, which is the strongest override possible. |
| 5893 | Here is an example: |
| 5894 | :: |
| 5895 | |
| 5896 | PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto_forcevariable = "5.0%" |
| 5897 | |
| 5898 | .. note:: |
| 5899 | |
| 5900 | The \_forcevariable override is not handled specially. This override |
| 5901 | only works because the default value of OVERRIDES includes "forcevariable". |
| 5902 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5903 | :term:`PREMIRRORS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5904 | Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded build system |
| 5905 | gets source code. When the build system searches for source code, it |
| 5906 | first tries the local download directory. If that location fails, the |
| 5907 | build system tries locations defined by ``PREMIRRORS``, the upstream |
| 5908 | source, and then locations specified by |
| 5909 | :term:`MIRRORS` in that order. |
| 5910 | |
| 5911 | Assuming your distribution (:term:`DISTRO`) is "poky", |
| 5912 | the default value for ``PREMIRRORS`` is defined in the |
| 5913 | ``conf/distro/poky.conf`` file in the ``meta-poky`` Git repository. |
| 5914 | |
| 5915 | Typically, you could add a specific server for the build system to |
| 5916 | attempt before any others by adding something like the following to |
| 5917 | the ``local.conf`` configuration file in the |
| 5918 | :term:`Build Directory`: |
| 5919 | :: |
| 5920 | |
| 5921 | PREMIRRORS_prepend = "\ |
| 5922 | git://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \ |
| 5923 | ftp://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \ |
| 5924 | http://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \ |
| 5925 | https://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n" |
| 5926 | |
| 5927 | These changes cause the |
| 5928 | build system to intercept Git, FTP, HTTP, and HTTPS requests and |
| 5929 | direct them to the ``http://`` sources mirror. You can use |
| 5930 | ``file://`` URLs to point to local directories or network shares as |
| 5931 | well. |
| 5932 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5933 | :term:`PRIORITY` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5934 | Indicates the importance of a package. |
| 5935 | |
| 5936 | ``PRIORITY`` is considered to be part of the distribution policy |
| 5937 | because the importance of any given recipe depends on the purpose for |
| 5938 | which the distribution is being produced. Thus, ``PRIORITY`` is not |
| 5939 | normally set within recipes. |
| 5940 | |
| 5941 | You can set ``PRIORITY`` to "required", "standard", "extra", and |
| 5942 | "optional", which is the default. |
| 5943 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5944 | :term:`PRIVATE_LIBS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5945 | Specifies libraries installed within a recipe that should be ignored |
| 5946 | by the OpenEmbedded build system's shared library resolver. This |
| 5947 | variable is typically used when software being built by a recipe has |
| 5948 | its own private versions of a library normally provided by another |
| 5949 | recipe. In this case, you would not want the package containing the |
| 5950 | private libraries to be set as a dependency on other unrelated |
| 5951 | packages that should instead depend on the package providing the |
| 5952 | standard version of the library. |
| 5953 | |
| 5954 | Libraries specified in this variable should be specified by their |
| 5955 | file name. For example, from the Firefox recipe in meta-browser: |
| 5956 | :: |
| 5957 | |
| 5958 | PRIVATE_LIBS = "libmozjs.so \ |
| 5959 | libxpcom.so \ |
| 5960 | libnspr4.so \ |
| 5961 | libxul.so \ |
| 5962 | libmozalloc.so \ |
| 5963 | libplc4.so \ |
| 5964 | libplds4.so" |
| 5965 | |
| 5966 | For more information, see the |
| 5967 | ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`" |
| 5968 | section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. |
| 5969 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 5970 | :term:`PROVIDES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 5971 | A list of aliases by which a particular recipe can be known. By |
| 5972 | default, a recipe's own ``PN`` is implicitly already in its |
| 5973 | ``PROVIDES`` list and therefore does not need to mention that it |
| 5974 | provides itself. If a recipe uses ``PROVIDES``, the additional |
| 5975 | aliases are synonyms for the recipe and can be useful for satisfying |
| 5976 | dependencies of other recipes during the build as specified by |
| 5977 | ``DEPENDS``. |
| 5978 | |
| 5979 | Consider the following example ``PROVIDES`` statement from the recipe |
| 5980 | file ``eudev_3.2.9.bb``: |
| 5981 | :: |
| 5982 | |
| 5983 | PROVIDES = "udev" |
| 5984 | |
| 5985 | The ``PROVIDES`` statement |
| 5986 | results in the "eudev" recipe also being available as simply "udev". |
| 5987 | |
| 5988 | .. note:: |
| 5989 | |
| 5990 | Given that a recipe's own recipe name is already implicitly in its |
| 5991 | own |
| 5992 | PROVIDES |
| 5993 | list, it is unnecessary to add aliases with the "+=" operator; |
| 5994 | using a simple assignment will be sufficient. In other words, |
| 5995 | while you could write: |
| 5996 | :: |
| 5997 | |
| 5998 | PROVIDES += "udev" |
| 5999 | |
| 6000 | |
| 6001 | in the above, the "+=" is overkill and unnecessary. |
| 6002 | |
| 6003 | In addition to providing recipes under alternate names, the |
| 6004 | ``PROVIDES`` mechanism is also used to implement virtual targets. A |
| 6005 | virtual target is a name that corresponds to some particular |
| 6006 | functionality (e.g. a Linux kernel). Recipes that provide the |
| 6007 | functionality in question list the virtual target in ``PROVIDES``. |
| 6008 | Recipes that depend on the functionality in question can include the |
| 6009 | virtual target in ``DEPENDS`` to leave the choice of provider open. |
| 6010 | |
| 6011 | Conventionally, virtual targets have names on the form |
| 6012 | "virtual/function" (e.g. "virtual/kernel"). The slash is simply part |
| 6013 | of the name and has no syntactical significance. |
| 6014 | |
| 6015 | The :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` variable is |
| 6016 | used to select which particular recipe provides a virtual target. |
| 6017 | |
| 6018 | .. note:: |
| 6019 | |
| 6020 | A corresponding mechanism for virtual runtime dependencies |
| 6021 | (packages) exists. However, the mechanism does not depend on any |
| 6022 | special functionality beyond ordinary variable assignments. For |
| 6023 | example, ``VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager`` refers to the package of |
| 6024 | the component that manages the ``/dev`` directory. |
| 6025 | |
| 6026 | Setting the "preferred provider" for runtime dependencies is as |
| 6027 | simple as using the following assignment in a configuration file: |
| 6028 | :: |
| 6029 | |
| 6030 | VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager = "udev" |
| 6031 | |
| 6032 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6033 | :term:`PRSERV_HOST` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6034 | The network based :term:`PR` service host and port. |
| 6035 | |
| 6036 | The ``conf/local.conf.sample.extended`` configuration file in the |
| 6037 | :term:`Source Directory` shows how the |
| 6038 | ``PRSERV_HOST`` variable is set: |
| 6039 | :: |
| 6040 | |
| 6041 | PRSERV_HOST = "localhost:0" |
| 6042 | |
| 6043 | You must |
| 6044 | set the variable if you want to automatically start a local :ref:`PR |
| 6045 | service <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:working with a pr service>`. You can |
| 6046 | set ``PRSERV_HOST`` to other values to use a remote PR service. |
| 6047 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6048 | :term:`PTEST_ENABLED` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6049 | Specifies whether or not :ref:`Package |
| 6050 | Test <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:testing packages with ptest>` (ptest) |
| 6051 | functionality is enabled when building a recipe. You should not set |
| 6052 | this variable directly. Enabling and disabling building Package Tests |
| 6053 | at build time should be done by adding "ptest" to (or removing it |
| 6054 | from) :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`. |
| 6055 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6056 | :term:`PV` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6057 | The version of the recipe. The version is normally extracted from the |
| 6058 | recipe filename. For example, if the recipe is named |
| 6059 | ``expat_2.0.1.bb``, then the default value of ``PV`` will be "2.0.1". |
| 6060 | ``PV`` is generally not overridden within a recipe unless it is |
| 6061 | building an unstable (i.e. development) version from a source code |
| 6062 | repository (e.g. Git or Subversion). |
| 6063 | |
| 6064 | ``PV`` is the default value of the :term:`PKGV` variable. |
| 6065 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6066 | :term:`PYTHON_ABI` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6067 | When used by recipes that inherit the |
| 6068 | :ref:`distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>`, |
| 6069 | :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>`, |
| 6070 | :ref:`distutils <ref-classes-distutils>`, or |
| 6071 | :ref:`setuptools <ref-classes-setuptools>` classes, denotes the |
| 6072 | Application Binary Interface (ABI) currently in use for Python. By |
| 6073 | default, the ABI is "m". You do not have to set this variable as the |
| 6074 | OpenEmbedded build system sets it for you. |
| 6075 | |
| 6076 | The OpenEmbedded build system uses the ABI to construct directory |
| 6077 | names used when installing the Python headers and libraries in |
| 6078 | sysroot (e.g. ``.../python3.3m/...``). |
| 6079 | |
| 6080 | Recipes that inherit the ``distutils`` class during cross-builds also |
| 6081 | use this variable to locate the headers and libraries of the |
| 6082 | appropriate Python that the extension is targeting. |
| 6083 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6084 | :term:`PYTHON_PN` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6085 | When used by recipes that inherit the |
| 6086 | `distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>`, |
| 6087 | :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>`, |
| 6088 | :ref:`distutils <ref-classes-distutils>`, or |
| 6089 | :ref:`setuptools <ref-classes-setuptools>` classes, specifies the |
| 6090 | major Python version being built. For Python 3.x, ``PYTHON_PN`` would |
| 6091 | be "python3". You do not have to set this variable as the |
| 6092 | OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets it for you. |
| 6093 | |
| 6094 | The variable allows recipes to use common infrastructure such as the |
| 6095 | following: |
| 6096 | :: |
| 6097 | |
| 6098 | DEPENDS += "${PYTHON_PN}-native" |
| 6099 | |
| 6100 | In the previous example, |
| 6101 | the version of the dependency is ``PYTHON_PN``. |
| 6102 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6103 | :term:`RANLIB` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6104 | The minimal command and arguments to run ``ranlib``. |
| 6105 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6106 | :term:`RCONFLICTS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6107 | The list of packages that conflict with packages. Note that packages |
| 6108 | will not be installed if conflicting packages are not first removed. |
| 6109 | |
| 6110 | Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in |
| 6111 | conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example: |
| 6112 | :: |
| 6113 | |
| 6114 | RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "another_conflicting_package_name" |
| 6115 | |
| 6116 | BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports |
| 6117 | specifying versioned dependencies. Although the syntax varies |
| 6118 | depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences |
| 6119 | from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the |
| 6120 | ``RCONFLICTS`` variable: |
| 6121 | :: |
| 6122 | |
| 6123 | RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "package (operator version)" |
| 6124 | |
| 6125 | For ``operator``, you can specify the following: = < > <= |
| 6126 | >= For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or |
| 6127 | greater of the package ``foo``: |
| 6128 | :: |
| 6129 | |
| 6130 | RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" |
| 6131 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6132 | :term:`RDEPENDS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6133 | Lists runtime dependencies of a package. These dependencies are other |
| 6134 | packages that must be installed in order for the package to function |
| 6135 | correctly. As an example, the following assignment declares that the |
| 6136 | package ``foo`` needs the packages ``bar`` and ``baz`` to be |
| 6137 | installed: |
| 6138 | :: |
| 6139 | |
| 6140 | RDEPENDS_foo = "bar baz" |
| 6141 | |
| 6142 | The most common types of package |
| 6143 | runtime dependencies are automatically detected and added. Therefore, |
| 6144 | most recipes do not need to set ``RDEPENDS``. For more information, |
| 6145 | see the |
| 6146 | ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`" |
| 6147 | section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. |
| 6148 | |
| 6149 | The practical effect of the above ``RDEPENDS`` assignment is that |
| 6150 | ``bar`` and ``baz`` will be declared as dependencies inside the |
| 6151 | package ``foo`` when it is written out by one of the |
| 6152 | ```do_package_write_*`` <#ref-tasks-package_write_deb>`__ tasks. |
| 6153 | Exactly how this is done depends on which package format is used, |
| 6154 | which is determined by |
| 6155 | :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`. When the |
| 6156 | corresponding package manager installs the package, it will know to |
| 6157 | also install the packages on which it depends. |
| 6158 | |
| 6159 | To ensure that the packages ``bar`` and ``baz`` get built, the |
| 6160 | previous ``RDEPENDS`` assignment also causes a task dependency to be |
| 6161 | added. This dependency is from the recipe's |
| 6162 | :ref:`ref-tasks-build` (not to be confused with |
| 6163 | :ref:`ref-tasks-compile`) task to the |
| 6164 | ``do_package_write_*`` task of the recipes that build ``bar`` and |
| 6165 | ``baz``. |
| 6166 | |
| 6167 | The names of the packages you list within ``RDEPENDS`` must be the |
| 6168 | names of other packages - they cannot be recipe names. Although |
| 6169 | package names and recipe names usually match, the important point |
| 6170 | here is that you are providing package names within the ``RDEPENDS`` |
| 6171 | variable. For an example of the default list of packages created from |
| 6172 | a recipe, see the :term:`PACKAGES` variable. |
| 6173 | |
| 6174 | Because the ``RDEPENDS`` variable applies to packages being built, |
| 6175 | you should always use the variable in a form with an attached package |
| 6176 | name (remember that a single recipe can build multiple packages). For |
| 6177 | example, suppose you are building a development package that depends |
| 6178 | on the ``perl`` package. In this case, you would use the following |
| 6179 | ``RDEPENDS`` statement: |
| 6180 | :: |
| 6181 | |
| 6182 | RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev += "perl" |
| 6183 | |
| 6184 | In the example, |
| 6185 | the development package depends on the ``perl`` package. Thus, the |
| 6186 | ``RDEPENDS`` variable has the ``${PN}-dev`` package name as part of |
| 6187 | the variable. |
| 6188 | |
| 6189 | .. note:: |
| 6190 | |
| 6191 | RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev |
| 6192 | includes |
| 6193 | ${ |
| 6194 | PN |
| 6195 | } |
| 6196 | by default. This default is set in the BitBake configuration file |
| 6197 | ( |
| 6198 | meta/conf/bitbake.conf |
| 6199 | ). Be careful not to accidentally remove |
| 6200 | ${PN} |
| 6201 | when modifying |
| 6202 | RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev |
| 6203 | . Use the "+=" operator rather than the "=" operator. |
| 6204 | |
| 6205 | The package names you use with ``RDEPENDS`` must appear as they would |
| 6206 | in the ``PACKAGES`` variable. The :term:`PKG` variable |
| 6207 | allows a different name to be used for the final package (e.g. the |
| 6208 | :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class uses this to rename |
| 6209 | packages), but this final package name cannot be used with |
| 6210 | ``RDEPENDS``, which makes sense as ``RDEPENDS`` is meant to be |
| 6211 | independent of the package format used. |
| 6212 | |
| 6213 | BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports |
| 6214 | specifying versioned dependencies. Although the syntax varies |
| 6215 | depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences |
| 6216 | from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the |
| 6217 | ``RDEPENDS`` variable: |
| 6218 | :: |
| 6219 | |
| 6220 | RDEPENDS_${PN} = "package (operator version)" |
| 6221 | |
| 6222 | For operator, you can specify the following: = < > <= >= For version, |
| 6223 | provide the version number. |
| 6224 | |
| 6225 | .. note:: |
| 6226 | |
| 6227 | You can use |
| 6228 | EXTENDPKGV |
| 6229 | to provide a full package version specification. |
| 6230 | |
| 6231 | For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or |
| 6232 | greater of the package ``foo``: |
| 6233 | :: |
| 6234 | |
| 6235 | RDEPENDS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" |
| 6236 | |
| 6237 | For information on build-time dependencies, see the |
| 6238 | :term:`DEPENDS` variable. You can also see the |
| 6239 | ":ref:`Tasks <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:tasks>`" and |
| 6240 | ":ref:`Dependencies <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:dependencies>`" sections in the |
| 6241 | BitBake User Manual for additional information on tasks and |
| 6242 | dependencies. |
| 6243 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6244 | :term:`REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6245 | When inheriting the |
| 6246 | :ref:`distro_features_check <ref-classes-distro_features_check>` |
| 6247 | class, this variable identifies distribution features that must exist |
| 6248 | in the current configuration in order for the OpenEmbedded build |
| 6249 | system to build the recipe. In other words, if the |
| 6250 | ``REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES`` variable lists a feature that does not |
| 6251 | appear in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` within the current configuration, an |
| 6252 | error occurs and the build stops. |
| 6253 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6254 | :term:`RM_WORK_EXCLUDE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6255 | With ``rm_work`` enabled, this variable specifies a list of recipes |
| 6256 | whose work directories should not be removed. See the |
| 6257 | ":ref:`rm_work.bbclass <ref-classes-rm-work>`" section for more |
| 6258 | details. |
| 6259 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6260 | :term:`ROOT_HOME` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6261 | Defines the root home directory. By default, this directory is set as |
| 6262 | follows in the BitBake configuration file: |
| 6263 | :: |
| 6264 | |
| 6265 | ROOT_HOME ??= "/home/root" |
| 6266 | |
| 6267 | .. note:: |
| 6268 | |
| 6269 | This default value is likely used because some embedded solutions |
| 6270 | prefer to have a read-only root filesystem and prefer to keep |
| 6271 | writeable data in one place. |
| 6272 | |
| 6273 | You can override the default by setting the variable in any layer or |
| 6274 | in the ``local.conf`` file. Because the default is set using a "weak" |
| 6275 | assignment (i.e. "??="), you can use either of the following forms to |
| 6276 | define your override: |
| 6277 | :: |
| 6278 | |
| 6279 | ROOT_HOME = "/root" |
| 6280 | ROOT_HOME ?= "/root" |
| 6281 | |
| 6282 | These |
| 6283 | override examples use ``/root``, which is probably the most commonly |
| 6284 | used override. |
| 6285 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6286 | :term:`ROOTFS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6287 | Indicates a filesystem image to include as the root filesystem. |
| 6288 | |
| 6289 | The ``ROOTFS`` variable is an optional variable used with the |
| 6290 | :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class. |
| 6291 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6292 | :term:`ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6293 | Specifies a list of functions to call after the OpenEmbedded build |
| 6294 | system has installed packages. You can specify functions separated by |
| 6295 | semicolons: |
| 6296 | :: |
| 6297 | |
| 6298 | ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... " |
| 6299 | |
| 6300 | If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a |
| 6301 | function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the |
| 6302 | directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the |
| 6303 | :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more |
| 6304 | information. |
| 6305 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6306 | :term:`ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6307 | Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build |
| 6308 | system has created the root filesystem. You can specify functions |
| 6309 | separated by semicolons: |
| 6310 | :: |
| 6311 | |
| 6312 | ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " |
| 6313 | |
| 6314 | If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a |
| 6315 | function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the |
| 6316 | directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the |
| 6317 | :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more |
| 6318 | information. |
| 6319 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6320 | :term:`ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6321 | Specifies a list of functions to call after the OpenEmbedded build |
| 6322 | system has removed unnecessary packages. When runtime package |
| 6323 | management is disabled in the image, several packages are removed |
| 6324 | including ``base-passwd``, ``shadow``, and ``update-alternatives``. |
| 6325 | You can specify functions separated by semicolons: |
| 6326 | :: |
| 6327 | |
| 6328 | ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... " |
| 6329 | |
| 6330 | If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a |
| 6331 | function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the |
| 6332 | directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the |
| 6333 | :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more |
| 6334 | information. |
| 6335 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6336 | :term:`ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6337 | Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build |
| 6338 | system has created the root filesystem. You can specify functions |
| 6339 | separated by semicolons: |
| 6340 | :: |
| 6341 | |
| 6342 | ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " |
| 6343 | |
| 6344 | If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a |
| 6345 | function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the |
| 6346 | directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the |
| 6347 | :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more |
| 6348 | information. |
| 6349 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6350 | :term:`RPROVIDES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6351 | A list of package name aliases that a package also provides. These |
| 6352 | aliases are useful for satisfying runtime dependencies of other |
| 6353 | packages both during the build and on the target (as specified by |
| 6354 | ``RDEPENDS``). |
| 6355 | |
| 6356 | .. note:: |
| 6357 | |
| 6358 | A package's own name is implicitly already in its |
| 6359 | RPROVIDES |
| 6360 | list. |
| 6361 | |
| 6362 | As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use the |
| 6363 | variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an |
| 6364 | example: |
| 6365 | :: |
| 6366 | |
| 6367 | RPROVIDES_${PN} = "widget-abi-2" |
| 6368 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6369 | :term:`RRECOMMENDS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6370 | A list of packages that extends the usability of a package being |
| 6371 | built. The package being built does not depend on this list of |
| 6372 | packages in order to successfully build, but rather uses them for |
| 6373 | extended usability. To specify runtime dependencies for packages, see |
| 6374 | the ``RDEPENDS`` variable. |
| 6375 | |
| 6376 | The package manager will automatically install the ``RRECOMMENDS`` |
| 6377 | list of packages when installing the built package. However, you can |
| 6378 | prevent listed packages from being installed by using the |
| 6379 | :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`, |
| 6380 | :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS`, and |
| 6381 | :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables. |
| 6382 | |
| 6383 | Packages specified in ``RRECOMMENDS`` need not actually be produced. |
| 6384 | However, a recipe must exist that provides each package, either |
| 6385 | through the :term:`PACKAGES` or |
| 6386 | :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` variables or the |
| 6387 | :term:`RPROVIDES` variable, or an error will occur |
| 6388 | during the build. If such a recipe does exist and the package is not |
| 6389 | produced, the build continues without error. |
| 6390 | |
| 6391 | Because the ``RRECOMMENDS`` variable applies to packages being built, |
| 6392 | you should always attach an override to the variable to specify the |
| 6393 | particular package whose usability is being extended. For example, |
| 6394 | suppose you are building a development package that is extended to |
| 6395 | support wireless functionality. In this case, you would use the |
| 6396 | following: |
| 6397 | :: |
| 6398 | |
| 6399 | RRECOMMENDS_${PN}-dev += "wireless_package_name" |
| 6400 | |
| 6401 | In the |
| 6402 | example, the package name (``${PN}-dev``) must appear as it would in |
| 6403 | the ``PACKAGES`` namespace before any renaming of the output package |
| 6404 | by classes such as ``debian.bbclass``. |
| 6405 | |
| 6406 | BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports |
| 6407 | specifying versioned recommends. Although the syntax varies depending |
| 6408 | on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences from you. |
| 6409 | Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the |
| 6410 | ``RRECOMMENDS`` variable: |
| 6411 | :: |
| 6412 | |
| 6413 | RRECOMMENDS_${PN} = "package (operator version)" |
| 6414 | |
| 6415 | For ``operator``, you can specify the following: |
| 6416 | |
| 6417 | - = |
| 6418 | - < |
| 6419 | - > |
| 6420 | - <= |
| 6421 | - >= |
| 6422 | |
| 6423 | For example, the following sets up a recommend on version 1.2 or |
| 6424 | greater of the package ``foo``: |
| 6425 | :: |
| 6426 | |
| 6427 | RRECOMMENDS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" |
| 6428 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6429 | :term:`RREPLACES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6430 | A list of packages replaced by a package. The package manager uses |
| 6431 | this variable to determine which package should be installed to |
| 6432 | replace other package(s) during an upgrade. In order to also have the |
| 6433 | other package(s) removed at the same time, you must add the name of |
| 6434 | the other package to the ``RCONFLICTS`` variable. |
| 6435 | |
| 6436 | As with all package-controlling variables, you must use this variable |
| 6437 | in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example: |
| 6438 | :: |
| 6439 | |
| 6440 | RREPLACES_${PN} = "other_package_being_replaced" |
| 6441 | |
| 6442 | BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports |
| 6443 | specifying versioned replacements. Although the syntax varies |
| 6444 | depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences |
| 6445 | from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the |
| 6446 | ``RREPLACES`` variable: |
| 6447 | :: |
| 6448 | |
| 6449 | RREPLACES_${PN} = "package (operator version)" |
| 6450 | |
| 6451 | For ``operator``, you can specify the following: |
| 6452 | |
| 6453 | - = |
| 6454 | - < |
| 6455 | - > |
| 6456 | - <= |
| 6457 | - >= |
| 6458 | |
| 6459 | For example, the following sets up a replacement using version 1.2 |
| 6460 | or greater of the package ``foo``: |
| 6461 | :: |
| 6462 | |
| 6463 | RREPLACES_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" |
| 6464 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6465 | :term:`RSUGGESTS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6466 | A list of additional packages that you can suggest for installation |
| 6467 | by the package manager at the time a package is installed. Not all |
| 6468 | package managers support this functionality. |
| 6469 | |
| 6470 | As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use this |
| 6471 | variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an |
| 6472 | example: |
| 6473 | :: |
| 6474 | |
| 6475 | RSUGGESTS_${PN} = "useful_package another_package" |
| 6476 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6477 | :term:`S` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6478 | The location in the :term:`Build Directory` where |
| 6479 | unpacked recipe source code resides. By default, this directory is |
| 6480 | ``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/${``\ :term:`BPN`\ ``}-${``\ :term:`PV`\ ``}``, |
| 6481 | where ``${BPN}`` is the base recipe name and ``${PV}`` is the recipe |
| 6482 | version. If the source tarball extracts the code to a directory named |
| 6483 | anything other than ``${BPN}-${PV}``, or if the source code is |
| 6484 | fetched from an SCM such as Git or Subversion, then you must set |
| 6485 | ``S`` in the recipe so that the OpenEmbedded build system knows where |
| 6486 | to find the unpacked source. |
| 6487 | |
| 6488 | As an example, assume a :term:`Source Directory` |
| 6489 | top-level folder named ``poky`` and a default Build Directory at |
| 6490 | ``poky/build``. In this case, the work directory the build system |
| 6491 | uses to keep the unpacked recipe for ``db`` is the following: |
| 6492 | :: |
| 6493 | |
| 6494 | poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/db/5.1.19-r3/db-5.1.19 |
| 6495 | |
| 6496 | The unpacked source code resides in the ``db-5.1.19`` folder. |
| 6497 | |
| 6498 | This next example assumes a Git repository. By default, Git |
| 6499 | repositories are cloned to ``${WORKDIR}/git`` during |
| 6500 | :ref:`ref-tasks-fetch`. Since this path is different |
| 6501 | from the default value of ``S``, you must set it specifically so the |
| 6502 | source can be located: |
| 6503 | :: |
| 6504 | |
| 6505 | SRC_URI = "git://path/to/repo.git" |
| 6506 | S = "${WORKDIR}/git" |
| 6507 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6508 | :term:`SANITY_REQUIRED_UTILITIES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6509 | Specifies a list of command-line utilities that should be checked for |
| 6510 | during the initial sanity checking process when running BitBake. If |
| 6511 | any of the utilities are not installed on the build host, then |
| 6512 | BitBake immediately exits with an error. |
| 6513 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6514 | :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6515 | A list of the host distribution identifiers that the build system has |
| 6516 | been tested against. Identifiers consist of the host distributor ID |
| 6517 | followed by the release, as reported by the ``lsb_release`` tool or |
| 6518 | as read from ``/etc/lsb-release``. Separate the list items with |
| 6519 | explicit newline characters (``\n``). If ``SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS`` is |
| 6520 | not empty and the current value of |
| 6521 | :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` does not appear in the |
| 6522 | list, then the build system reports a warning that indicates the |
| 6523 | current host distribution has not been tested as a build host. |
| 6524 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6525 | :term:`SDK_ARCH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6526 | The target architecture for the SDK. Typically, you do not directly |
| 6527 | set this variable. Instead, use :term:`SDKMACHINE`. |
| 6528 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6529 | :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6530 | The directory set up and used by the |
| 6531 | :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk>` class to which |
| 6532 | the SDK is deployed. The ``populate_sdk_base`` class defines |
| 6533 | ``SDK_DEPLOY`` as follows: |
| 6534 | :: |
| 6535 | |
| 6536 | SDK_DEPLOY = "${TMPDIR}/deploy/sdk" |
| 6537 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6538 | :term:`SDK_DIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6539 | The parent directory used by the OpenEmbedded build system when |
| 6540 | creating SDK output. The |
| 6541 | :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class defines |
| 6542 | the variable as follows: |
| 6543 | :: |
| 6544 | |
| 6545 | SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk" |
| 6546 | |
| 6547 | .. note:: |
| 6548 | |
| 6549 | The |
| 6550 | SDK_DIR |
| 6551 | directory is a temporary directory as it is part of |
| 6552 | WORKDIR |
| 6553 | . The final output directory is |
| 6554 | SDK_DEPLOY |
| 6555 | . |
| 6556 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6557 | :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6558 | Controls whether or not shared state artifacts are copied into the |
| 6559 | extensible SDK. The default value of "full" copies all of the |
| 6560 | required shared state artifacts into the extensible SDK. The value |
| 6561 | "minimal" leaves these artifacts out of the SDK. |
| 6562 | |
| 6563 | .. note:: |
| 6564 | |
| 6565 | If you set the variable to "minimal", you need to ensure |
| 6566 | SSTATE_MIRRORS |
| 6567 | is set in the SDK's configuration to enable the artifacts to be |
| 6568 | fetched as needed. |
| 6569 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6570 | :term:`SDK_HOST_MANIFEST` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6571 | The manifest file for the host part of the SDK. This file lists all |
| 6572 | the installed packages that make up the host part of the SDK. The |
| 6573 | file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as |
| 6574 | follows: |
| 6575 | :: |
| 6576 | |
| 6577 | packagename packagearch version |
| 6578 | |
| 6579 | The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class |
| 6580 | defines the manifest file as follows: |
| 6581 | :: |
| 6582 | |
| 6583 | SDK_HOST_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.host.manifest" |
| 6584 | |
| 6585 | The location is derived using the :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` and |
| 6586 | :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` variables. |
| 6587 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6588 | :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6589 | When set to "1", specifies to include the packagedata for all recipes |
| 6590 | in the "world" target in the extensible SDK. Including this data |
| 6591 | allows the ``devtool search`` command to find these recipes in search |
| 6592 | results, as well as allows the ``devtool add`` command to map |
| 6593 | dependencies more effectively. |
| 6594 | |
| 6595 | .. note:: |
| 6596 | |
| 6597 | Enabling the |
| 6598 | SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA |
| 6599 | variable significantly increases build time because all of world |
| 6600 | needs to be built. Enabling the variable also slightly increases |
| 6601 | the size of the extensible SDK. |
| 6602 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6603 | :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6604 | When set to "1", specifies to include the toolchain in the extensible |
| 6605 | SDK. Including the toolchain is useful particularly when |
| 6606 | :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE` is set to "minimal" to keep |
| 6607 | the SDK reasonably small but you still want to provide a usable |
| 6608 | toolchain. For example, suppose you want to use the toolchain from an |
| 6609 | IDE or from other tools and you do not want to perform additional |
| 6610 | steps to install the toolchain. |
| 6611 | |
| 6612 | The ``SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN`` variable defaults to "0" if |
| 6613 | ``SDK_EXT_TYPE`` is set to "minimal", and defaults to "1" if |
| 6614 | ``SDK_EXT_TYPE`` is set to "full". |
| 6615 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6616 | :term:`SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6617 | A list of classes to remove from the :term:`INHERIT` |
| 6618 | value globally within the extensible SDK configuration. The |
| 6619 | :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class sets the |
| 6620 | default value: |
| 6621 | :: |
| 6622 | |
| 6623 | SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST ?= "buildhistory icecc" |
| 6624 | |
| 6625 | Some classes are not generally applicable within the extensible SDK |
| 6626 | context. You can use this variable to disable those classes. |
| 6627 | |
| 6628 | For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's |
| 6629 | configuration, see the |
| 6630 | ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`" |
| 6631 | section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the |
| 6632 | Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. |
| 6633 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6634 | :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6635 | A list of variables not allowed through from the OpenEmbedded build |
| 6636 | system configuration into the extensible SDK configuration. Usually, |
| 6637 | these are variables that are specific to the machine on which the |
| 6638 | build system is running and thus would be potentially problematic |
| 6639 | within the extensible SDK. |
| 6640 | |
| 6641 | By default, ``SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST`` is set in the |
| 6642 | :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class and |
| 6643 | excludes the following variables: |
| 6644 | |
| 6645 | - :term:`CONF_VERSION` |
| 6646 | - :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` |
| 6647 | - :term:`bitbake:BB_NUMBER_PARSE_THREADS` |
| 6648 | - :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` |
| 6649 | - :term:`PRSERV_HOST` |
| 6650 | - :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` :term:`DL_DIR` |
| 6651 | - :term:`SSTATE_DIR` :term:`TMPDIR` |
| 6652 | - :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT` |
| 6653 | |
| 6654 | For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's |
| 6655 | configuration, see the |
| 6656 | ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`" |
| 6657 | section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the |
| 6658 | Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. |
| 6659 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6660 | :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_WHITELIST` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6661 | A list of variables allowed through from the OpenEmbedded build |
| 6662 | system configuration into the extensible SDK configuration. By |
| 6663 | default, the list of variables is empty and is set in the |
| 6664 | :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class. |
| 6665 | |
| 6666 | This list overrides the variables specified using the |
| 6667 | :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST` |
| 6668 | variable as well as any variables identified by automatic |
| 6669 | blacklisting due to the "/" character being found at the start of the |
| 6670 | value, which is usually indicative of being a path and thus might not |
| 6671 | be valid on the system where the SDK is installed. |
| 6672 | |
| 6673 | For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's |
| 6674 | configuration, see the |
| 6675 | ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`" |
| 6676 | section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the |
| 6677 | Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. |
| 6678 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6679 | :term:`SDK_NAME` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6680 | The base name for SDK output files. The name is derived from the |
| 6681 | :term:`DISTRO`, :term:`TCLIBC`, |
| 6682 | :term:`SDK_ARCH`, |
| 6683 | :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`, and |
| 6684 | :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` variables: |
| 6685 | :: |
| 6686 | |
| 6687 | SDK_NAME = "${DISTRO}-${TCLIBC}-${SDK_ARCH}-${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${TUNE_PKGARCH}" |
| 6688 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6689 | :term:`SDK_OS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6690 | Specifies the operating system for which the SDK will be built. The |
| 6691 | default value is the value of :term:`BUILD_OS`. |
| 6692 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6693 | :term:`SDK_OUTPUT` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6694 | The location used by the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK |
| 6695 | output. The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` |
| 6696 | class defines the variable as follows: |
| 6697 | :: |
| 6698 | |
| 6699 | SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk" |
| 6700 | SDK_OUTPUT = "${SDK_DIR}/image" |
| 6701 | SDK_DEPLOY = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/sdk" |
| 6702 | |
| 6703 | .. note:: |
| 6704 | |
| 6705 | The SDK_OUTPUT directory is a temporary directory as it is part of |
| 6706 | WORKDIR by way of SDK_DIR. The final output directory is |
| 6707 | SDK_DEPLOY. |
| 6708 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6709 | :term:`SDK_PACKAGE_ARCHS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6710 | Specifies a list of architectures compatible with the SDK machine. |
| 6711 | This variable is set automatically and should not normally be |
| 6712 | hand-edited. Entries are separated using spaces and listed in order |
| 6713 | of priority. The default value for ``SDK_PACKAGE_ARCHS`` is "all any |
| 6714 | noarch ${SDK_ARCH}-${SDKPKGSUFFIX}". |
| 6715 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6716 | :term:`SDK_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6717 | Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build |
| 6718 | system creates the SDK. You can specify functions separated by |
| 6719 | semicolons: SDK_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " |
| 6720 | |
| 6721 | If you need to pass an SDK path to a command within a function, you |
| 6722 | can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by |
| 6723 | the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the |
| 6724 | :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information. |
| 6725 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6726 | :term:`SDK_PREFIX` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6727 | The toolchain binary prefix used for ``nativesdk`` recipes. The |
| 6728 | OpenEmbedded build system uses the ``SDK_PREFIX`` value to set the |
| 6729 | :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` when building |
| 6730 | ``nativesdk`` recipes. The default value is "${SDK_SYS}-". |
| 6731 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6732 | :term:`SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6733 | A list of shared state tasks added to the extensible SDK. By default, |
| 6734 | the following tasks are added: |
| 6735 | |
| 6736 | - do_populate_lic |
| 6737 | - do_package_qa |
| 6738 | - do_populate_sysroot |
| 6739 | - do_deploy |
| 6740 | |
| 6741 | Despite the default value of "" for the |
| 6742 | ``SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS`` variable, the above four tasks are always added |
| 6743 | to the SDK. To specify tasks beyond these four, you need to use the |
| 6744 | ``SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS`` variable (e.g. you are defining additional |
| 6745 | tasks that are needed in order to build |
| 6746 | :term:`SDK_TARGETS`). |
| 6747 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6748 | :term:`SDK_SYS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6749 | Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating |
| 6750 | system, for which the SDK will be built. |
| 6751 | |
| 6752 | The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based |
| 6753 | on :term:`SDK_ARCH`, |
| 6754 | :term:`SDK_VENDOR`, and |
| 6755 | :term:`SDK_OS`. You do not need to set the ``SDK_SYS`` |
| 6756 | variable yourself. |
| 6757 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6758 | :term:`SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6759 | The manifest file for the target part of the SDK. This file lists all |
| 6760 | the installed packages that make up the target part of the SDK. The |
| 6761 | file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as |
| 6762 | follows: |
| 6763 | :: |
| 6764 | |
| 6765 | packagename packagearch version |
| 6766 | |
| 6767 | The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class |
| 6768 | defines the manifest file as follows: |
| 6769 | :: |
| 6770 | |
| 6771 | SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.target.manifest" |
| 6772 | |
| 6773 | The location is derived using the :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` and |
| 6774 | :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` variables. |
| 6775 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6776 | :term:`SDK_TARGETS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6777 | A list of targets to install from shared state as part of the |
| 6778 | standard or extensible SDK installation. The default value is "${PN}" |
| 6779 | (i.e. the image from which the SDK is built). |
| 6780 | |
| 6781 | The ``SDK_TARGETS`` variable is an internal variable and typically |
| 6782 | would not be changed. |
| 6783 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6784 | :term:`SDK_TITLE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6785 | The title to be printed when running the SDK installer. By default, |
| 6786 | this title is based on the :term:`DISTRO_NAME` or |
| 6787 | :term:`DISTRO` variable and is set in the |
| 6788 | :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class as |
| 6789 | follows: |
| 6790 | :: |
| 6791 | |
| 6792 | SDK_TITLE ??= "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_NAME') or d.getVar('DISTRO')} SDK" |
| 6793 | |
| 6794 | For the default distribution "poky", |
| 6795 | ``SDK_TITLE`` is set to "Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro)". |
| 6796 | |
| 6797 | For information on how to change this default title, see the |
| 6798 | ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing:changing the extensible sdk installer title`" |
| 6799 | section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the |
| 6800 | Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. |
| 6801 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6802 | :term:`SDK_UPDATE_URL` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6803 | An optional URL for an update server for the extensible SDK. If set, |
| 6804 | the value is used as the default update server when running |
| 6805 | ``devtool sdk-update`` within the extensible SDK. |
| 6806 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6807 | :term:`SDK_VENDOR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6808 | Specifies the name of the SDK vendor. |
| 6809 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6810 | :term:`SDK_VERSION` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6811 | Specifies the version of the SDK. The distribution configuration file |
| 6812 | (e.g. ``/meta-poky/conf/distro/poky.conf``) defines the |
| 6813 | ``SDK_VERSION`` as follows: |
| 6814 | :: |
| 6815 | |
| 6816 | SDK_VERSION = "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_VERSION').replace('snapshot-${DATE}','snapshot')}" |
| 6817 | |
| 6818 | For additional information, see the |
| 6819 | :term:`DISTRO_VERSION` and |
| 6820 | :term:`DATE` variables. |
| 6821 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6822 | :term:`SDKEXTPATH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6823 | The default installation directory for the Extensible SDK. By |
| 6824 | default, this directory is based on the :term:`DISTRO` |
| 6825 | variable and is set in the |
| 6826 | :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class as |
| 6827 | follows: |
| 6828 | :: |
| 6829 | |
| 6830 | SDKEXTPATH ??= "~/${@d.getVar('DISTRO')}_sdk" |
| 6831 | |
| 6832 | For the |
| 6833 | default distribution "poky", the ``SDKEXTPATH`` is set to "poky_sdk". |
| 6834 | |
| 6835 | For information on how to change this default directory, see the |
| 6836 | ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing:changing the default sdk installation directory`" |
| 6837 | section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the |
| 6838 | Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. |
| 6839 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6840 | :term:`SDKIMAGE_FEATURES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6841 | Equivalent to ``IMAGE_FEATURES``. However, this variable applies to |
| 6842 | the SDK generated from an image using the following command: |
| 6843 | :: |
| 6844 | |
| 6845 | $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename |
| 6846 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6847 | :term:`SDKMACHINE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6848 | The machine for which the SDK is built. In other words, the SDK is |
| 6849 | built such that it runs on the target you specify with the |
| 6850 | ``SDKMACHINE`` value. The value points to a corresponding ``.conf`` |
| 6851 | file under ``conf/machine-sdk/``. |
| 6852 | |
| 6853 | You can use "i686" and "x86_64" as possible values for this variable. |
| 6854 | The variable defaults to "i686" and is set in the local.conf file in |
| 6855 | the Build Directory. |
| 6856 | :: |
| 6857 | |
| 6858 | SDKMACHINE ?= "i686" |
| 6859 | |
| 6860 | .. note:: |
| 6861 | |
| 6862 | You cannot set the |
| 6863 | SDKMACHINE |
| 6864 | variable in your distribution configuration file. If you do, the |
| 6865 | configuration will not take affect. |
| 6866 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6867 | :term:`SDKPATH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6868 | Defines the path offered to the user for installation of the SDK that |
| 6869 | is generated by the OpenEmbedded build system. The path appears as |
| 6870 | the default location for installing the SDK when you run the SDK's |
| 6871 | installation script. You can override the offered path when you run |
| 6872 | the script. |
| 6873 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6874 | :term:`SDKTARGETSYSROOT` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6875 | The full path to the sysroot used for cross-compilation within an SDK |
| 6876 | as it will be when installed into the default |
| 6877 | :term:`SDKPATH`. |
| 6878 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6879 | :term:`SECTION` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6880 | The section in which packages should be categorized. Package |
| 6881 | management utilities can make use of this variable. |
| 6882 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6883 | :term:`SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6884 | Specifies the optimization flags passed to the C compiler when |
| 6885 | building for the target. The flags are passed through the default |
| 6886 | value of the :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` variable. |
| 6887 | |
| 6888 | The ``SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION`` variable takes the value of |
| 6889 | ``FULL_OPTIMIZATION`` unless ``DEBUG_BUILD`` = "1". If that is the |
| 6890 | case, the value of ``DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION`` is used. |
| 6891 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6892 | :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6893 | Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using |
| 6894 | `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_(Unix)>`__. Provide a |
| 6895 | value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name |
| 6896 | separated by a space. You cannot specify more than one TTY device: |
| 6897 | :: |
| 6898 | |
| 6899 | SERIAL_CONSOLE = "115200 ttyS0" |
| 6900 | |
| 6901 | .. note:: |
| 6902 | |
| 6903 | The |
| 6904 | SERIAL_CONSOLE |
| 6905 | variable is deprecated. Please use the |
| 6906 | SERIAL_CONSOLES |
| 6907 | variable. |
| 6908 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6909 | :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6910 | Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using |
| 6911 | `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_(Unix)>`__. Provide a |
| 6912 | value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name |
| 6913 | separated by a semicolon. Use spaces to separate multiple devices: |
| 6914 | :: |
| 6915 | |
| 6916 | SERIAL_CONSOLES = "115200;ttyS0 115200;ttyS1" |
| 6917 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6918 | :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6919 | Specifies serial consoles, which must be listed in |
| 6920 | :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES`, to check against |
| 6921 | ``/proc/console`` before enabling them using getty. This variable |
| 6922 | allows aliasing in the format: <device>:<alias>. If a device was |
| 6923 | listed as "sclp_line0" in ``/dev/`` and "ttyS0" was listed in |
| 6924 | ``/proc/console``, you would do the following: :: |
| 6925 | |
| 6926 | SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK = "slcp_line0:ttyS0" |
| 6927 | |
| 6928 | This variable is currently only supported with SysVinit (i.e. not |
| 6929 | with systemd). |
| 6930 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6931 | :term:`SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6932 | A list of recipe dependencies that should not be used to determine |
| 6933 | signatures of tasks from one recipe when they depend on tasks from |
| 6934 | another recipe. For example: :: |
| 6935 | |
| 6936 | SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS += "intone->mplayer2" |
| 6937 | |
| 6938 | In the previous example, ``intone`` depends on ``mplayer2``. |
| 6939 | |
| 6940 | You can use the special token ``"*"`` on the left-hand side of the |
| 6941 | dependency to match all recipes except the one on the right-hand |
| 6942 | side. Here is an example: :: |
| 6943 | |
| 6944 | SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS += "*->quilt-native" |
| 6945 | |
| 6946 | In the previous example, all recipes except ``quilt-native`` ignore |
| 6947 | task signatures from the ``quilt-native`` recipe when determining |
| 6948 | their task signatures. |
| 6949 | |
| 6950 | Use of this variable is one mechanism to remove dependencies that |
| 6951 | affect task signatures and thus force rebuilds when a recipe changes. |
| 6952 | |
| 6953 | .. note:: |
| 6954 | |
| 6955 | If you add an inappropriate dependency for a recipe relationship, |
| 6956 | the software might break during runtime if the interface of the |
| 6957 | second recipe was changed after the first recipe had been built. |
| 6958 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6959 | :term:`SIGGEN_EXCLUDERECIPES_ABISAFE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6960 | A list of recipes that are completely stable and will never change. |
| 6961 | The ABI for the recipes in the list are presented by output from the |
| 6962 | tasks run to build the recipe. Use of this variable is one way to |
| 6963 | remove dependencies from one recipe on another that affect task |
| 6964 | signatures and thus force rebuilds when the recipe changes. |
| 6965 | |
| 6966 | .. note:: |
| 6967 | |
| 6968 | If you add an inappropriate variable to this list, the software |
| 6969 | might break at runtime if the interface of the recipe was changed |
| 6970 | after the other had been built. |
| 6971 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6972 | :term:`SITEINFO_BITS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6973 | Specifies the number of bits for the target system CPU. The value |
| 6974 | should be either "32" or "64". |
| 6975 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6976 | :term:`SITEINFO_ENDIANNESS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6977 | Specifies the endian byte order of the target system. The value |
| 6978 | should be either "le" for little-endian or "be" for big-endian. |
| 6979 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6980 | :term:`SKIP_FILEDEPS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6981 | Enables removal of all files from the "Provides" section of an RPM |
| 6982 | package. Removal of these files is required for packages containing |
| 6983 | prebuilt binaries and libraries such as ``libstdc++`` and ``glibc``. |
| 6984 | |
| 6985 | To enable file removal, set the variable to "1" in your |
| 6986 | ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file in your: |
| 6987 | :term:`Build Directory`. |
| 6988 | :: |
| 6989 | |
| 6990 | SKIP_FILEDEPS = "1" |
| 6991 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 6992 | :term:`SOC_FAMILY` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 6993 | Groups together machines based upon the same family of SOC (System On |
| 6994 | Chip). You typically set this variable in a common ``.inc`` file that |
| 6995 | you include in the configuration files of all the machines. |
| 6996 | |
| 6997 | .. note:: |
| 6998 | |
| 6999 | You must include |
| 7000 | conf/machine/include/soc-family.inc |
| 7001 | for this variable to appear in |
| 7002 | MACHINEOVERRIDES |
| 7003 | . |
| 7004 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7005 | :term:`SOLIBS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7006 | Defines the suffix for shared libraries used on the target platform. |
| 7007 | By default, this suffix is ".so.*" for all Linux-based systems and is |
| 7008 | defined in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file. |
| 7009 | |
| 7010 | You will see this variable referenced in the default values of |
| 7011 | ``FILES_${PN}``. |
| 7012 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7013 | :term:`SOLIBSDEV` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7014 | Defines the suffix for the development symbolic link (symlink) for |
| 7015 | shared libraries on the target platform. By default, this suffix is |
| 7016 | ".so" for Linux-based systems and is defined in the |
| 7017 | ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file. |
| 7018 | |
| 7019 | You will see this variable referenced in the default values of |
| 7020 | ``FILES_${PN}-dev``. |
| 7021 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7022 | :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7023 | When you are fetching files to create a mirror of sources (i.e. |
| 7024 | creating a source mirror), setting ``SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH`` to "1" in |
| 7025 | your ``local.conf`` configuration file ensures the source for all |
| 7026 | recipes are fetched regardless of whether or not a recipe is |
| 7027 | compatible with the configuration. A recipe is considered |
| 7028 | incompatible with the currently configured machine when either or |
| 7029 | both the :term:`COMPATIBLE_MACHINE` |
| 7030 | variable and :term:`COMPATIBLE_HOST` variables |
| 7031 | specify compatibility with a machine other than that of the current |
| 7032 | machine or host. |
| 7033 | |
| 7034 | .. note:: |
| 7035 | |
| 7036 | Do not set the |
| 7037 | SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH |
| 7038 | variable unless you are creating a source mirror. In other words, |
| 7039 | do not set the variable during a normal build. |
| 7040 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7041 | :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_URL` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7042 | Defines your own :term:`PREMIRRORS` from which to |
| 7043 | first fetch source before attempting to fetch from the upstream |
| 7044 | specified in :term:`SRC_URI`. |
| 7045 | |
| 7046 | To use this variable, you must globally inherit the |
| 7047 | :ref:`own-mirrors <ref-classes-own-mirrors>` class and then provide |
| 7048 | the URL to your mirrors. Here is the general syntax: |
| 7049 | :: |
| 7050 | |
| 7051 | INHERIT += "own-mirrors" |
| 7052 | SOURCE_MIRROR_URL = "http://example.com/my_source_mirror" |
| 7053 | |
| 7054 | .. note:: |
| 7055 | |
| 7056 | You can specify only a single URL in |
| 7057 | SOURCE_MIRROR_URL |
| 7058 | . |
| 7059 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7060 | :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7061 | Maps commonly used license names to their SPDX counterparts found in |
| 7062 | ``meta/files/common-licenses/``. For the default ``SPDXLICENSEMAP`` |
| 7063 | mappings, see the ``meta/conf/licenses.conf`` file. |
| 7064 | |
| 7065 | For additional information, see the :term:`LICENSE` |
| 7066 | variable. |
| 7067 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7068 | :term:`SPECIAL_PKGSUFFIX` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7069 | A list of prefixes for :term:`PN` used by the OpenEmbedded |
| 7070 | build system to create variants of recipes or packages. The list |
| 7071 | specifies the prefixes to strip off during certain circumstances such |
| 7072 | as the generation of the :term:`BPN` variable. |
| 7073 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7074 | :term:`SPL_BINARY` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7075 | The file type for the Secondary Program Loader (SPL). Some devices |
| 7076 | use an SPL from which to boot (e.g. the BeagleBone development |
| 7077 | board). For such cases, you can declare the file type of the SPL |
| 7078 | binary in the ``u-boot.inc`` include file, which is used in the |
| 7079 | U-Boot recipe. |
| 7080 | |
| 7081 | The SPL file type is set to "null" by default in the ``u-boot.inc`` |
| 7082 | file as follows: |
| 7083 | :: |
| 7084 | |
| 7085 | # Some versions of u-boot build an SPL (Second Program Loader) image that |
| 7086 | # should be packaged along with the u-boot binary as well as placed in the |
| 7087 | # deploy directory. For those versions they can set the following variables |
| 7088 | # to allow packaging the SPL. |
| 7089 | SPL_BINARY ?= "" |
| 7090 | SPL_BINARYNAME ?= "${@os.path.basename(d.getVar("SPL_BINARY"))}" |
| 7091 | SPL_IMAGE ?= "${SPL_BINARYNAME}-${MACHINE}-${PV}-${PR}" |
| 7092 | SPL_SYMLINK ?= "${SPL_BINARYNAME}-${MACHINE}" |
| 7093 | |
| 7094 | The ``SPL_BINARY`` variable helps form |
| 7095 | various ``SPL_*`` variables used by the OpenEmbedded build system. |
| 7096 | |
| 7097 | See the BeagleBone machine configuration example in the |
| 7098 | ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:adding a layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script`" |
| 7099 | section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package Developer's Guide |
| 7100 | for additional information. |
| 7101 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7102 | :term:`SRC_URI` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7103 | The list of source files - local or remote. This variable tells the |
| 7104 | OpenEmbedded build system which bits to pull in for the build and how |
| 7105 | to pull them in. For example, if the recipe or append file only needs |
| 7106 | to fetch a tarball from the Internet, the recipe or append file uses |
| 7107 | a single ``SRC_URI`` entry. On the other hand, if the recipe or |
| 7108 | append file needs to fetch a tarball, apply two patches, and include |
| 7109 | a custom file, the recipe or append file would include four instances |
| 7110 | of the variable. |
| 7111 | |
| 7112 | The following list explains the available URI protocols. URI |
| 7113 | protocols are highly dependent on particular BitBake Fetcher |
| 7114 | submodules. Depending on the fetcher BitBake uses, various URL |
| 7115 | parameters are employed. For specifics on the supported Fetchers, see |
| 7116 | the ":ref:`Fetchers <bitbake:bb-fetchers>`" section in the |
| 7117 | BitBake User Manual. |
| 7118 | |
| 7119 | - ``file://`` - Fetches files, which are usually files shipped |
| 7120 | with the :term:`Metadata`, from the local machine (e.g. |
| 7121 | :ref:`patch <patching-dev-environment>` files). |
| 7122 | The path is relative to the :term:`FILESPATH` |
| 7123 | variable. Thus, the build system searches, in order, from the |
| 7124 | following directories, which are assumed to be a subdirectories of |
| 7125 | the directory in which the recipe file (``.bb``) or append file |
| 7126 | (``.bbappend``) resides: |
| 7127 | |
| 7128 | - ``${BPN}`` - The base recipe name without any special suffix |
| 7129 | or version numbers. |
| 7130 | |
| 7131 | - ``${BP}`` - ``${BPN}-${PV}``. The base recipe name and |
| 7132 | version but without any special package name suffix. |
| 7133 | |
| 7134 | - *files -* Files within a directory, which is named ``files`` |
| 7135 | and is also alongside the recipe or append file. |
| 7136 | |
| 7137 | .. note:: |
| 7138 | |
| 7139 | If you want the build system to pick up files specified through |
| 7140 | a |
| 7141 | SRC_URI |
| 7142 | statement from your append file, you need to be sure to extend |
| 7143 | the |
| 7144 | FILESPATH |
| 7145 | variable by also using the |
| 7146 | FILESEXTRAPATHS |
| 7147 | variable from within your append file. |
| 7148 | |
| 7149 | - ``bzr://`` - Fetches files from a Bazaar revision control |
| 7150 | repository. |
| 7151 | |
| 7152 | - ``git://`` - Fetches files from a Git revision control |
| 7153 | repository. |
| 7154 | |
| 7155 | - ``osc://`` - Fetches files from an OSC (OpenSUSE Build service) |
| 7156 | revision control repository. |
| 7157 | |
| 7158 | - ``repo://`` - Fetches files from a repo (Git) repository. |
| 7159 | |
| 7160 | - ``ccrc://`` - Fetches files from a ClearCase repository. |
| 7161 | |
| 7162 | - ``http://`` - Fetches files from the Internet using ``http``. |
| 7163 | |
| 7164 | - ``https://`` - Fetches files from the Internet using ``https``. |
| 7165 | |
| 7166 | - ``ftp://`` - Fetches files from the Internet using ``ftp``. |
| 7167 | |
| 7168 | - ``cvs://`` - Fetches files from a CVS revision control |
| 7169 | repository. |
| 7170 | |
| 7171 | - ``hg://`` - Fetches files from a Mercurial (``hg``) revision |
| 7172 | control repository. |
| 7173 | |
| 7174 | - ``p4://`` - Fetches files from a Perforce (``p4``) revision |
| 7175 | control repository. |
| 7176 | |
| 7177 | - ``ssh://`` - Fetches files from a secure shell. |
| 7178 | |
| 7179 | - ``svn://`` - Fetches files from a Subversion (``svn``) revision |
| 7180 | control repository. |
| 7181 | |
| 7182 | - ``npm://`` - Fetches JavaScript modules from a registry. |
| 7183 | |
| 7184 | Standard and recipe-specific options for ``SRC_URI`` exist. Here are |
| 7185 | standard options: |
| 7186 | |
| 7187 | - ``apply`` - Whether to apply the patch or not. The default |
| 7188 | action is to apply the patch. |
| 7189 | |
| 7190 | - ``striplevel`` - Which striplevel to use when applying the |
| 7191 | patch. The default level is 1. |
| 7192 | |
| 7193 | - ``patchdir`` - Specifies the directory in which the patch should |
| 7194 | be applied. The default is ``${``\ :term:`S`\ ``}``. |
| 7195 | |
| 7196 | Here are options specific to recipes building code from a revision |
| 7197 | control system: |
| 7198 | |
| 7199 | - ``mindate`` - Apply the patch only if |
| 7200 | :term:`SRCDATE` is equal to or greater than |
| 7201 | ``mindate``. |
| 7202 | |
| 7203 | - ``maxdate`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCDATE`` is not later |
| 7204 | than ``maxdate``. |
| 7205 | |
| 7206 | - ``minrev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is equal to or |
| 7207 | greater than ``minrev``. |
| 7208 | |
| 7209 | - ``maxrev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is not later |
| 7210 | than ``maxrev``. |
| 7211 | |
| 7212 | - ``rev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is equal to |
| 7213 | ``rev``. |
| 7214 | |
| 7215 | - ``notrev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is not equal to |
| 7216 | ``rev``. |
| 7217 | |
| 7218 | Here are some additional options worth mentioning: |
| 7219 | |
| 7220 | - ``unpack`` - Controls whether or not to unpack the file if it is |
| 7221 | an archive. The default action is to unpack the file. |
| 7222 | |
| 7223 | - ``destsuffix`` - Places the file (or extracts its contents) into |
| 7224 | the specified subdirectory of :term:`WORKDIR` when |
| 7225 | the Git fetcher is used. |
| 7226 | |
| 7227 | - ``subdir`` - Places the file (or extracts its contents) into the |
| 7228 | specified subdirectory of ``WORKDIR`` when the local (``file://``) |
| 7229 | fetcher is used. |
| 7230 | |
| 7231 | - ``localdir`` - Places the file (or extracts its contents) into |
| 7232 | the specified subdirectory of ``WORKDIR`` when the CVS fetcher is |
| 7233 | used. |
| 7234 | |
| 7235 | - ``subpath`` - Limits the checkout to a specific subpath of the |
| 7236 | tree when using the Git fetcher is used. |
| 7237 | |
| 7238 | - ``name`` - Specifies a name to be used for association with |
| 7239 | ``SRC_URI`` checksums when you have more than one file specified |
| 7240 | in ``SRC_URI``. |
| 7241 | |
| 7242 | - ``downloadfilename`` - Specifies the filename used when storing |
| 7243 | the downloaded file. |
| 7244 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7245 | :term:`SRC_URI_OVERRIDES_PACKAGE_ARCH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7246 | By default, the OpenEmbedded build system automatically detects |
| 7247 | whether ``SRC_URI`` contains files that are machine-specific. If so, |
| 7248 | the build system automatically changes ``PACKAGE_ARCH``. Setting this |
| 7249 | variable to "0" disables this behavior. |
| 7250 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7251 | :term:`SRCDATE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7252 | The date of the source code used to build the package. This variable |
| 7253 | applies only if the source was fetched from a Source Code Manager |
| 7254 | (SCM). |
| 7255 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7256 | :term:`SRCPV` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7257 | Returns the version string of the current package. This string is |
| 7258 | used to help define the value of :term:`PV`. |
| 7259 | |
| 7260 | The ``SRCPV`` variable is defined in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` |
| 7261 | configuration file in the :term:`Source Directory` as |
| 7262 | follows: |
| 7263 | :: |
| 7264 | |
| 7265 | SRCPV = "${@bb.fetch2.get_srcrev(d)}" |
| 7266 | |
| 7267 | Recipes that need to define ``PV`` do so with the help of the |
| 7268 | ``SRCPV``. For example, the ``ofono`` recipe (``ofono_git.bb``) |
| 7269 | located in ``meta/recipes-connectivity`` in the Source Directory |
| 7270 | defines ``PV`` as follows: |
| 7271 | :: |
| 7272 | |
| 7273 | PV = "0.12-git${SRCPV}" |
| 7274 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7275 | :term:`SRCREV` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7276 | The revision of the source code used to build the package. This |
| 7277 | variable applies to Subversion, Git, Mercurial, and Bazaar only. Note |
| 7278 | that if you want to build a fixed revision and you want to avoid |
| 7279 | performing a query on the remote repository every time BitBake parses |
| 7280 | your recipe, you should specify a ``SRCREV`` that is a full revision |
| 7281 | identifier and not just a tag. |
| 7282 | |
| 7283 | .. note:: |
| 7284 | |
| 7285 | For information on limitations when inheriting the latest revision |
| 7286 | of software using |
| 7287 | SRCREV |
| 7288 | , see the |
| 7289 | AUTOREV |
| 7290 | variable description and the " |
| 7291 | Automatically Incrementing a Binary Package Revision Number |
| 7292 | " section, which is in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 7293 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7294 | :term:`SSTATE_DIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7295 | The directory for the shared state cache. |
| 7296 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7297 | :term:`SSTATE_MIRROR_ALLOW_NETWORK` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7298 | If set to "1", allows fetches from mirrors that are specified in |
| 7299 | :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` to work even when |
| 7300 | fetching from the network is disabled by setting ``BB_NO_NETWORK`` to |
| 7301 | "1". Using the ``SSTATE_MIRROR_ALLOW_NETWORK`` variable is useful if |
| 7302 | you have set ``SSTATE_MIRRORS`` to point to an internal server for |
| 7303 | your shared state cache, but you want to disable any other fetching |
| 7304 | from the network. |
| 7305 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7306 | :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7307 | Configures the OpenEmbedded build system to search other mirror |
| 7308 | locations for prebuilt cache data objects before building out the |
| 7309 | data. This variable works like fetcher :term:`MIRRORS` |
| 7310 | and :term:`PREMIRRORS` and points to the cache |
| 7311 | locations to check for the shared state (sstate) objects. |
| 7312 | |
| 7313 | You can specify a filesystem directory or a remote URL such as HTTP |
| 7314 | or FTP. The locations you specify need to contain the shared state |
| 7315 | cache (sstate-cache) results from previous builds. The sstate-cache |
| 7316 | you point to can also be from builds on other machines. |
| 7317 | |
| 7318 | When pointing to sstate build artifacts on another machine that uses |
| 7319 | a different GCC version for native builds, you must configure |
| 7320 | ``SSTATE_MIRRORS`` with a regular expression that maps local search |
| 7321 | paths to server paths. The paths need to take into account |
| 7322 | :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` set by the |
| 7323 | :ref:`uninative <ref-classes-uninative>` class. For example, the |
| 7324 | following maps the local search path ``universal-4.9`` to the |
| 7325 | server-provided path server_url_sstate_path: |
| 7326 | :: |
| 7327 | |
| 7328 | SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "file://universal-4.9/(.*) http://server_url_sstate_path/universal-4.8/\1 \n" |
| 7329 | |
| 7330 | If a mirror uses the same structure as |
| 7331 | :term:`SSTATE_DIR`, you need to add "PATH" at the |
| 7332 | end as shown in the examples below. The build system substitutes the |
| 7333 | correct path within the directory structure. |
| 7334 | :: |
| 7335 | |
| 7336 | SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "\ |
| 7337 | file://.* http://someserver.tld/share/sstate/PATH;downloadfilename=PATH \n \ |
| 7338 | file://.* file:///some-local-dir/sstate/PATH" |
| 7339 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7340 | :term:`SSTATE_SCAN_FILES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7341 | Controls the list of files the OpenEmbedded build system scans for |
| 7342 | hardcoded installation paths. The variable uses a space-separated |
| 7343 | list of filenames (not paths) with standard wildcard characters |
| 7344 | allowed. |
| 7345 | |
| 7346 | During a build, the OpenEmbedded build system creates a shared state |
| 7347 | (sstate) object during the first stage of preparing the sysroots. |
| 7348 | That object is scanned for hardcoded paths for original installation |
| 7349 | locations. The list of files that are scanned for paths is controlled |
| 7350 | by the ``SSTATE_SCAN_FILES`` variable. Typically, recipes add files |
| 7351 | they want to be scanned to the value of ``SSTATE_SCAN_FILES`` rather |
| 7352 | than the variable being comprehensively set. The |
| 7353 | :ref:`sstate <ref-classes-sstate>` class specifies the default list |
| 7354 | of files. |
| 7355 | |
| 7356 | For details on the process, see the |
| 7357 | :ref:`staging <ref-classes-staging>` class. |
| 7358 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7359 | :term:`STAGING_BASE_LIBDIR_NATIVE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7360 | Specifies the path to the ``/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot |
| 7361 | directory for the build host. |
| 7362 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7363 | :term:`STAGING_BASELIBDIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7364 | Specifies the path to the ``/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot |
| 7365 | directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built |
| 7366 | (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). |
| 7367 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7368 | :term:`STAGING_BINDIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7369 | Specifies the path to the ``/usr/bin`` subdirectory of the sysroot |
| 7370 | directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built |
| 7371 | (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). |
| 7372 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7373 | :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_CROSS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7374 | Specifies the path to the directory containing binary configuration |
| 7375 | scripts. These scripts provide configuration information for other |
| 7376 | software that wants to make use of libraries or include files |
| 7377 | provided by the software associated with the script. |
| 7378 | |
| 7379 | .. note:: |
| 7380 | |
| 7381 | This style of build configuration has been largely replaced by |
| 7382 | pkg-config |
| 7383 | . Consequently, if |
| 7384 | pkg-config |
| 7385 | is supported by the library to which you are linking, it is |
| 7386 | recommended you use |
| 7387 | pkg-config |
| 7388 | instead of a provided configuration script. |
| 7389 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7390 | :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7391 | Specifies the path to the ``/usr/bin`` subdirectory of the sysroot |
| 7392 | directory for the build host. |
| 7393 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7394 | :term:`STAGING_DATADIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7395 | Specifies the path to the ``/usr/share`` subdirectory of the sysroot |
| 7396 | directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built |
| 7397 | (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). |
| 7398 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7399 | :term:`STAGING_DATADIR_NATIVE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7400 | Specifies the path to the ``/usr/share`` subdirectory of the sysroot |
| 7401 | directory for the build host. |
| 7402 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7403 | :term:`STAGING_DIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7404 | Helps construct the ``recipe-sysroots`` directory, which is used |
| 7405 | during packaging. |
| 7406 | |
| 7407 | For information on how staging for recipe-specific sysroots occurs, |
| 7408 | see the :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` |
| 7409 | task, the ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-extensible:sharing files between recipes`" |
| 7410 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual, the |
| 7411 | ":ref:`configuration-compilation-and-staging-dev-environment`" |
| 7412 | section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual, and the |
| 7413 | :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` variable. |
| 7414 | |
| 7415 | .. note:: |
| 7416 | |
| 7417 | Recipes should never write files directly under the |
| 7418 | STAGING_DIR |
| 7419 | directory because the OpenEmbedded build system manages the |
| 7420 | directory automatically. Instead, files should be installed to |
| 7421 | ${ |
| 7422 | D |
| 7423 | } |
| 7424 | within your recipe's |
| 7425 | do_install |
| 7426 | task and then the OpenEmbedded build system will stage a subset of |
| 7427 | those files into the sysroot. |
| 7428 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7429 | :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7430 | Specifies the path to the sysroot directory for the system on which |
| 7431 | the component is built to run (the system that hosts the component). |
| 7432 | For most recipes, this sysroot is the one in which that recipe's |
| 7433 | :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task copies |
| 7434 | files. Exceptions include ``-native`` recipes, where the |
| 7435 | ``do_populate_sysroot`` task instead uses |
| 7436 | :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`. Depending on |
| 7437 | the type of recipe and the build target, ``STAGING_DIR_HOST`` can |
| 7438 | have the following values: |
| 7439 | |
| 7440 | - For recipes building for the target machine, the value is |
| 7441 | "${:term:`STAGING_DIR`}/${:term:`MACHINE`}". |
| 7442 | |
| 7443 | - For native recipes building for the build host, the value is empty |
| 7444 | given the assumption that when building for the build host, the |
| 7445 | build host's own directories should be used. |
| 7446 | |
| 7447 | .. note:: |
| 7448 | |
| 7449 | ``-native`` recipes are not installed into host paths like such |
| 7450 | as ``/usr``. Rather, these recipes are installed into |
| 7451 | ``STAGING_DIR_NATIVE``. When compiling ``-native`` recipes, |
| 7452 | standard build environment variables such as |
| 7453 | :term:`CPPFLAGS` and |
| 7454 | :term:`CFLAGS` are set up so that both host paths |
| 7455 | and ``STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`` are searched for libraries and |
| 7456 | headers using, for example, GCC's ``-isystem`` option. |
| 7457 | |
| 7458 | Thus, the emphasis is that the ``STAGING_DIR*`` variables |
| 7459 | should be viewed as input variables by tasks such as |
| 7460 | :ref:`ref-tasks-configure`, |
| 7461 | :ref:`ref-tasks-compile`, and |
| 7462 | :ref:`ref-tasks-install`. Having the real system |
| 7463 | root correspond to ``STAGING_DIR_HOST`` makes conceptual sense |
| 7464 | for ``-native`` recipes, as they make use of host headers and |
| 7465 | libraries. |
| 7466 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7467 | :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7468 | Specifies the path to the sysroot directory used when building |
| 7469 | components that run on the build host itself. |
| 7470 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7471 | :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7472 | Specifies the path to the sysroot used for the system for which the |
| 7473 | component generates code. For components that do not generate code, |
| 7474 | which is the majority, ``STAGING_DIR_TARGET`` is set to match |
| 7475 | :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`. |
| 7476 | |
| 7477 | Some recipes build binaries that can run on the target system but |
| 7478 | those binaries in turn generate code for another different system |
| 7479 | (e.g. cross-canadian recipes). Using terminology from GNU, the |
| 7480 | primary system is referred to as the "HOST" and the secondary, or |
| 7481 | different, system is referred to as the "TARGET". Thus, the binaries |
| 7482 | run on the "HOST" system and generate binaries for the "TARGET" |
| 7483 | system. The ``STAGING_DIR_HOST`` variable points to the sysroot used |
| 7484 | for the "HOST" system, while ``STAGING_DIR_TARGET`` points to the |
| 7485 | sysroot used for the "TARGET" system. |
| 7486 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7487 | :term:`STAGING_ETCDIR_NATIVE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7488 | Specifies the path to the ``/etc`` subdirectory of the sysroot |
| 7489 | directory for the build host. |
| 7490 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7491 | :term:`STAGING_EXECPREFIXDIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7492 | Specifies the path to the ``/usr`` subdirectory of the sysroot |
| 7493 | directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built |
| 7494 | (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). |
| 7495 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7496 | :term:`STAGING_INCDIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7497 | Specifies the path to the ``/usr/include`` subdirectory of the |
| 7498 | sysroot directory for the target for which the current recipe being |
| 7499 | built (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). |
| 7500 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7501 | :term:`STAGING_INCDIR_NATIVE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7502 | Specifies the path to the ``/usr/include`` subdirectory of the |
| 7503 | sysroot directory for the build host. |
| 7504 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7505 | :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_BUILDDIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7506 | Points to the directory containing the kernel build artifacts. |
| 7507 | Recipes building software that needs to access kernel build artifacts |
| 7508 | (e.g. ``systemtap-uprobes``) can look in the directory specified with |
| 7509 | the ``STAGING_KERNEL_BUILDDIR`` variable to find these artifacts |
| 7510 | after the kernel has been built. |
| 7511 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7512 | :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7513 | The directory with kernel headers that are required to build |
| 7514 | out-of-tree modules. |
| 7515 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7516 | :term:`STAGING_LIBDIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7517 | Specifies the path to the ``/usr/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot |
| 7518 | directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built |
| 7519 | (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). |
| 7520 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7521 | :term:`STAGING_LIBDIR_NATIVE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7522 | Specifies the path to the ``/usr/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot |
| 7523 | directory for the build host. |
| 7524 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7525 | :term:`STAMP` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7526 | Specifies the base path used to create recipe stamp files. The path |
| 7527 | to an actual stamp file is constructed by evaluating this string and |
| 7528 | then appending additional information. Currently, the default |
| 7529 | assignment for ``STAMP`` as set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` |
| 7530 | file is: |
| 7531 | :: |
| 7532 | |
| 7533 | STAMP = "${STAMPS_DIR}/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}" |
| 7534 | |
| 7535 | For information on how BitBake uses stamp files to determine if a |
| 7536 | task should be rerun, see the |
| 7537 | ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:stamp files and the rerunning of tasks`" |
| 7538 | section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. |
| 7539 | |
| 7540 | See :term:`STAMPS_DIR`, |
| 7541 | :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`, |
| 7542 | :term:`PN`, :term:`EXTENDPE`, |
| 7543 | :term:`PV`, and :term:`PR` for related variable |
| 7544 | information. |
| 7545 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7546 | :term:`STAMPS_DIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7547 | Specifies the base directory in which the OpenEmbedded build system |
| 7548 | places stamps. The default directory is ``${TMPDIR}/stamps``. |
| 7549 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7550 | :term:`STRIP` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7551 | The minimal command and arguments to run ``strip``, which is used to |
| 7552 | strip symbols. |
| 7553 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7554 | :term:`SUMMARY` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7555 | The short (72 characters or less) summary of the binary package for |
| 7556 | packaging systems such as ``opkg``, ``rpm``, or ``dpkg``. By default, |
| 7557 | ``SUMMARY`` is used to define the |
| 7558 | :term:`DESCRIPTION` variable if ``DESCRIPTION`` is |
| 7559 | not set in the recipe. |
| 7560 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7561 | :term:`SVNDIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7562 | The directory in which files checked out of a Subversion system are |
| 7563 | stored. |
| 7564 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7565 | :term:`SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7566 | Specifies the kernel boot default console. If you want to use a |
| 7567 | console other than the default, set this variable in your recipe as |
| 7568 | follows where "X" is the console number you want to use: |
| 7569 | :: |
| 7570 | |
| 7571 | SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE = "console=ttyX" |
| 7572 | |
| 7573 | The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class initially sets |
| 7574 | this variable to null but then checks for a value later. |
| 7575 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7576 | :term:`SYSLINUX_OPTS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7577 | Lists additional options to add to the syslinux file. You need to set |
| 7578 | this variable in your recipe. If you want to list multiple options, |
| 7579 | separate the options with a semicolon character (``;``). |
| 7580 | |
| 7581 | The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class uses this variable |
| 7582 | to create a set of options. |
| 7583 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7584 | :term:`SYSLINUX_SERIAL` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7585 | Specifies the alternate serial port or turns it off. To turn off |
| 7586 | serial, set this variable to an empty string in your recipe. The |
| 7587 | variable's default value is set in the |
| 7588 | :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class as follows: |
| 7589 | :: |
| 7590 | |
| 7591 | SYSLINUX_SERIAL ?= "0 115200" |
| 7592 | |
| 7593 | The class checks for and uses the variable as needed. |
| 7594 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7595 | :term:`SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7596 | Specifies the alternate console=tty... kernel boot argument. The |
| 7597 | variable's default value is set in the |
| 7598 | :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class as follows: |
| 7599 | :: |
| 7600 | |
| 7601 | SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY ?= "console=ttyS0,115200" |
| 7602 | |
| 7603 | The class checks for and uses the variable as needed. |
| 7604 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7605 | :term:`SYSLINUX_SPLASH` |
| 7606 | An ``.LSS`` file used as the background for the VGA boot menu when |
| 7607 | you use the boot menu. You need to set this variable in your recipe. |
| 7608 | |
| 7609 | The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class checks for this |
| 7610 | variable and if found, the OpenEmbedded build system installs the |
| 7611 | splash screen. |
| 7612 | |
| 7613 | :term:`SYSROOT_DESTDIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7614 | Points to the temporary directory under the work directory (default |
| 7615 | "``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/sysroot-destdir``") |
| 7616 | where the files populated into the sysroot are assembled during the |
| 7617 | :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. |
| 7618 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7619 | :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7620 | Directories that are staged into the sysroot by the |
| 7621 | :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. By |
| 7622 | default, the following directories are staged: |
| 7623 | :: |
| 7624 | |
| 7625 | SYSROOT_DIRS = " \ |
| 7626 | ${includedir} \ |
| 7627 | ${libdir} \ |
| 7628 | ${base_libdir} \ |
| 7629 | ${nonarch_base_libdir} \ |
| 7630 | ${datadir} \ |
| 7631 | " |
| 7632 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7633 | :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7634 | Directories that are not staged into the sysroot by the |
| 7635 | :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. You |
| 7636 | can use this variable to exclude certain subdirectories of |
| 7637 | directories listed in :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` from |
| 7638 | staging. By default, the following directories are not staged: |
| 7639 | :: |
| 7640 | |
| 7641 | SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST = " \ |
| 7642 | ${mandir} \ |
| 7643 | ${docdir} \ |
| 7644 | ${infodir} \ |
| 7645 | ${datadir}/locale \ |
| 7646 | ${datadir}/applications \ |
| 7647 | ${datadir}/fonts \ |
| 7648 | ${datadir}/pixmaps \ |
| 7649 | " |
| 7650 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7651 | :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7652 | Extra directories staged into the sysroot by the |
| 7653 | :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task for |
| 7654 | ``-native`` recipes, in addition to those specified in |
| 7655 | :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS`. By default, the following |
| 7656 | extra directories are staged: |
| 7657 | :: |
| 7658 | |
| 7659 | SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE = " \ |
| 7660 | ${bindir} \ |
| 7661 | ${sbindir} \ |
| 7662 | ${base_bindir} \ |
| 7663 | ${base_sbindir} \ |
| 7664 | ${libexecdir} \ |
| 7665 | ${sysconfdir} \ |
| 7666 | ${localstatedir} \ |
| 7667 | " |
| 7668 | |
| 7669 | .. note:: |
| 7670 | |
| 7671 | Programs built by |
| 7672 | -native |
| 7673 | recipes run directly from the sysroot ( |
| 7674 | STAGING_DIR_NATIVE |
| 7675 | ), which is why additional directories containing program |
| 7676 | executables and supporting files need to be staged. |
| 7677 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7678 | :term:`SYSROOT_PREPROCESS_FUNCS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7679 | A list of functions to execute after files are staged into the |
| 7680 | sysroot. These functions are usually used to apply additional |
| 7681 | processing on the staged files, or to stage additional files. |
| 7682 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7683 | :term:`SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7684 | When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class, |
| 7685 | this variable specifies whether the specified service in |
| 7686 | :term:`SYSTEMD_SERVICE` should start |
| 7687 | automatically or not. By default, the service is enabled to |
| 7688 | automatically start at boot time. The default setting is in the |
| 7689 | :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class as follows: |
| 7690 | :: |
| 7691 | |
| 7692 | SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE ??= "enable" |
| 7693 | |
| 7694 | You can disable the service by setting the variable to "disable". |
| 7695 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7696 | :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7697 | When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to |
| 7698 | "systemd-boot", the ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG`` variable specifies the |
| 7699 | configuration file that should be used. By default, the |
| 7700 | :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the |
| 7701 | ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG`` as follows: |
| 7702 | :: |
| 7703 | |
| 7704 | SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG ?= "${:term:`S`}/loader.conf" |
| 7705 | |
| 7706 | For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot |
| 7707 | documentation <http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__. |
| 7708 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7709 | :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7710 | When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to |
| 7711 | "systemd-boot", the ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES`` variable specifies a |
| 7712 | list of entry files (``*.conf``) to install that contain one boot |
| 7713 | entry per file. By default, the |
| 7714 | :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the |
| 7715 | ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES`` as follows: |
| 7716 | :: |
| 7717 | |
| 7718 | SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES ?= "" |
| 7719 | |
| 7720 | For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot |
| 7721 | documentation <http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__. |
| 7722 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7723 | :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7724 | When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to |
| 7725 | "systemd-boot", the ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT`` variable specifies the |
| 7726 | boot menu timeout in seconds. By default, the |
| 7727 | :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the |
| 7728 | ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT`` as follows: |
| 7729 | :: |
| 7730 | |
| 7731 | SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT ?= "10" |
| 7732 | |
| 7733 | For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot |
| 7734 | documentation <http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__. |
| 7735 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7736 | :term:`SYSTEMD_PACKAGES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7737 | When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class, |
| 7738 | this variable locates the systemd unit files when they are not found |
| 7739 | in the main recipe's package. By default, the ``SYSTEMD_PACKAGES`` |
| 7740 | variable is set such that the systemd unit files are assumed to |
| 7741 | reside in the recipes main package: |
| 7742 | :: |
| 7743 | |
| 7744 | SYSTEMD_PACKAGES ?= "${PN}" |
| 7745 | |
| 7746 | If these unit files are not in this recipe's main package, you need |
| 7747 | to use ``SYSTEMD_PACKAGES`` to list the package or packages in which |
| 7748 | the build system can find the systemd unit files. |
| 7749 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7750 | :term:`SYSTEMD_SERVICE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7751 | When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class, |
| 7752 | this variable specifies the systemd service name for a package. |
| 7753 | |
| 7754 | When you specify this file in your recipe, use a package name |
| 7755 | override to indicate the package to which the value applies. Here is |
| 7756 | an example from the connman recipe: |
| 7757 | :: |
| 7758 | |
| 7759 | SYSTEMD_SERVICE_${PN} = "connman.service" |
| 7760 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7761 | :term:`SYSVINIT_ENABLED_GETTYS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7762 | When using |
| 7763 | :ref:`SysVinit <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:enabling system services>`, |
| 7764 | specifies a space-separated list of the virtual terminals that should |
| 7765 | run a `getty <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_%28Unix%29>`__ |
| 7766 | (allowing login), assuming :term:`USE_VT` is not set to |
| 7767 | "0". |
| 7768 | |
| 7769 | The default value for ``SYSVINIT_ENABLED_GETTYS`` is "1" (i.e. only |
| 7770 | run a getty on the first virtual terminal). |
| 7771 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7772 | :term:`T` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7773 | This variable points to a directory were BitBake places temporary |
| 7774 | files, which consist mostly of task logs and scripts, when building a |
| 7775 | particular recipe. The variable is typically set as follows: |
| 7776 | :: |
| 7777 | |
| 7778 | T = "${WORKDIR}/temp" |
| 7779 | |
| 7780 | The :term:`WORKDIR` is the directory into which |
| 7781 | BitBake unpacks and builds the recipe. The default ``bitbake.conf`` |
| 7782 | file sets this variable. |
| 7783 | |
| 7784 | The ``T`` variable is not to be confused with the |
| 7785 | :term:`TMPDIR` variable, which points to the root of |
| 7786 | the directory tree where BitBake places the output of an entire |
| 7787 | build. |
| 7788 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7789 | :term:`TARGET_ARCH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7790 | The target machine's architecture. The OpenEmbedded build system |
| 7791 | supports many architectures. Here is an example list of architectures |
| 7792 | supported. This list is by no means complete as the architecture is |
| 7793 | configurable: |
| 7794 | |
| 7795 | - arm |
| 7796 | - i586 |
| 7797 | - x86_64 |
| 7798 | - powerpc |
| 7799 | - powerpc64 |
| 7800 | - mips |
| 7801 | - mipsel |
| 7802 | |
| 7803 | For additional information on machine architectures, see the |
| 7804 | :term:`TUNE_ARCH` variable. |
| 7805 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7806 | :term:`TARGET_AS_ARCH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7807 | Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the target |
| 7808 | system. ``TARGET_AS_ARCH`` is initialized from |
| 7809 | :term:`TUNE_ASARGS` by default in the BitBake |
| 7810 | configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``): |
| 7811 | :: |
| 7812 | |
| 7813 | TARGET_AS_ARCH = "${TUNE_ASARGS}" |
| 7814 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7815 | :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7816 | Specifies architecture-specific C compiler flags for the target |
| 7817 | system. ``TARGET_CC_ARCH`` is initialized from |
| 7818 | :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` by default. |
| 7819 | |
| 7820 | .. note:: |
| 7821 | |
| 7822 | It is a common workaround to append |
| 7823 | LDFLAGS |
| 7824 | to |
| 7825 | TARGET_CC_ARCH |
| 7826 | in recipes that build software for the target that would not |
| 7827 | otherwise respect the exported |
| 7828 | LDFLAGS |
| 7829 | variable. |
| 7830 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7831 | :term:`TARGET_CC_KERNEL_ARCH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7832 | This is a specific kernel compiler flag for a CPU or Application |
| 7833 | Binary Interface (ABI) tune. The flag is used rarely and only for |
| 7834 | cases where a userspace :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` is not |
| 7835 | compatible with the kernel compilation. The ``TARGET_CC_KERNEL_ARCH`` |
| 7836 | variable allows the kernel (and associated modules) to use a |
| 7837 | different configuration. See the |
| 7838 | ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/feature-arm-thumb.inc`` file in the |
| 7839 | :term:`Source Directory` for an example. |
| 7840 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7841 | :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7842 | Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the |
| 7843 | target. When building in the target context, |
| 7844 | :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by |
| 7845 | default. |
| 7846 | |
| 7847 | Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the ``CFLAGS`` |
| 7848 | variable in the environment to the ``TARGET_CFLAGS`` value so that |
| 7849 | executables built using the SDK also have the flags applied. |
| 7850 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7851 | :term:`TARGET_CPPFLAGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7852 | Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the |
| 7853 | C and the C++ compilers) when building for the target. When building |
| 7854 | in the target context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` is set to the |
| 7855 | value of this variable by default. |
| 7856 | |
| 7857 | Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the |
| 7858 | ``CPPFLAGS`` variable in the environment to the ``TARGET_CPPFLAGS`` |
| 7859 | value so that executables built using the SDK also have the flags |
| 7860 | applied. |
| 7861 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7862 | :term:`TARGET_CXXFLAGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7863 | Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the |
| 7864 | target. When building in the target context, |
| 7865 | :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable |
| 7866 | by default. |
| 7867 | |
| 7868 | Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the |
| 7869 | ``CXXFLAGS`` variable in the environment to the ``TARGET_CXXFLAGS`` |
| 7870 | value so that executables built using the SDK also have the flags |
| 7871 | applied. |
| 7872 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7873 | :term:`TARGET_FPU` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7874 | Specifies the method for handling FPU code. For FPU-less targets, |
| 7875 | which include most ARM CPUs, the variable must be set to "soft". If |
| 7876 | not, the kernel emulation gets used, which results in a performance |
| 7877 | penalty. |
| 7878 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7879 | :term:`TARGET_LD_ARCH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7880 | Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the target system. |
| 7881 | ``TARGET_LD_ARCH`` is initialized from |
| 7882 | :term:`TUNE_LDARGS` by default in the BitBake |
| 7883 | configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``): |
| 7884 | :: |
| 7885 | |
| 7886 | TARGET_LD_ARCH = "${TUNE_LDARGS}" |
| 7887 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7888 | :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7889 | Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the |
| 7890 | target. When building in the target context, |
| 7891 | :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable |
| 7892 | by default. |
| 7893 | |
| 7894 | Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the |
| 7895 | :term:`LDFLAGS` variable in the environment to the |
| 7896 | ``TARGET_LDFLAGS`` value so that executables built using the SDK also |
| 7897 | have the flags applied. |
| 7898 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7899 | :term:`TARGET_OS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7900 | Specifies the target's operating system. The variable can be set to |
| 7901 | "linux" for glibc-based systems (GNU C Library) and to "linux-musl" |
| 7902 | for musl libc. For ARM/EABI targets, "linux-gnueabi" and |
| 7903 | "linux-musleabi" possible values exist. |
| 7904 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7905 | :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7906 | Specifies the prefix used for the toolchain binary target tools. |
| 7907 | |
| 7908 | Depending on the type of recipe and the build target, |
| 7909 | ``TARGET_PREFIX`` is set as follows: |
| 7910 | |
| 7911 | - For recipes building for the target machine, the value is |
| 7912 | "${:term:`TARGET_SYS`}-". |
| 7913 | |
| 7914 | - For native recipes, the build system sets the variable to the |
| 7915 | value of ``BUILD_PREFIX``. |
| 7916 | |
| 7917 | - For native SDK recipes (``nativesdk``), the build system sets the |
| 7918 | variable to the value of ``SDK_PREFIX``. |
| 7919 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7920 | :term:`TARGET_SYS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7921 | Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating |
| 7922 | system, for which the build is occurring in the context of the |
| 7923 | current recipe. |
| 7924 | |
| 7925 | The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based |
| 7926 | on :term:`TARGET_ARCH`, |
| 7927 | :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`, and |
| 7928 | :term:`TARGET_OS` variables. |
| 7929 | |
| 7930 | .. note:: |
| 7931 | |
| 7932 | You do not need to set the TARGET_SYS variable yourself. |
| 7933 | |
| 7934 | Consider these two examples: |
| 7935 | |
| 7936 | - Given a native recipe on a 32-bit, x86 machine running Linux, the |
| 7937 | value is "i686-linux". |
| 7938 | |
| 7939 | - Given a recipe being built for a little-endian, MIPS target |
| 7940 | running Linux, the value might be "mipsel-linux". |
| 7941 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7942 | :term:`TARGET_VENDOR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7943 | Specifies the name of the target vendor. |
| 7944 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7945 | :term:`TCLIBC` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7946 | Specifies the GNU standard C library (``libc``) variant to use during |
| 7947 | the build process. This variable replaces ``POKYLIBC``, which is no |
| 7948 | longer supported. |
| 7949 | |
| 7950 | You can select "glibc", "musl", "newlib", or "baremetal" |
| 7951 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7952 | :term:`TCLIBCAPPEND` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7953 | Specifies a suffix to be appended onto the |
| 7954 | :term:`TMPDIR` value. The suffix identifies the |
| 7955 | ``libc`` variant for building. When you are building for multiple |
| 7956 | variants with the same :term:`Build Directory`, this |
| 7957 | mechanism ensures that output for different ``libc`` variants is kept |
| 7958 | separate to avoid potential conflicts. |
| 7959 | |
| 7960 | In the ``defaultsetup.conf`` file, the default value of |
| 7961 | ``TCLIBCAPPEND`` is "-${TCLIBC}". However, distros such as poky, |
| 7962 | which normally only support one ``libc`` variant, set |
| 7963 | ``TCLIBCAPPEND`` to "" in their distro configuration file resulting |
| 7964 | in no suffix being applied. |
| 7965 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 7966 | :term:`TCMODE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7967 | Specifies the toolchain selector. ``TCMODE`` controls the |
| 7968 | characteristics of the generated packages and images by telling the |
| 7969 | OpenEmbedded build system which toolchain profile to use. By default, |
| 7970 | the OpenEmbedded build system builds its own internal toolchain. The |
| 7971 | variable's default value is "default", which uses that internal |
| 7972 | toolchain. |
| 7973 | |
| 7974 | .. note:: |
| 7975 | |
| 7976 | If |
| 7977 | TCMODE |
| 7978 | is set to a value other than "default", then it is your |
| 7979 | responsibility to ensure that the toolchain is compatible with the |
| 7980 | default toolchain. Using older or newer versions of these |
| 7981 | components might cause build problems. See the Release Notes for |
| 7982 | the Yocto Project release for the specific components with which |
| 7983 | the toolchain must be compatible. To access the Release Notes, go |
| 7984 | to the |
| 7985 | Downloads |
| 7986 | page on the Yocto Project website and click on the "RELEASE |
| 7987 | INFORMATION" link for the appropriate release. |
| 7988 | |
| 7989 | The ``TCMODE`` variable is similar to :term:`TCLIBC`, |
| 7990 | which controls the variant of the GNU standard C library (``libc``) |
| 7991 | used during the build process: ``glibc`` or ``musl``. |
| 7992 | |
| 7993 | With additional layers, it is possible to use a pre-compiled external |
| 7994 | toolchain. One example is the Sourcery G++ Toolchain. The support for |
| 7995 | this toolchain resides in the separate Mentor Graphics |
| 7996 | ``meta-sourcery`` layer at |
| 7997 | http://github.com/MentorEmbedded/meta-sourcery/. |
| 7998 | |
| 7999 | The layer's ``README`` file contains information on how to use the |
| 8000 | Sourcery G++ Toolchain as an external toolchain. In summary, you must |
| 8001 | be sure to add the layer to your ``bblayers.conf`` file in front of |
| 8002 | the ``meta`` layer and then set the ``EXTERNAL_TOOLCHAIN`` variable |
| 8003 | in your ``local.conf`` file to the location in which you installed |
| 8004 | the toolchain. |
| 8005 | |
| 8006 | The fundamentals used for this example apply to any external |
| 8007 | toolchain. You can use ``meta-sourcery`` as a template for adding |
| 8008 | support for other external toolchains. |
| 8009 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8010 | :term:`TEST_EXPORT_DIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8011 | The location the OpenEmbedded build system uses to export tests when |
| 8012 | the :term:`TEST_EXPORT_ONLY` variable is set |
| 8013 | to "1". |
| 8014 | |
| 8015 | The ``TEST_EXPORT_DIR`` variable defaults to |
| 8016 | ``"${TMPDIR}/testimage/${PN}"``. |
| 8017 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8018 | :term:`TEST_EXPORT_ONLY` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8019 | Specifies to export the tests only. Set this variable to "1" if you |
| 8020 | do not want to run the tests but you want them to be exported in a |
| 8021 | manner that you to run them outside of the build system. |
| 8022 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8023 | :term:`TEST_LOG_DIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8024 | Holds the SSH log and the boot log for QEMU machines. The |
| 8025 | ``TEST_LOG_DIR`` variable defaults to ``"${WORKDIR}/testimage"``. |
| 8026 | |
| 8027 | .. note:: |
| 8028 | |
| 8029 | Actual test results reside in the task log ( |
| 8030 | log.do_testimage |
| 8031 | ), which is in the |
| 8032 | ${WORKDIR}/temp/ |
| 8033 | directory. |
| 8034 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8035 | :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8036 | For automated hardware testing, specifies the command to use to |
| 8037 | control the power of the target machine under test. Typically, this |
| 8038 | command would point to a script that performs the appropriate action |
| 8039 | (e.g. interacting with a web-enabled power strip). The specified |
| 8040 | command should expect to receive as the last argument "off", "on" or |
| 8041 | "cycle" specifying to power off, on, or cycle (power off and then |
| 8042 | power on) the device, respectively. |
| 8043 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8044 | :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8045 | For automated hardware testing, specifies additional arguments to |
| 8046 | pass through to the command specified in |
| 8047 | :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD`. Setting |
| 8048 | ``TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`` is optional. You can use it if you |
| 8049 | wish, for example, to separate the machine-specific and |
| 8050 | non-machine-specific parts of the arguments. |
| 8051 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8052 | :term:`TEST_QEMUBOOT_TIMEOUT` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8053 | The time in seconds allowed for an image to boot before automated |
| 8054 | runtime tests begin to run against an image. The default timeout |
| 8055 | period to allow the boot process to reach the login prompt is 500 |
| 8056 | seconds. You can specify a different value in the ``local.conf`` |
| 8057 | file. |
| 8058 | |
| 8059 | For more information on testing images, see the |
| 8060 | ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`" |
| 8061 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 8062 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8063 | :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8064 | For automated hardware testing, specifies the command to use to |
| 8065 | connect to the serial console of the target machine under test. This |
| 8066 | command simply needs to connect to the serial console and forward |
| 8067 | that connection to standard input and output as any normal terminal |
| 8068 | program does. |
| 8069 | |
| 8070 | For example, to use the Picocom terminal program on serial device |
| 8071 | ``/dev/ttyUSB0`` at 115200bps, you would set the variable as follows: |
| 8072 | :: |
| 8073 | |
| 8074 | TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD = "picocom /dev/ttyUSB0 -b 115200" |
| 8075 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8076 | :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8077 | For automated hardware testing, specifies additional arguments to |
| 8078 | pass through to the command specified in |
| 8079 | :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD`. Setting |
| 8080 | ``TEST_SERIALCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`` is optional. You can use it if you |
| 8081 | wish, for example, to separate the machine-specific and |
| 8082 | non-machine-specific parts of the command. |
| 8083 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8084 | :term:`TEST_SERVER_IP` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8085 | The IP address of the build machine (host machine). This IP address |
| 8086 | is usually automatically detected. However, if detection fails, this |
| 8087 | variable needs to be set to the IP address of the build machine (i.e. |
| 8088 | where the build is taking place). |
| 8089 | |
| 8090 | .. note:: |
| 8091 | |
| 8092 | The |
| 8093 | TEST_SERVER_IP |
| 8094 | variable is only used for a small number of tests such as the |
| 8095 | "dnf" test suite, which needs to download packages from |
| 8096 | WORKDIR/oe-rootfs-repo |
| 8097 | . |
| 8098 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8099 | :term:`TEST_SUITES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8100 | An ordered list of tests (modules) to run against an image when |
| 8101 | performing automated runtime testing. |
| 8102 | |
| 8103 | The OpenEmbedded build system provides a core set of tests that can |
| 8104 | be used against images. |
| 8105 | |
| 8106 | .. note:: |
| 8107 | |
| 8108 | Currently, there is only support for running these tests under |
| 8109 | QEMU. |
| 8110 | |
| 8111 | Tests include ``ping``, ``ssh``, ``df`` among others. You can add |
| 8112 | your own tests to the list of tests by appending ``TEST_SUITES`` as |
| 8113 | follows: |
| 8114 | :: |
| 8115 | |
| 8116 | TEST_SUITES_append = " mytest" |
| 8117 | |
| 8118 | Alternatively, you can |
| 8119 | provide the "auto" option to have all applicable tests run against |
| 8120 | the image. |
| 8121 | :: |
| 8122 | |
| 8123 | TEST_SUITES_append = " auto" |
| 8124 | |
| 8125 | Using this option causes the |
| 8126 | build system to automatically run tests that are applicable to the |
| 8127 | image. Tests that are not applicable are skipped. |
| 8128 | |
| 8129 | The order in which tests are run is important. Tests that depend on |
| 8130 | another test must appear later in the list than the test on which |
| 8131 | they depend. For example, if you append the list of tests with two |
| 8132 | tests (``test_A`` and ``test_B``) where ``test_B`` is dependent on |
| 8133 | ``test_A``, then you must order the tests as follows: |
| 8134 | :: |
| 8135 | |
| 8136 | TEST_SUITES = "test_A test_B" |
| 8137 | |
| 8138 | For more information on testing images, see the |
| 8139 | ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`" |
| 8140 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 8141 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8142 | :term:`TEST_TARGET` |
| 8143 | Specifies the target controller to use when running tests against a |
| 8144 | test image. The default controller to use is "qemu": |
| 8145 | :: |
| 8146 | |
| 8147 | TEST_TARGET = "qemu" |
| 8148 | |
| 8149 | A target controller is a class that defines how an image gets |
| 8150 | deployed on a target and how a target is started. A layer can extend |
| 8151 | the controllers by adding a module in the layer's |
| 8152 | ``/lib/oeqa/controllers`` directory and by inheriting the |
| 8153 | ``BaseTarget`` class, which is an abstract class that cannot be used |
| 8154 | as a value of ``TEST_TARGET``. |
| 8155 | |
| 8156 | You can provide the following arguments with ``TEST_TARGET``: |
| 8157 | |
| 8158 | - *"qemu":* Boots a QEMU image and runs the tests. See the |
| 8159 | ":ref:`qemu-image-enabling-tests`" section |
| 8160 | in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more |
| 8161 | information. |
| 8162 | |
| 8163 | - *"simpleremote":* Runs the tests on target hardware that is |
| 8164 | already up and running. The hardware can be on the network or it |
| 8165 | can be a device running an image on QEMU. You must also set |
| 8166 | :term:`TEST_TARGET_IP` when you use |
| 8167 | "simpleremote". |
| 8168 | |
| 8169 | .. note:: |
| 8170 | |
| 8171 | This argument is defined in |
| 8172 | meta/lib/oeqa/controllers/simpleremote.py |
| 8173 | . |
| 8174 | |
| 8175 | For information on running tests on hardware, see the |
| 8176 | ":ref:`hardware-image-enabling-tests`" |
| 8177 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| 8178 | |
| 8179 | :term:`TEST_TARGET_IP` |
| 8180 | The IP address of your hardware under test. The ``TEST_TARGET_IP`` |
| 8181 | variable has no effect when :term:`TEST_TARGET` is |
| 8182 | set to "qemu". |
| 8183 | |
| 8184 | When you specify the IP address, you can also include a port. Here is |
| 8185 | an example: |
| 8186 | :: |
| 8187 | |
| 8188 | TEST_TARGET_IP = "192.168.1.4:2201" |
| 8189 | |
| 8190 | Specifying a port is |
| 8191 | useful when SSH is started on a non-standard port or in cases when |
| 8192 | your hardware under test is behind a firewall or network that is not |
| 8193 | directly accessible from your host and you need to do port address |
| 8194 | translation. |
| 8195 | |
| 8196 | :term:`TESTIMAGE_AUTO` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8197 | Automatically runs the series of automated tests for images when an |
| 8198 | image is successfully built. Setting ``TESTIMAGE_AUTO`` to "1" causes |
| 8199 | any image that successfully builds to automatically boot under QEMU. |
| 8200 | Using the variable also adds in dependencies so that any SDK for |
| 8201 | which testing is requested is automatically built first. |
| 8202 | |
| 8203 | These tests are written in Python making use of the ``unittest`` |
| 8204 | module, and the majority of them run commands on the target system |
| 8205 | over ``ssh``. You can set this variable to "1" in your ``local.conf`` |
| 8206 | file in the :term:`Build Directory` to have the |
| 8207 | OpenEmbedded build system automatically run these tests after an |
| 8208 | image successfully builds: |
| 8209 | |
| 8210 | TESTIMAGE_AUTO = "1" |
| 8211 | |
| 8212 | For more information |
| 8213 | on enabling, running, and writing these tests, see the |
| 8214 | ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`" |
| 8215 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual and the |
| 8216 | ":ref:`testimage*.bbclass <ref-classes-testimage*>`" section. |
| 8217 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8218 | :term:`THISDIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8219 | The directory in which the file BitBake is currently parsing is |
| 8220 | located. Do not manually set this variable. |
| 8221 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8222 | :term:`TIME` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8223 | The time the build was started. Times appear using the hour, minute, |
| 8224 | and second (HMS) format (e.g. "140159" for one minute and fifty-nine |
| 8225 | seconds past 1400 hours). |
| 8226 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8227 | :term:`TMPDIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8228 | This variable is the base directory the OpenEmbedded build system |
| 8229 | uses for all build output and intermediate files (other than the |
| 8230 | shared state cache). By default, the ``TMPDIR`` variable points to |
| 8231 | ``tmp`` within the :term:`Build Directory`. |
| 8232 | |
| 8233 | If you want to establish this directory in a location other than the |
| 8234 | default, you can uncomment and edit the following statement in the |
| 8235 | ``conf/local.conf`` file in the :term:`Source Directory`: |
| 8236 | :: |
| 8237 | |
| 8238 | #TMPDIR = "${TOPDIR}/tmp" |
| 8239 | |
| 8240 | An example use for this scenario is to set ``TMPDIR`` to a local disk, |
| 8241 | which does not use NFS, while having the Build Directory use NFS. |
| 8242 | |
| 8243 | The filesystem used by ``TMPDIR`` must have standard filesystem |
| 8244 | semantics (i.e. mixed-case files are unique, POSIX file locking, and |
| 8245 | persistent inodes). Due to various issues with NFS and bugs in some |
| 8246 | implementations, NFS does not meet this minimum requirement. |
| 8247 | Consequently, ``TMPDIR`` cannot be on NFS. |
| 8248 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8249 | :term:`TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8250 | This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system uses when |
| 8251 | building an SDK, which contains a cross-development environment. The |
| 8252 | packages specified by this variable are part of the toolchain set |
| 8253 | that runs on the :term:`SDKMACHINE`, and each |
| 8254 | package should usually have the prefix ``nativesdk-``. For example, |
| 8255 | consider the following command when building an SDK: |
| 8256 | :: |
| 8257 | |
| 8258 | $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename |
| 8259 | |
| 8260 | In this case, a default list of packages is |
| 8261 | set in this variable, but you can add additional packages to the |
| 8262 | list. See the |
| 8263 | ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing-standard:adding individual packages to the standard sdk`" section |
| 8264 | in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible |
| 8265 | Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual for more information. |
| 8266 | |
| 8267 | For background information on cross-development toolchains in the |
| 8268 | Yocto Project development environment, see the |
| 8269 | ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-intro:the cross-development toolchain`" |
| 8270 | section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. For |
| 8271 | information on setting up a cross-development environment, see the |
| 8272 | :doc:`../sdk-manual/sdk-manual` manual. |
| 8273 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8274 | :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8275 | This variable defines the name used for the toolchain output. The |
| 8276 | :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class sets |
| 8277 | the ``TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME`` variable as follows: |
| 8278 | :: |
| 8279 | |
| 8280 | TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME ?= "${SDK_NAME}-toolchain-${SDK_VERSION}" |
| 8281 | |
| 8282 | See |
| 8283 | the :term:`SDK_NAME` and |
| 8284 | :term:`SDK_VERSION` variables for additional |
| 8285 | information. |
| 8286 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8287 | :term:`TOOLCHAIN_TARGET_TASK` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8288 | This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system uses when |
| 8289 | it creates the target part of an SDK (i.e. the part built for the |
| 8290 | target hardware), which includes libraries and headers. Use this |
| 8291 | variable to add individual packages to the part of the SDK that runs |
| 8292 | on the target. See the |
| 8293 | ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing-standard:adding individual packages to the standard sdk`" section |
| 8294 | in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible |
| 8295 | Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual for more information. |
| 8296 | |
| 8297 | For background information on cross-development toolchains in the |
| 8298 | Yocto Project development environment, see the |
| 8299 | ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-intro:the cross-development toolchain`" |
| 8300 | section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. For |
| 8301 | information on setting up a cross-development environment, see the |
| 8302 | :doc:`../sdk-manual/sdk-manual` manual. |
| 8303 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8304 | :term:`TOPDIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8305 | The top-level :term:`Build Directory`. BitBake |
| 8306 | automatically sets this variable when you initialize your build |
| 8307 | environment using ````` <#structure-core-script>`__. |
| 8308 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8309 | :term:`TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8310 | A sanitized version of :term:`TARGET_ARCH`. This |
| 8311 | variable is used where the architecture is needed in a value where |
| 8312 | underscores are not allowed, for example within package filenames. In |
| 8313 | this case, dash characters replace any underscore characters used in |
| 8314 | ``TARGET_ARCH``. |
| 8315 | |
| 8316 | Do not edit this variable. |
| 8317 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8318 | :term:`TUNE_ARCH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8319 | The GNU canonical architecture for a specific architecture (i.e. |
| 8320 | ``arm``, ``armeb``, ``mips``, ``mips64``, and so forth). BitBake uses |
| 8321 | this value to setup configuration. |
| 8322 | |
| 8323 | ``TUNE_ARCH`` definitions are specific to a given architecture. The |
| 8324 | definitions can be a single static definition, or can be dynamically |
| 8325 | adjusted. You can see details for a given CPU family by looking at |
| 8326 | the architecture's ``README`` file. For example, the |
| 8327 | ``meta/conf/machine/include/mips/README`` file in the |
| 8328 | :term:`Source Directory` provides information for |
| 8329 | ``TUNE_ARCH`` specific to the ``mips`` architecture. |
| 8330 | |
| 8331 | ``TUNE_ARCH`` is tied closely to |
| 8332 | :term:`TARGET_ARCH`, which defines the target |
| 8333 | machine's architecture. The BitBake configuration file |
| 8334 | (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``) sets ``TARGET_ARCH`` as follows: |
| 8335 | :: |
| 8336 | |
| 8337 | TARGET_ARCH = "${TUNE_ARCH}" |
| 8338 | |
| 8339 | The following list, which is by no means complete since architectures |
| 8340 | are configurable, shows supported machine architectures: |
| 8341 | |
| 8342 | - arm |
| 8343 | - i586 |
| 8344 | - x86_64 |
| 8345 | - powerpc |
| 8346 | - powerpc64 |
| 8347 | - mips |
| 8348 | - mipsel |
| 8349 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8350 | :term:`TUNE_ASARGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8351 | Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the target |
| 8352 | system. The set of flags is based on the selected tune features. |
| 8353 | ``TUNE_ASARGS`` is set using the tune include files, which are |
| 8354 | typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced |
| 8355 | through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. For example, the |
| 8356 | ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc`` file defines the flags |
| 8357 | for the x86 architecture as follows: |
| 8358 | :: |
| 8359 | |
| 8360 | TUNE_ASARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-x32", "", d)}" |
| 8361 | |
| 8362 | .. note:: |
| 8363 | |
| 8364 | Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune, |
| 8365 | in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can |
| 8366 | supply its own set of flags). |
| 8367 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8368 | :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8369 | Specifies architecture-specific C compiler flags for the target |
| 8370 | system. The set of flags is based on the selected tune features. |
| 8371 | ``TUNE_CCARGS`` is set using the tune include files, which are |
| 8372 | typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced |
| 8373 | through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. |
| 8374 | |
| 8375 | .. note:: |
| 8376 | |
| 8377 | Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune, |
| 8378 | in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can |
| 8379 | supply its own set of flags). |
| 8380 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8381 | :term:`TUNE_FEATURES` |
| 8382 | Features used to "tune" a compiler for optimal use given a specific |
| 8383 | processor. The features are defined within the tune files and allow |
| 8384 | arguments (i.e. ``TUNE_*ARGS``) to be dynamically generated based on |
| 8385 | the features. |
| 8386 | |
| 8387 | The OpenEmbedded build system verifies the features to be sure they |
| 8388 | are not conflicting and that they are supported. |
| 8389 | |
| 8390 | The BitBake configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``) defines |
| 8391 | ``TUNE_FEATURES`` as follows: |
| 8392 | :: |
| 8393 | |
| 8394 | TUNE_FEATURES ??= "${TUNE_FEATURES_tune-${DEFAULTTUNE}}" |
| 8395 | |
| 8396 | See the :term:`DEFAULTTUNE` variable for more information. |
| 8397 | |
| 8398 | :term:`TUNE_LDARGS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8399 | Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the target system. |
| 8400 | The set of flags is based on the selected tune features. |
| 8401 | ``TUNE_LDARGS`` is set using the tune include files, which are |
| 8402 | typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced |
| 8403 | through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. For example, the |
| 8404 | ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc`` file defines the flags |
| 8405 | for the x86 architecture as follows: |
| 8406 | :: |
| 8407 | |
| 8408 | TUNE_LDARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-m elf32_x86_64", "", d)}" |
| 8409 | |
| 8410 | .. note:: |
| 8411 | |
| 8412 | Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune, |
| 8413 | in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can |
| 8414 | supply its own set of flags). |
| 8415 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8416 | :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8417 | The package architecture understood by the packaging system to define |
| 8418 | the architecture, ABI, and tuning of output packages. The specific |
| 8419 | tune is defined using the "_tune" override as follows: |
| 8420 | :: |
| 8421 | |
| 8422 | TUNE_PKGARCH_tune-tune = "tune" |
| 8423 | |
| 8424 | These tune-specific package architectures are defined in the machine |
| 8425 | include files. Here is an example of the "core2-32" tuning as used in |
| 8426 | the ``meta/conf/machine/include/tune-core2.inc`` file: |
| 8427 | :: |
| 8428 | |
| 8429 | TUNE_PKGARCH_tune-core2-32 = "core2-32" |
| 8430 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8431 | :term:`TUNEABI` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8432 | An underlying Application Binary Interface (ABI) used by a particular |
| 8433 | tuning in a given toolchain layer. Providers that use prebuilt |
| 8434 | libraries can use the ``TUNEABI``, |
| 8435 | :term:`TUNEABI_OVERRIDE`, and |
| 8436 | :term:`TUNEABI_WHITELIST` variables to check |
| 8437 | compatibility of tunings against their selection of libraries. |
| 8438 | |
| 8439 | If ``TUNEABI`` is undefined, then every tuning is allowed. See the |
| 8440 | :ref:`sanity <ref-classes-sanity>` class to see how the variable is |
| 8441 | used. |
| 8442 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8443 | :term:`TUNEABI_OVERRIDE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8444 | If set, the OpenEmbedded system ignores the |
| 8445 | :term:`TUNEABI_WHITELIST` variable. |
| 8446 | Providers that use prebuilt libraries can use the |
| 8447 | ``TUNEABI_OVERRIDE``, ``TUNEABI_WHITELIST``, and |
| 8448 | :term:`TUNEABI` variables to check compatibility of a |
| 8449 | tuning against their selection of libraries. |
| 8450 | |
| 8451 | See the :ref:`sanity <ref-classes-sanity>` class to see how the |
| 8452 | variable is used. |
| 8453 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8454 | :term:`TUNEABI_WHITELIST` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8455 | A whitelist of permissible :term:`TUNEABI` values. If |
| 8456 | ``TUNEABI_WHITELIST`` is not set, all tunes are allowed. Providers |
| 8457 | that use prebuilt libraries can use the ``TUNEABI_WHITELIST``, |
| 8458 | :term:`TUNEABI_OVERRIDE`, and ``TUNEABI`` |
| 8459 | variables to check compatibility of a tuning against their selection |
| 8460 | of libraries. |
| 8461 | |
| 8462 | See the :ref:`sanity <ref-classes-sanity>` class to see how the |
| 8463 | variable is used. |
| 8464 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8465 | :term:`TUNECONFLICTS[feature]` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8466 | Specifies CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) tuning features |
| 8467 | that conflict with feature. |
| 8468 | |
| 8469 | Known tuning conflicts are specified in the machine include files in |
| 8470 | the :term:`Source Directory`. Here is an example from |
| 8471 | the ``meta/conf/machine/include/mips/arch-mips.inc`` include file |
| 8472 | that lists the "o32" and "n64" features as conflicting with the "n32" |
| 8473 | feature: |
| 8474 | :: |
| 8475 | |
| 8476 | TUNECONFLICTS[n32] = "o32 n64" |
| 8477 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8478 | :term:`TUNEVALID[feature]` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8479 | Specifies a valid CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) tuning |
| 8480 | feature. The specified feature is stored as a flag. Valid features |
| 8481 | are specified in the machine include files (e.g. |
| 8482 | ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc``). Here is an example |
| 8483 | from that file: |
| 8484 | :: |
| 8485 | |
| 8486 | TUNEVALID[bigendian] = "Enable big-endian mode." |
| 8487 | |
| 8488 | See the machine include files in the :term:`Source Directory` |
| 8489 | for these features. |
| 8490 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8491 | :term:`UBOOT_CONFIG` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8492 | Configures the :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE` and can |
| 8493 | also define :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` for individual |
| 8494 | cases. |
| 8495 | |
| 8496 | Following is an example from the ``meta-fsl-arm`` layer. :: |
| 8497 | |
| 8498 | UBOOT_CONFIG ??= "sd" |
| 8499 | UBOOT_CONFIG[sd] = "mx6qsabreauto_config,sdcard" |
| 8500 | UBOOT_CONFIG[eimnor] = "mx6qsabreauto_eimnor_config" |
| 8501 | UBOOT_CONFIG[nand] = "mx6qsabreauto_nand_config,ubifs" |
| 8502 | UBOOT_CONFIG[spinor] = "mx6qsabreauto_spinor_config" |
| 8503 | |
| 8504 | In this example, "sd" is selected as the configuration of the possible four for the |
| 8505 | ``UBOOT_MACHINE``. The "sd" configuration defines |
| 8506 | "mx6qsabreauto_config" as the value for ``UBOOT_MACHINE``, while the |
| 8507 | "sdcard" specifies the ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` to use for the U-boot image. |
| 8508 | |
| 8509 | For more information on how the ``UBOOT_CONFIG`` is handled, see the |
| 8510 | :ref:`uboot-config <ref-classes-uboot-config>` |
| 8511 | class. |
| 8512 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8513 | :term:`UBOOT_DTB_LOADADDRESS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8514 | Specifies the load address for the dtb image used by U-boot. During FIT |
| 8515 | image creation, the ``UBOOT_DTB_LOADADDRESS`` variable is used in |
| 8516 | :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify |
| 8517 | the load address to be used in |
| 8518 | creating the dtb sections of Image Tree Source for the FIT image. |
| 8519 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8520 | :term:`UBOOT_DTBO_LOADADDRESS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8521 | Specifies the load address for the dtbo image used by U-boot. During FIT |
| 8522 | image creation, the ``UBOOT_DTBO_LOADADDRESS`` variable is used in |
| 8523 | :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the load address to be used in |
| 8524 | creating the dtbo sections of Image Tree Source for the FIT image. |
| 8525 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8526 | :term:`UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8527 | Specifies the entry point for the U-Boot image. During U-Boot image |
| 8528 | creation, the ``UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT`` variable is passed as a |
| 8529 | command-line parameter to the ``uboot-mkimage`` utility. |
| 8530 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8531 | :term:`UBOOT_LOADADDRESS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8532 | Specifies the load address for the U-Boot image. During U-Boot image |
| 8533 | creation, the ``UBOOT_LOADADDRESS`` variable is passed as a |
| 8534 | command-line parameter to the ``uboot-mkimage`` utility. |
| 8535 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8536 | :term:`UBOOT_LOCALVERSION` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8537 | Appends a string to the name of the local version of the U-Boot |
| 8538 | image. For example, assuming the version of the U-Boot image built |
| 8539 | was "2013.10", the full version string reported by U-Boot would be |
| 8540 | "2013.10-yocto" given the following statement: |
| 8541 | :: |
| 8542 | |
| 8543 | UBOOT_LOCALVERSION = "-yocto" |
| 8544 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8545 | :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8546 | Specifies the value passed on the ``make`` command line when building |
| 8547 | a U-Boot image. The value indicates the target platform |
| 8548 | configuration. You typically set this variable from the machine |
| 8549 | configuration file (i.e. ``conf/machine/machine_name.conf``). |
| 8550 | |
| 8551 | Please see the "Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type" |
| 8552 | section in the U-Boot README for valid values for this variable. |
| 8553 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8554 | :term:`UBOOT_MAKE_TARGET` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8555 | Specifies the target called in the ``Makefile``. The default target |
| 8556 | is "all". |
| 8557 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8558 | :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_DTCOPTS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8559 | Options for the device tree compiler passed to mkimage '-D' |
| 8560 | feature while creating FIT image in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class. |
| 8561 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8562 | :term:`UBOOT_RD_ENTRYPOINT` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8563 | Specifies the entrypoint for the RAM disk image. |
| 8564 | During FIT image creation, the |
| 8565 | ``UBOOT_RD_ENTRYPOINT`` variable is used |
| 8566 | in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the |
| 8567 | entrypoint to be used in creating the Image Tree Source for |
| 8568 | the FIT image. |
| 8569 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8570 | :term:`UBOOT_RD_LOADADDRESS` |
| 8571 | Specifies the load address for the RAM disk image. |
| 8572 | During FIT image creation, the |
| 8573 | ``UBOOT_RD_LOADADDRESS`` variable is used |
| 8574 | in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the |
| 8575 | load address to be used in creating the Image Tree Source for |
| 8576 | the FIT image. |
| 8577 | |
| 8578 | :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_ENABLE` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8579 | Enable signing of FIT image. The default value is "0". |
| 8580 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8581 | :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8582 | Location of the directory containing the RSA key and |
| 8583 | certificate used for signing FIT image. |
| 8584 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8585 | :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYNAME` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8586 | The name of keys used for signing U-boot FIT image stored in |
| 8587 | :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` directory. For e.g. dev.key key and dev.crt |
| 8588 | certificate stored in :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` directory will have |
| 8589 | :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYNAME` set to "dev". |
| 8590 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8591 | :term:`UBOOT_SUFFIX` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8592 | Points to the generated U-Boot extension. For example, ``u-boot.sb`` |
| 8593 | has a ``.sb`` extension. |
| 8594 | |
| 8595 | The default U-Boot extension is ``.bin`` |
| 8596 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8597 | :term:`UBOOT_TARGET` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8598 | Specifies the target used for building U-Boot. The target is passed |
| 8599 | directly as part of the "make" command (e.g. SPL and AIS). If you do |
| 8600 | not specifically set this variable, the OpenEmbedded build process |
| 8601 | passes and uses "all" for the target during the U-Boot building |
| 8602 | process. |
| 8603 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8604 | :term:`UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8605 | Specifies a list of options that, if reported by the configure script |
| 8606 | as being invalid, should not generate a warning during the |
| 8607 | :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task. Normally, invalid |
| 8608 | configure options are simply not passed to the configure script (e.g. |
| 8609 | should be removed from :term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or |
| 8610 | :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`). |
| 8611 | However, common options, for example, exist that are passed to all |
| 8612 | configure scripts at a class level that might not be valid for some |
| 8613 | configure scripts. It follows that no benefit exists in seeing a |
| 8614 | warning about these options. For these cases, the options are added |
| 8615 | to ``UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST``. |
| 8616 | |
| 8617 | The configure arguments check that uses |
| 8618 | ``UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST`` is part of the |
| 8619 | :ref:`insane <ref-classes-insane>` class and is only enabled if the |
| 8620 | recipe inherits the :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` class. |
| 8621 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8622 | :term:`UPDATERCPN` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8623 | For recipes inheriting the |
| 8624 | :ref:`update-rc.d <ref-classes-update-rc.d>` class, ``UPDATERCPN`` |
| 8625 | specifies the package that contains the initscript that is enabled. |
| 8626 | |
| 8627 | The default value is "${PN}". Given that almost all recipes that |
| 8628 | install initscripts package them in the main package for the recipe, |
| 8629 | you rarely need to set this variable in individual recipes. |
| 8630 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8631 | :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8632 | You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream |
| 8633 | source code version is by calling ``bitbake -c checkpkg`` recipe. If |
| 8634 | the recipe source code is provided from Git repositories, the |
| 8635 | OpenEmbedded build system determines the latest upstream version by |
| 8636 | picking the latest tag from the list of all repository tags. |
| 8637 | |
| 8638 | You can use the ``UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX`` variable to provide a |
| 8639 | regular expression to filter only the relevant tags should the |
| 8640 | default filter not work correctly. |
| 8641 | :: |
| 8642 | |
| 8643 | UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX = "git_tag_regex" |
| 8644 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8645 | :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8646 | Use the ``UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX`` variable to specify a different |
| 8647 | regular expression instead of the default one when the package |
| 8648 | checking system is parsing the page found using |
| 8649 | :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`. |
| 8650 | :: |
| 8651 | |
| 8652 | UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX = "package_regex" |
| 8653 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8654 | :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8655 | You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream |
| 8656 | source code version is by calling ``bitbake -c checkpkg`` recipe. If |
| 8657 | the source code is provided from tarballs, the latest version is |
| 8658 | determined by fetching the directory listing where the tarball is and |
| 8659 | attempting to find a later tarball. When this approach does not work, |
| 8660 | you can use ``UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`` to provide a different URI that |
| 8661 | contains the link to the latest tarball. |
| 8662 | :: |
| 8663 | |
| 8664 | UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI = "recipe_url" |
| 8665 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8666 | :term:`USE_DEVFS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8667 | Determines if ``devtmpfs`` is used for ``/dev`` population. The |
| 8668 | default value used for ``USE_DEVFS`` is "1" when no value is |
| 8669 | specifically set. Typically, you would set ``USE_DEVFS`` to "0" for a |
| 8670 | statically populated ``/dev`` directory. |
| 8671 | |
| 8672 | See the ":ref:`selecting-dev-manager`" section in |
| 8673 | the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information on how to |
| 8674 | use this variable. |
| 8675 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8676 | :term:`USE_VT` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8677 | When using |
| 8678 | :ref:`SysVinit <new-recipe-enabling-system-services>`, |
| 8679 | determines whether or not to run a |
| 8680 | `getty <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_%28Unix%29>`__ on any |
| 8681 | virtual terminals in order to enable logging in through those |
| 8682 | terminals. |
| 8683 | |
| 8684 | The default value used for ``USE_VT`` is "1" when no default value is |
| 8685 | specifically set. Typically, you would set ``USE_VT`` to "0" in the |
| 8686 | machine configuration file for machines that do not have a graphical |
| 8687 | display attached and therefore do not need virtual terminal |
| 8688 | functionality. |
| 8689 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8690 | :term:`USER_CLASSES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8691 | A list of classes to globally inherit. These classes are used by the |
| 8692 | OpenEmbedded build system to enable extra features (e.g. |
| 8693 | ``buildstats``, ``image-mklibs``, and so forth). |
| 8694 | |
| 8695 | The default list is set in your ``local.conf`` file: |
| 8696 | :: |
| 8697 | |
| 8698 | USER_CLASSES ?= "buildstats image-mklibs image-prelink" |
| 8699 | |
| 8700 | For more information, see |
| 8701 | ``meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample`` in the :term:`Source Directory`. |
| 8702 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8703 | :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8704 | If set to ``error``, forces the OpenEmbedded build system to produce |
| 8705 | an error if the user identification (``uid``) and group |
| 8706 | identification (``gid``) values are not defined in any of the files |
| 8707 | listed in :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` and |
| 8708 | :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES`. If set to |
| 8709 | ``warn``, a warning will be issued instead. |
| 8710 | |
| 8711 | The default behavior for the build system is to dynamically apply |
| 8712 | ``uid`` and ``gid`` values. Consequently, the |
| 8713 | ``USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`` variable is by default not set. If you plan |
| 8714 | on using statically assigned ``gid`` and ``uid`` values, you should |
| 8715 | set the ``USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`` variable in your ``local.conf`` |
| 8716 | file as follows: |
| 8717 | :: |
| 8718 | |
| 8719 | USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC = "error" |
| 8720 | |
| 8721 | Overriding the |
| 8722 | default behavior implies you are going to also take steps to set |
| 8723 | static ``uid`` and ``gid`` values through use of the |
| 8724 | :term:`USERADDEXTENSION`, |
| 8725 | :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES`, and |
| 8726 | :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` variables. |
| 8727 | |
| 8728 | .. note:: |
| 8729 | |
| 8730 | There is a difference in behavior between setting |
| 8731 | USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC |
| 8732 | to |
| 8733 | error |
| 8734 | and setting it to |
| 8735 | warn |
| 8736 | . When it is set to |
| 8737 | warn |
| 8738 | , the build system will report a warning for every undefined |
| 8739 | uid |
| 8740 | and |
| 8741 | gid |
| 8742 | in any recipe. But when it is set to |
| 8743 | error |
| 8744 | , it will only report errors for recipes that are actually built. |
| 8745 | This saves you from having to add static IDs for recipes that you |
| 8746 | know will never be built. |
| 8747 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8748 | :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8749 | Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static group |
| 8750 | identification (``gid``) values when the OpenEmbedded build system |
| 8751 | adds a group to the system during package installation. |
| 8752 | |
| 8753 | When applying static group identification (``gid``) values, the |
| 8754 | OpenEmbedded build system looks in :term:`BBPATH` for a |
| 8755 | ``files/group`` file and then applies those ``uid`` values. Set the |
| 8756 | variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` file: |
| 8757 | :: |
| 8758 | |
| 8759 | |
| 8760 | USERADD_GID_TABLES = "files/group" |
| 8761 | |
| 8762 | .. note:: |
| 8763 | |
| 8764 | Setting the |
| 8765 | USERADDEXTENSION |
| 8766 | variable to "useradd-staticids" causes the build system to use |
| 8767 | static |
| 8768 | gid |
| 8769 | values. |
| 8770 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8771 | :term:`USERADD_PACKAGES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8772 | When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class, |
| 8773 | this variable specifies the individual packages within the recipe |
| 8774 | that require users and/or groups to be added. |
| 8775 | |
| 8776 | You must set this variable if the recipe inherits the class. For |
| 8777 | example, the following enables adding a user for the main package in |
| 8778 | a recipe: |
| 8779 | :: |
| 8780 | |
| 8781 | USERADD_PACKAGES = "${PN}" |
| 8782 | |
| 8783 | .. note:: |
| 8784 | |
| 8785 | It follows that if you are going to use the |
| 8786 | USERADD_PACKAGES |
| 8787 | variable, you need to set one or more of the |
| 8788 | USERADD_PARAM |
| 8789 | , |
| 8790 | GROUPADD_PARAM |
| 8791 | , or |
| 8792 | GROUPMEMS_PARAM |
| 8793 | variables. |
| 8794 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8795 | :term:`USERADD_PARAM` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8796 | When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class, |
| 8797 | this variable specifies for a package what parameters should pass to |
| 8798 | the ``useradd`` command if you add a user to the system when the |
| 8799 | package is installed. |
| 8800 | |
| 8801 | Here is an example from the ``dbus`` recipe: |
| 8802 | :: |
| 8803 | |
| 8804 | USERADD_PARAM_${PN} = "--system --home ${localstatedir}/lib/dbus \ |
| 8805 | --no-create-home --shell /bin/false \ |
| 8806 | --user-group messagebus" |
| 8807 | |
| 8808 | For information on the |
| 8809 | standard Linux shell command ``useradd``, see |
| 8810 | http://linux.die.net/man/8/useradd. |
| 8811 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8812 | :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8813 | Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static user |
| 8814 | identification (``uid``) values when the OpenEmbedded build system |
| 8815 | adds a user to the system during package installation. |
| 8816 | |
| 8817 | When applying static user identification (``uid``) values, the |
| 8818 | OpenEmbedded build system looks in :term:`BBPATH` for a |
| 8819 | ``files/passwd`` file and then applies those ``uid`` values. Set the |
| 8820 | variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` file: |
| 8821 | :: |
| 8822 | |
| 8823 | USERADD_UID_TABLES = "files/passwd" |
| 8824 | |
| 8825 | .. note:: |
| 8826 | |
| 8827 | Setting the |
| 8828 | USERADDEXTENSION |
| 8829 | variable to "useradd-staticids" causes the build system to use |
| 8830 | static |
| 8831 | uid |
| 8832 | values. |
| 8833 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8834 | :term:`USERADDEXTENSION` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8835 | When set to "useradd-staticids", causes the OpenEmbedded build system |
| 8836 | to base all user and group additions on a static ``passwd`` and |
| 8837 | ``group`` files found in :term:`BBPATH`. |
| 8838 | |
| 8839 | To use static user identification (``uid``) and group identification |
| 8840 | (``gid``) values, set the variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` |
| 8841 | file: USERADDEXTENSION = "useradd-staticids" |
| 8842 | |
| 8843 | .. note:: |
| 8844 | |
| 8845 | Setting this variable to use static |
| 8846 | uid |
| 8847 | and |
| 8848 | gid |
| 8849 | values causes the OpenEmbedded build system to employ the |
| 8850 | useradd-staticids |
| 8851 | class. |
| 8852 | |
| 8853 | If you use static ``uid`` and ``gid`` information, you must also |
| 8854 | specify the ``files/passwd`` and ``files/group`` files by setting the |
| 8855 | :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` and |
| 8856 | :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` variables. |
| 8857 | Additionally, you should also set the |
| 8858 | :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` variable. |
| 8859 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8860 | :term:`VOLATILE_LOG_DIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8861 | Specifies the persistence of the target's ``/var/log`` directory, |
| 8862 | which is used to house postinstall target log files. |
| 8863 | |
| 8864 | By default, ``VOLATILE_LOG_DIR`` is set to "yes", which means the |
| 8865 | file is not persistent. You can override this setting by setting the |
| 8866 | variable to "no" to make the log directory persistent. |
| 8867 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8868 | :term:`WARN_QA` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8869 | Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are reported as |
| 8870 | warnings by the OpenEmbedded build system. You set this variable in |
| 8871 | your distribution configuration file. For a list of the checks you |
| 8872 | can control with this variable, see the |
| 8873 | ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`" section. |
| 8874 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8875 | :term:`WKS_FILE` |
| 8876 | Specifies the location of the Wic kickstart file that is used by the |
| 8877 | OpenEmbedded build system to create a partitioned image |
| 8878 | (image\ ``.wic``). For information on how to create a partitioned |
| 8879 | image, see the |
| 8880 | ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`" |
| 8881 | section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For details on |
| 8882 | the kickstart file format, see the ":doc:`../ref-manual/ref-kickstart`" Chapter. |
| 8883 | |
| 8884 | :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8885 | When placed in the recipe that builds your image, this variable lists |
| 8886 | build-time dependencies. The ``WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable is only |
| 8887 | applicable when Wic images are active (i.e. when |
| 8888 | :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` contains entries related |
| 8889 | to Wic). If your recipe does not create Wic images, the variable has |
| 8890 | no effect. |
| 8891 | |
| 8892 | The ``WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable is similar to the |
| 8893 | :term:`DEPENDS` variable. When you use the variable in |
| 8894 | your recipe that builds the Wic image, dependencies you list in the |
| 8895 | ``WIC_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable are added to the ``DEPENDS`` variable. |
| 8896 | |
| 8897 | With the ``WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable, you have the possibility to |
| 8898 | specify a list of additional dependencies (e.g. native tools, |
| 8899 | bootloaders, and so forth), that are required to build Wic images. |
| 8900 | Following is an example: |
| 8901 | :: |
| 8902 | |
| 8903 | WKS_FILE_DEPENDS = "some-native-tool" |
| 8904 | |
| 8905 | In the |
| 8906 | previous example, some-native-tool would be replaced with an actual |
| 8907 | native tool on which the build would depend. |
| 8908 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8909 | :term:`WORKDIR` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8910 | The pathname of the work directory in which the OpenEmbedded build |
| 8911 | system builds a recipe. This directory is located within the |
| 8912 | :term:`TMPDIR` directory structure and is specific to |
| 8913 | the recipe being built and the system for which it is being built. |
| 8914 | |
| 8915 | The ``WORKDIR`` directory is defined as follows: |
| 8916 | :: |
| 8917 | |
| 8918 | ${TMPDIR}/work/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR} |
| 8919 | |
| 8920 | The actual directory depends on several things: |
| 8921 | |
| 8922 | - TMPDIR |
| 8923 | : The top-level build output directory |
| 8924 | - MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS |
| 8925 | : The target system identifier |
| 8926 | - PN |
| 8927 | : The recipe name |
| 8928 | - EXTENDPE |
| 8929 | : The epoch - (if |
| 8930 | PE |
| 8931 | is not specified, which is usually the case for most recipes, then |
| 8932 | EXTENDPE |
| 8933 | is blank) |
| 8934 | - PV |
| 8935 | : The recipe version |
| 8936 | - PR |
| 8937 | : The recipe revision |
| 8938 | |
| 8939 | As an example, assume a Source Directory top-level folder name |
| 8940 | ``poky``, a default Build Directory at ``poky/build``, and a |
| 8941 | ``qemux86-poky-linux`` machine target system. Furthermore, suppose |
| 8942 | your recipe is named ``foo_1.3.0-r0.bb``. In this case, the work |
| 8943 | directory the build system uses to build the package would be as |
| 8944 | follows: |
| 8945 | :: |
| 8946 | |
| 8947 | poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/foo/1.3.0-r0 |
| 8948 | |
Andrew Geissler | af5e4ef | 2020-10-16 10:22:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 8949 | :term:`XSERVER` |
Andrew Geissler | c9f7865 | 2020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8950 | Specifies the packages that should be installed to provide an X |
| 8951 | server and drivers for the current machine, assuming your image |
| 8952 | directly includes ``packagegroup-core-x11-xserver`` or, perhaps |
| 8953 | indirectly, includes "x11-base" in |
| 8954 | :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. |
| 8955 | |
| 8956 | The default value of ``XSERVER``, if not specified in the machine |
| 8957 | configuration, is "xserver-xorg xf86-video-fbdev xf86-input-evdev". |
| 8958 | |